Full text of "Natural history"

See other formats

svelte
as geo

pee ENT

be ea
THE FIRST HOME OF THE MUSEUM—THE CENTRAL PARK ARSENAL

A: Popular Record of the Progress of the
American Museum of Natural History

Board of Trustees,

MORRIS K. JESUP. D. O. MILLS. WILLIAM C. WHITNEY.
ADRIAN ISELIN. ABRAM 8S. HEWITT. ELBRIDGE T. GERRY.

J. PIERPONT MORGAN. |. ALBERT S. BICKMORE. GUSTAV E. KISSEL.
JOSEPH H. CHOATE. PERCY R. PYNE. ANSON W. HARD.
JAMES M. CONSTABLE. OSWALD OTTENDORFER. WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER.
WILLIAM E. DODGE. — ANDREW H. GREEN. GEORGE G. HAVEN.

J. HAMPDEN ROBB. D. WILLIS JAMES. H. O. HAVEMEYER.
CHARLES LANIER. ARCHIBALD ROGERS. A. D. JUILLIARD.

_- FREDERICK E. HYDE.

THe AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NaTuURAL History was established in 1869, to
promote the Natural Sciences, to diffuse.a more general knowledge of these sciences
among the people, and thus furnish both instruction and recreation. The Museum
has now a library of over 40,000 volumes on Natural History, and in its halls
are exhibited collections which, in many departments of Natural Science, are un-
surpassed by those of any other American museum. The material for research
is, in many lines, likewise unexcelled.

The Museum is in cordial cooperation with nearly all similar institutions in the
world, among which it has already attained high rank. As, however, it is depen-
dent upon private subscriptions and dues from its members for carrying on its work,
its progress in many departments will be hastened by an increase of membership.

ANNUAL MEMBERS

Pay $10 a year and are each entitled to a Subscriber's Ticket, admitting
two nersons to the Museum on reserve days (Mondays and Tuesdays),
and to all Receptions and Special Exhibitions, and also four course
tickets for single admission to each lecture series.

LIFE MEMBERS

Give $100, and are entitled to one Subscriber’s Ticket and five course
tickets.

BELLOWS

Give $500, and are entitled to one Subscriber's Ticket and ten course
tickets.

Give $1000, and are entitled to one Subscriber’s Ticket, five Compli-
mentary Season Tickets, and ten course tickets.

form of Bequest.
I do hereby give and bequeath to ‘THe AMERICAN Museum OF NaturAt His-

TORY ” of the City of New York,

THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM
JOURNAL

VoLUME I, I19g00—-IQoI

guette
NEW YORK : y <

PUBLISHED BY THE

AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

1900-1901

COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION.

APRIL, IQOO-SEPTEMBER, I9QOI.

WILLIAM K. GREGORY, Managing Editor.

FRANK M. CHAPMAN, }
- Associate Editors.
LOUIS P. GRATACAP, )

OCTOBER-—DECEMBER, IQOI.

EDMUND O. HOVEY, £ditor.

FRANK M. CHAPMAN, )
LOUIS P. GRATACAP, \ Advisory Board.
WILLIAM K. GREGORY, |

wie

Ve |

The American Museum of Natural History.

BOARD OF TRUSTEES FOR IQOI.

MORRIS K. JESUP. ARCHIBALD ROGERS.
ADRIAN ISELIN. WILLIAM C. WHITNEY.
J. PIERPONT MORGAN. ELBRIDGE T. GERRY.
JOSEPH HH. (GHOADE. GUSTAV E. KISSEL.
WILLIAM E. DODGE. ANSON W. HARD.

J. HAMPDEN ROBB. WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER.
CHARLES LANIER. GEORGE G. HAVEN.
D2:O. MILLS. H. O. HAVEMEYER.
ABRAM S. HEWITT. A. D. JUILLIARD.
ALBERT S. BICKMORE. FREDERICK E. HYDE.
ANDREW H. GREEN. PERCY RO PYNE.

D. WILLIS JAMES. HENRY F. OSBORN.

OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES FOR IQOlL.
PRESIDENT.
MORRIS K. JESUP.

FIRST VICE-PRESIDENT.
WILLIAM E. DODGE.

SECOND VICE-PRESIDENT.
HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN.

TREASURER.
CHARLES LANIER.

ASSISTANT TO THE PRESIDENT.
HERMON C. BUMPUS.

SECRETARY AND ASSISTANT TREASURER.
JOHN H. WINSER.

EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE.
J. HAMPDEN ROBB, Chairman.

MORRIS K. JESUP. ANSON W. HARD.

WILLIAM E. DODGE. H. O. HAVEMEYER.

HENRY F. OSBORN. FREDERICK E. HYDE.

CHARLES LANIER. PEREY R. PYNE.
AUDITING COMMITTEE.

ANSON W. HARD. GUSTAV E. KISSEL.

GEORGE G. HAVEN.
The President, e2-officio.

FINANCE COMMITTEE.
J. PIERPONT MORGAN. PD. O. MILLS.
‘CHARLES LANIER. D. WILLIS JAMES.

The President, e2-officio.
NOMINATING COMMITTEE.
PaO: MIiTiILLS: WILLIAM E. DODGE.
ABRAM S. HEWITT.

The President, ex-officio.

iil

SCIENTIFIC STARE,

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION,

Prof. ALBERT S. BICKMORE, Curator.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY AND INVERTEBRATE PALAZONTOLOGY.

Prof. R. P. WHITFIELD, Curator.
EpmMuND O. Hovey, Ph.D., Associate Curator.

DEPARTMENTS OF MINERALOGY AND CONCHOLOGY.

L. P. GrRaTAcAP, M.A., Curator.

DEPARTMENT OF VERTEBRATE PALAZONTOLOGY.

Prof. HENRY FAIRFIELD OSBORN, Curator.
W. D. MarTHew, Ph.D.

O. P. Hay, Ph.D., Assistant Curators.

DEPARTMENT OF MAMMALOGY AND ORNITHOLOGY.
Prof. J. A. ALLEN, Curator.
FRANK M. CHAPMAN, Associate Curator,
Joun Row_ey, Taxidermist.
DEPARTMENT OF INVERTEBRATE ZOOLOGY.

Prof. HerMOoN C. Bumpus, Curator.

DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY.

Prof. FREDERIC W. PuTNAM, Curator.
Prof. FRANZ Boas,
Curator of Ethnology.
MARSHALL H. SAVILLE,
Curator of Mexican and Central American Archeology.
HARLAN I, SMITH,
Assistant Curator of Archeology.

DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY.

WILLIAM BEUTENMULLER, Curator.

LIBRARIAN.

A, Woopwarb, Ph.D.

CON CEMES: OF. VOLUME. I.

PAGE
TITLE-PAGE . : , ‘ : : : : : : i
COMMITTEE OF PUBLICATION . : : : . : il
TRUSTEES, OFFICERS AND COMMITTEES . : ; : : E E ; : ill
SCIENTIFIC STAFF . . . : x . : : : : : : iv
CONTENTS : : : : : ; ; : , ; i : Vv
List oF ILLUSTRATIONS : 4 ; ; : : ; 2 5 : Be
INDEX . E : : : : F : : : : : : : i! 4KEOG

NO... 1, APRIL,.- 1990. :

PAGE
INTRODUCTION. By Henry F. OsBorN é ; : : : : ; ‘ I
MEXICAN EXPLORATION 3 : : ; I
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE Raneeio un Nocera OF heeaea HusTORy. By L.

P. GRATACAP ‘ : 2
THE Liprary. By W. K. GREGORY : : : : 5
THe OBJECTS IN THE MEXICAN HALL. By W. K. GREGORY : ; : : 7
An ANCIENT FIGURE OF TERRA COTTA FROM THE VALLEY OF MEXICO 8
Tue Jesup Nort Paciric Expepirion. By W.K. GREGORY . : : 9
THE JAY TERRELL COLLECTION OF Fossit FisHes. By BAsHFORD DEAN. Set
Tue Museum’s REGAL PytHon. By W. K. GREGORY : ; ; : ; 13
THe HorrMAN COLLECTION OF BUTTERFLIES ; : ; : : : 15
SPECIMENS OF RARE AFRICAN ANTELOPES. By J. oe 3 f ; ; 16

NO. 2, MAY, rgoo.
PAGE
Tue DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN MuseuM OF NaTuRAL History. By L.

P. GratacapP (Continued ) : i : : ; : : F : a ee
THE Cope PAMPEAN COLLECTION. By W. D. MATTHEW . : : : = 8F
THE AMERICAN Museum BULLETIN. By J. A. ALLEN : ; 2) 26
Tue Loca COLLECTION OF MOUNTED Birps. By F. M. CHAPMAN . 4 ‘ 27
ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES : s : : : 5 : ; : ; 2) £20)
Tue Jesup NortuH Paciric EXPEDITION ; : ; : : ; SUEARG
THE Museum EXPEDITION TO ARCTIC AMERICA. By J. A. ALLEN. : sett OES

NO. 3, OCTOBER, 1900. d
PAGE
JAMES MANSELL CONSTABLE . : : : : ‘ : : : i 238
GIFTS TO THE LIBRARY : : ; : Seed tr
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ae iam OF Nat URAL History. By L.

P. GRaTacap (Continued) . . . . AS Ss Dn an aC ©
THE WoRK AND PROGRESS OF THE DEPARTMENT OF pani INSTRUCTION. By

WV. %. GREGORY": . : : : ; : : ; F ie kx A
INSECT COLLECTIONS FROM THE Rive Beer. By W. K. GREGORY . : eae 17.
PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS OF PUEBLOS AND CLIFF-DWELLERS BY THE HYDE

EXPEDITION. : : : : : ; i : 45
CUSTOMS OF THE ANCIENT ee Rie ase Enieus : f : 3 46
Paris EXPosITION AWARD TO THE DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION . 46
HUNTING FOR FossIL ELEPHANTS HorRsES AND DINOSAURS : : ‘ : 47

CONTENTS

NO. 4, NOVEMBER, 1900.

THe NEw AUDITORIUM AND THE OPENING RECEPTION. By W. K. GREGORY

THE NEW CONCHOLOGICAL HALL. By W. K. GREGORY

ArcTIC MAMMAL CLUB ; ; , : , :

‘THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE ee Mirsutne OF NATURAL Hisnwee Be <E
P. GRATAcaP (Continued ) f ; :

MusrEuM ARCHOLOGICAL NOTES RELATING TO Rue Cennue AND mete
AMERICA 2 : : ; é

THE HALL GEOLOGICAL @oruncnek. By; de? ae Cant ACAP

PROGRESS OF THE JESUP NORTH PaciFIC EXPEDITION. By FRANZ Bose

THE MUSEUM SPECIMEN OF THE GREAT ANT-EATER. By W. K. GREGORY

A GUIDE TO THE ETHNOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS FROM THE NortTH Paciric Coast
OF AMERICA. By W. K. GREGORY ’ ;

RESEARCHES RELATING TO INDIAN REMAINS IN NEW YORK

NO. 5, DECEMBER, 1900.

NOTES AND NEws . : : A ; ; , ‘ :

SOME OF THE COLLECTIONS IN THE erouce ICAL Dene OF THE MUSEUM.
By EpmunD O. Hovey . : 5 : ; , :

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION: NOTES . P ; : : ;

NEw INDIAN COLLECTIONS FROM CALIFORNIA AND OREGON. By FRANZ Boas

Tut Gem CoLLection. By L. PP. GRATACAP ‘ ; :

NO. 6, JANUARY, 1rgor.

Nores AND NEws . : , : : : . ; ;

MEMENTOS OF AUDUBON IN THE Mu ISEUM ; : ; : : ;

RESTORATIONS OF MODELS OF THE Extinct NORTH iqeate AN MAMMALS. By
HENRY F. OsBorn : : : . é

DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN Musee? OF Nae Hee Se Te
GRATACAP (Continued ) : ’

THE BEETLE COLLECTIONS: Notes. By W. K. GREGORY

VOLUME XIII or THE MusEuM BULLETIN. By W. K. GREGORY

MusEuM LECTURES DURING FEBRUARY . : ‘ °

NOS. 7-8, FEBRUARY-MARCH, 1901.

NOTES AND News : ; : ; : : . : ;

ORBICULAR GRANITES FROM SWEDEN AND FINLAND. By EpmMunpD QO. Hovey .

VOLUME XIII or THE MusEuM BuLLETIN. By W. K. Grecory (Continued) .

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN Museum oF NaTuRAL History.
By L. P. Graracap (Continued ) ; :

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN MusEUM OF NATURAL HiseoR iL. By Wee.
GREGORY ; ; q i : : :

ANTHROPOLOGICAL COLLECTIONS FROM Nearmeee Mexico .

val

PAGE

CONTENTS

ee SEES WLS SSE GS Sa can nn eh Sr SR ES

NOS. 9-10, APRIL-MAY, 1901.

PAGE
NoTEs AND NEws : ; : : : 12
Re a rue Great Biue Heron. By F. M. CHAPMAN : wu, ERG
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN Museum oF NATuRAL History. By L.

P. GraTacap (Continued ) : : SESS
EXTRACTS FROM THE REPORTS OF FIELD PARTIES SENT BY THE eae ane OF

VERTEBRATE PALZONTOLOGY IN SEARCH OF FosstL MAMMALS AND REPTILES,

1900. By W. K. GREGORY : : . : f : 1. EA
MEMOIRS. OF THE AMERICAN MuseEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY. IL. ANTHRO-

POLOGICAL SERIES. By W. K. GreGory (Continued ) 145

NO. 11, OCTOBER, igot.

PAGE
Notes AND NEws 153
PROGRAMME OF LECTURES 153
CONVENTIONS» : : : : ; 155
er op Mauuhtocy AND ORNITHOLOGY 155
DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY ; 2 156
AN ICHTHYOSAUR WITH YOUNG. By Heaey F. Gepeas : 156
THE DUKE OF LOUBAT’s REPRODUCTIONS OF THE ee are open 158
DEPARTMENT OF VERTEBRATE PALZONTOLOGY. By HENRY F. OsBORN 159
Tur Birp Rock Group. By FRANK M. CHAPMAN. : ? : Supplement

NO. 12, NOVEMBER-DECEMBER, Iogot.

PAGE
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN MuseuM OF NaTuRAL History. By L.

P. GratacapP (Continued ) : 161
RECENT WorK OF DEPARTMENT OF ANTHROPOLOGY 164
LocaL ARCHZOLOGICAL WorRK 166
MEXICAN CARVED STONE 166
A SoMATOLOGICAL EXHIBIT 167
CONVENTIONS 168
MEMBERS’ Day : . ; : : : ’ : ; ; TOs
THE Reedy or Sicinaw VaLiey, Micnican. By Haran I. SMITH.

Supplement

INDEX

vil

169

his) OF Te LUsStRATIONS:

PAGE

THE CENTRAL PARK ARSENAL : ; : PAGE 1 OF COVER OF NO. I

THE READING ROOM OF THE LIBRARY . . ; é : ; ; ; 5
AN ANCIENT TERRA-COTTA FIGURE FROM THE VALLEY OF Cn : : ‘ 8
DEVONIAN FISH DINICHTHYS. : ‘ 3 ; : : ‘ : ; ‘ Il
THE MuseEuM’s REGAL PYTHON . ; : : . : : 3 : ths
SPECIMEN CASE OF THE HOFFMAN COLLECTION . : ; : : : aes i
ExTincr SaBrRE-TooOTH TIGER, SM/LODON . ‘ PAGE 1 OF COVER OF NO. 2

EXHIBITION HALL IN THE OLD ARSENAL : ; . - , 17
PORTRAIT OF JOHN Davip WOLFE : : : : é an
SKULL AND HEAD CONTOUR OF SABRE- woce TH tere : : ; : ; : 24
BoOB-WHITE GROUP é : j : : A ; ; MBs.
MAP ILLUSTRATING A MUSEUM EXPEDITION TO ee ; : : : eae &.
PORTRAIT OF JAMES MANSELL CONSTABLE . : . ; ; : bares?
PORTRAIT OF RoBERT L. STUART ‘ ; : : . , fae
THE ARCH OF PoNs AEMILIUS AND THE TIBER : ; : : ; | NigAe
MAIN ENTRANCE TO THE MUSEUM : ; : : ; 3 EO
COMPLETED FACADE OF THE MUSEUM . : ey.
TEACHERS AND PUPILS STUDYING COLLECTIONS IN THE rues OF Poss Neen 48
INTERIOR OF THE NEW AUDITORIUM . , : 4 ; ‘ ; ; .. A MAG
VIEW OF FIRST SECTION MUSEUM BUILDING FROM THE NORTH, IN 1879 ; iL ARS
A TRILOBITE IN THE HALL COLLECTION : ; . : ; 57,
THE MOUNTED SPECIMEN OF THE GREAT ANT- Eat ER. : 4 : ; : 62
BUTTERFLIES PRESENTED BY WILLIAM SACHS . : : : : : » 66
HYBRID BETWEEN BLACK Cock AND RED GROUSE : : : : ig 55)
A REPRESENTATIVE VIEW FROM THE LECTURES ON THE PARIS EXPOSITION . e 72
Hut or Marpu INDIAN d : : ; : : : eG
INDIAN BAGS AND BASKETS FROM THE ore OF een : 2 : Re
PORTRAIT OF JOHN JAMES AUDUBON . - 3 ; ; 2 : ; 3
RESTORATION OF THE EXTINCT [IRISH ELK . ; : : : ‘ : nt WR
MopeEL OF THE IRISH ELK . : : : : : ‘ : x 1986
MOUNTED SKELETON OF THE [RISH = : : : ; , A 480
MOUNTED GROUP OF WEASELS IN LOCAL COLLECTION . ; : : : : 89
ENLARGED DRAWINGS OF BEETLES d : : : : : eee
BLock OF ORBICULAR GRANITE FROM ee eae ; ; : g), SOG
ANTLERS OF ALCES GIGAS : : : : ‘ ‘ ; ; : : {a ROF
INTERIOR OF THE MUSEUM OF ZOOLOGY IN THE JARDIN DES PLANTES : b BOZ
NEST AND EGGS OF GREEN HERON , - : ! : : ; : 4 Roe
NEST AND YOUNG OF GREEN HERON . : : : 2 ; : : = “DOR
‘“ BEAVER ’’ POTTERY VESSEL 5 : : : : ; : FOG
FRAGMENTS OF POTTERY FROM AN ANCIENT cataas SITE NEAR PRN RONAN Pe Oz
A CRUCIFORM TOMB NEAR MITLA, MEXICO . ; : : ‘ : 2 HES
PALACE OF MitLa, MEXIco . : ; ; : , 3 5 509
THE GEOLOGICAL HALL AS IT APPEARED IN 1891 re in caption, by error) : fe
INDIAN DESIGN REPRESENTING A BEAR. : ; : : : - : 2 eEe

LIST OF TLEVUSTRALIGRS

PAGE

HEADS AND FACIAL PAINTINGS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA INDIANS . ; : . 120
SKETCH MAP OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, SHOWING WORK OF JESUP NorTH PACIFIC

EXPEDITION IN 1897 : ; d : : : _ 21

MASK REPRESENTING THE SUN GOD OF THE eal CooLA a Bae . 122
DouBLE MASK REPRESENTING THE GUARDIAN OF THE HOUSE OF THE Mvpae

BELLA Coo.La INDIANS, B. C. ; : 2 : } f + 123
GROUP ILLUSTRATING CULTURE AND APPEARANCE OF Hecaen Inala OF

MEXICO . ; : . F : : : : : . . ; ee

POUCH SHOWING SYMBOLIC DESIGN ‘ : 4 : ; : : ; - k20

A MOTH (BRAHWLEA CONCHIFERA) FROM THE SCHAUS COLLECTION m : 2) (B29

A MOTH (ZELOTYP/A STACYI) FROM THE SCHAUS COLLECTION 5 : . 5, WEE

Ovisos WARDI, A MUSK-OX FROM EASTERN GREENLAND . : P Aes eo!

STUDY SPECIMENS OF SONG SPARROWS . ; : : 2 : : anno

SEARCHING FOR FOSSIL HORSE REMAINS IN TEXAS ; ; ; ; : 141

EXCAVATING A MASTODON SKULL IN TEXAS : ; é : ; lead

PACKING DINOSAUR BONES AT THE BONE CABIN Gemeen. WYOMING . . . 34.

GROUP ILLUSTRATING THE LIFE OF THE THOMPSON RIVER INDIANS, B.C. . . 148

STONE HAND-HAMMER AND WEDGE MADE OF ELK ANTLER . : . 149

WoMAN DIGGING ROOTS ; : : : : ; Sls ot |

ICHTHYVOSAURUS QUADRISCISSUS, A ae eke : : ; : ; we rey

EXHIBITION HALL, DEPARTMENT OF VERTEBRATE PALHZONTOLOGY . ; oY OS

SUPPLEMENTS.

To No. 11. Birp ROCK FROM THE SOUTHWEST I

THE BirD ROCK GROUP . : : 2

KEY TO THE BirRD ROCK GROUP 3

LEFT HALF OF THE GROUP : : ' . ; : : ; 4

MAP SHOWING LOCATION OF THE BIRD ROCK ISLANDS 6

NORTH SIDE OF THE ROCK 7

GANNETS ON THEIR NESTS. ; ; t : 9

GANNETS AND OTHER BIRDS ON THE ROCKS : : ‘ (yi ES

LANDING AT THE BASE OF THE CLIFF. : ; : ‘ pip 2

LANDING AT THE TOP OF THE CLIFF ; ‘ : ey 83

KITTIWAKES ON THEIR NESTS ‘ , ; : ; an is

CoMMON MURRE AND EGG ‘ é ; . ‘ : : 16

BRUNNICH’S MURRE : ' 4 ‘ : : 17

GREAT AUK AND RAZOR-BILLED AUK . ; : : , 19

KITTIWAKE GULL ON ITS NEST , ; ; : ‘ 26

GANNET ONITS NEST. : . : : : , : 21

PUFFIN . : é ; ‘ ; ; : 23

LEACH’S PETREL ON ITS._NEST : ’ : ‘ : 24

Lis.POrteLUsS TRA TIONS

To No. 12. FosBear Mowunp No. 1 : 2
Map oF LOWER PENINSULA, Micaican 4
CELTS OR CHISELS . : : : : : : : 5
CHERT NODULE IN LIMESTONE 6

SLATE TABLETS ; : : 7
ARCHZOLOGICAL MAP OF THE eos eee Mie. : : 8
HAMMER-STONES .. F : : : : ; : : : 10
GROOVED STONE AXES AND HAMMER : 3 : : : E 12
ARROWPOINT IN THREE STAGES OF MANUFACTURE . : . : 14
FLUTED STONE CHISEL . j : : : : : : s 15
SANDSTONE PIPE. : : ; : . : ; : P 16
EASTERN GREENPOINT MOUND ‘ : F : : eg
SKELETONS AS FOUND IN FOBEAR Manze Dee. : ‘ : 18
Cass CacHE No. 2 . : 2 : ; : : : : . 19
THE ANDROSS URN . , ‘ : ‘ : 3 : 20
FRAGMENTS OF POTTERY FROM oe AZIER Nae AEs: SITE . : P 22
SPECIMENS FROM FRAZIER CACHE No.1. : : : : ; 3

;
t
4

American Museum Journal

Volume I

APRIL, 1900

Number i

INTRODUCTION.
=\HE Amertcan Museum

or Natrurar History,
under the direction of
President Morris K.,
Jesup and a_public-
spirited Board of Trustees, and with
the liberal co-operation of the gov-
ernment of the city of New York,
has enjoyed a remarkable growth
during the last two decades. Addi-
tions to the building and the fur-
nishing of new halls by the city has
barely kept pace with single dona-
tions, and with rare and interesting
collections made by expeditions in
all portions of North and South
America, and of recent years in
Asia. It has long been felt that the
scientific Buntiermy and Mewmorrs,
valuable as they are, fail to keep
members and the public informed
of our rapid progress; and this Jour-
WAL has been started to give the
Museum news in popular and in-
teresting form, as a medium for
the prompt acknowledgment of gifts
and for making widely known our
needs. From month to month a
brief outline of the history of the Mu-
seum will be given, to be followed
by histories of some of the depart-
ments. The Lisrary will report
its progress and wants. Expror-
ATions will be described, visitors

will be kept informed of new or
recently arranged exhibitions, and
will learn in advance of the many
interesting and instructive courses
of lectures which are open to all
during the winter months, as well
as of receptions and scientific exhi-
bitions. In brief, the Journat will
keep members informed of all that
is going on, and we trust will widen
the circle of interest in this noble
institution for the education of the
people and the diffusion of natural

science, H. F..0.

MEXICAN EXPLORATION.

Mr. Saville has returned from
Mexico, where he has been directing
the Museum’s explorations at Mitla.
He has secured among other things :
many valuable photographs of ruins,
ete., which will be used in subse-
quent publications of the Museum,
beautiful casts. of
foundations, and of pavements bear-
ing inscriptions. The Duke of Lou-
bat, donor of so many of the objects
in the Mexican Hall, visited Mr.
Saville while at Mitla, and the Govy-
ernor of the State of Oaxaca showed
his personal interest in the work of
the Museum by entertaining Mr. Sa-

some mosaics,

ville and visiting him during the ex-
plorations, as well as by granting
him every governmental courtesy.

EE AMOR Bb ACN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NATURAL HISTORY.

mn FOR E 1869 New

SS LLM iy

‘Shy
Yy
4%

MMM WMI 14
ery

Cet sruese eee 7

York did not possess
a Museum of Natural
History in the best
sense of the term, nor

28 8 el whee
Bit LB
rq
seach ic

\ Sete
‘at
iw

Faget get a ares tg

SS
NN
|
Cone 3

indeed any adequate home for the
Numerous sug-
gestions and a few impracticable
efforts had been made to relieve
New York of this unfortunate de-
feet: ) %, it: thad repeatedly
pointed out that in a city of so

treasures of art.

been

large and heterogeneous a popula-
tion, a city of great wealth, and the
first visited by all travellers from
abroad, the absence of the educa-
tional a Museum of
Natural History was inexcusable.

influence of

It had indeed not escaped the obser-
vation of the curators of the Museum
of Comparative Zoélogy established
at Cambridge by Louis Agassiz, that
the scientific visitors to that institu-
tion were astonished at the back-
wardness of the metropolis in this
respect. It inured, all the more con-
spicuously, to bring into prominence
New York’s commercial activity, and
lent a sting of justice to the repeated
sareasms over New York’s merce-
nary spirit.

The one body of scientific work-
ers, collectors, and students then in

New York the New York

was

Lyceum, and this rather diligent
group of naturalists maintained an
isolated life, quite deprived of all
sympathetic interest from, and in-
deed scarcely recognized at all by,
the general public. Here De Kay,
Torrey, Redfield, Beck, Jay, Mitch-
ill, Joy, Le Conte, Gray, met to read
their papers, exhibit their acquisi-
tions, and after an evening of mutual
pleasure disappear again in the ecur-
rents of New York’s social life, with-
out leaving the slightest impress
upon the mental attitude of New
York toward science.

It could hardly be otherwise.
The marked limitation of scientific
men is frequently their self-absorp-
tion and indifference to public ap-
preciation, and this was in a meas-
ure fostered by the indifference of
New Yorkers to the themes they
devoted themselves to explore.

Before the aspects of nature were
to them, through the
means of a great Museum, before,
in connection with this display, its
concomitant educational work in
lectures and instructions had begun,
how could New York be expected to
feel much pride in a purely scientific
organization ?

Nor, at that early day, had any
proper attention been paid by the col-
leges, university, and high schools of
New York to the study of nature, a
condition at the time, let us not forget,
not unparalleled in England itself.

revealed

THE: AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

So the project of a Museum lan-
guished. It is true that the Lyceum
had gradually gathered a miscella-
neous collection of mineral and or-
ganic objects, alluded to with some
pride by the younger Redfield, and
that it had unavailingly endeavored
to secure for the collection an appro-
priate home. It is true a botanical
garden—the Elgin Gardens—had
secured a temporary realization in a
tract of ground between Fifth and
Sixth Avenues in the neighborhood
of 50th Street. It is true that a per-
manent industrial exhibition, in
which the elements of Natural His-
tory were somewhat vaguely embod-
ied, had been projected in the great
Crystal Palace, which held the
World’s Fair of 1853. But these
preliminary conditions were impo-
tent and fruitless to create a Mu-
seum, and the pay show or the
itinerant menagerie yet remained
the most substantial representatives
of the Natural History Museum in
New York.

As far back as 1853 a rugged,
almost savage tract of land from
59th Street to 110th Street, and be-
tween Fifth and Eighth Avenues,
had been secured by an act of Leg-
islature to provide for New York a
public park, our present Central
Park. Amongst its first officers was
Andrew H. Green, to whom indeed
the perfecting of a project of a park
was measurably due. Mr. Green

ios)

had known many of the scientific
collectors of New York. His brother,
Dr. Green, to whose memory the
grateful Ceylonnese have erected a
hospital, was a scientific man. His
own acquaintance with Dr. George
P. Marsh, the author of “The Earth
as Modified by Human Action,” en-
gendered in him scientific tenden-
cles, and at a very early day caused
him to consider the means of estab-
lishing a Museum in Central Park.
An act providing for such an insti-
tution was passed by the Legisla-
ture ; and it was expected that the
Lyceum of Natural History would
avail itself of this opportunity. But
later (1866) its collections were de-
stroyed by fire, and it failed through
indecision, and perhaps through a
sense of incompetency to push for-
ward a plan whose design was as
yet only furtively outlined.

In 1866 there arrived in New
York a young man from the Mu- |
seum of Comparative Zodlogy at
Cambridge, who visited Mr. William
E. Dodge, Jr., and presented to him
a scheme of travel which he pro-
posed, with assistance, to undertake ;
while at the same time he spoke
with enthusiasm of a plan for a
Museum of Natural History for
New York. His energy and almost
boundless hopefulness impressed
Mr. Dodge and formed again one of
the auxiliary influences hastening
the crystallization of the Museum

7 HE) LAs EARL es

MUSEUM JOURNAL

idea. This young man was Albert
S. Bickmore. He vanished
from the apathetic notice of New

soon

York, and began his travels in the
East Indies, the colonies of Holland,
Japan, China, and Siberia. He re-
turned to London just at the moment
when a group of public-spirited citi-
zens in New York had completed a
plan for the embodiment of the idea
which he so vigorously urged, and
which through many formative
agencies had now assumed objective
realization.

In December, 1868, the following
letter was received by Andrew H.
Green, then Comptroller of Central
Park,—an office unique in the offi-
cial annals of New York,—which
practically laid the foundation of
the American Museum of Natural
History.

New York, Dec. 30, 1868.

Dear Sirs:

A number of gentlemen having long
desired that a great Museum of Natural
History should be established in Central
Park, and having now the opportunity of
securing a rare and very valuable collec-
tion as a nucleus of such Museum, the
undersigned wish to enquire if you are
disposed to provide for its reception and
development.

JAMES BROWN,

ALEX. T. STEWART,
Bens. H. Frerp,
ADRIAN ISELIN,
Rosert L. STuART,
Marsuatt O. Roperis,

THEODORE ROOSEVELT,
GEORGE BLiIss,

Morris K. Jesup,
Witiiam JT. BLODGETT,
JounN Davin WOLFE,
Rogpert CoLeGareE,

I. N. PHewps,

Levi P. Morron,

W. A. Haines,

J. Prerpont MorGan,
A. G. Puetps Doner,
D. Jackson STEWARD,
Howarp Porrer.

This overture was most cordially
received by the Park officials, and
the first steps at once taken to in-
corporate a society under the name
of the American Museum of Natural
History (April 9, 1869); while, by
a wise prevision, collections of birds
and animals then offered in Europe,
and the Elliot collection of birds
in this country, were purchased.
Professor Bickmore was communi-
cated with. Mr. Wm. T. Blodgett
went to Europe to perfect arrange-
ments and secure co-operation with
Mr. D. G. Elliot, then abroad, and
a hastily improvised shelter for the
new collections was secured at the
Arsenal in Central Park. The first
period of the Museum’s history had
fairly begun.

L. P. GRATACAP, A.M.,
Asst Curator, Dep't Geology.

( To be continued. )

THE READING-ROOM.

W. Orchard

TEE LIBRARY.

aq) HE Library alone,in one
sense, makes possible
the Museum as a pro-

gressive, constructive
organism, not a mere
repository of curiosities. To help
make this great instrument of re-
search more effective is to contribute
in a most practical and necessary
way to the advancement of science ;
and for the purpose of bringing this
home forcibly to the friends of the
Museum it may be well to state
briefly the present condition of the
library, as well as its greatest needs,
as preliminary to a series of notes in
succeeding issues.

The library, with its forty-odd
thousand books of reference, inelud-
ing very many rare and _ beautiful
works of great value to those inter-
ested in the history of science, and
very many more of present and con-
stant use to investigators, stands to-
day as the joint result, first, of about
a score of important gifts and pur-
chases and, second, of the exchange
of Museum publications with those
of other societies.

It may be interesting to consider
each of these factors of the library’s
growth: first, gifts and purchases,
second, exchange.

Of the gifts one might mention

TER AeM ia Cex

MUSEUM JOUR Meat

as perhaps most important: the S.
Lowell Eliott library of 9500 works,
containing rare works on Insects,
Geology, Fishes, Birds, Fossils, Gen-
eral Zodlogy, and the early history
of America; the Jewett library, con-
taining very valuable early editions
of Voyages and Travels; the Jules
Marcou library of 8000 volumes on
Geology, Paleontology, Mineralogy
—very valuable; the Brevoort h-
brary, given by R. L. Stuart, con-
taining 20838 and 1090
pamphlets on Fishes (up to 1882);
and finally, the Jay library of Con-

books,

chology and general science, the gift
of Miss Catherine Lorillard Wolfe.

Naturally, owing to the nature of
its growth through the successive
addition of private libraries, the
hbrary is noticeably lacking in some
lines and fairly complete in others.
With respect, for example, to Geol-
ogy, to the science of minerals, and to
the literature of the former inver-
tebrate creatures of the earth, the
library is fairly sufficient for the
actual needs of the investigator. A
very full library on Vertebrate Pale-
ontology is also being built up by
the curator of that department. In
the hterature relating to Mammals,
Marine Zoloégy, Ethnology, Arche-
ology, on the other hand, the library
is decidedly lacking. Books relat-
ing to the great group Reptiha are
comparatively few ; while the import-
ant science of Forestry, already well

reflected in a practical way by the su-
perb Jesup collection of North Amer-
ican woods, is barely represented.
Especially is there need of a complete
series of the catalogues of the Brit-
ish Museum, of prime importance to
all systematists and naturalists.

It is evident, therefore, that the
library stands in very different de-
grees of helpfulness to the different
departments of the Museum, and
that there is need of a special fund
judiciously expended in directions
most needful.

The in which the
library has grown is by exchange;

second way
and here again the nature of the
growth makes many gaps inevitable.
This is a serious difficulty to investi-
gators, who, it would seem, usually
happen to want the missing numbers.

The chief method used by the
librarian for remedying these de-
fects is the exchange of duplicate
publications—a tedious but advan-
this
has recently obtained a_ valuable

tageous work. In way he
lot of publications from the museum
at Harvard. To cope adequately
with this difficulty, however, the
librarian needs again a special, even
if comparatively small, annual fund.
To conclude, the books of the
library are at the service of any
earnest person, for use in the read-
ing-room alone. The reading-room
is open daily from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m.

AW ee

EEE

AMERICAN \N

LUSEUM JOURNAL

THE OBJECTS IN THE
MEXICAN HALL.

=4HE student of animal
i life as it existed in
geological times and
the student of human
history as typified in
the wonderful ruins of Mexico and
Central America have much in com-
mon. The same methods of reason-
ing which have made it possible
through the accumulation and sift-
ing of almost limitless evidence to
spell out slowly but surely the
course of organic evolution are ap-
pled in the study of long-buried
civilizations. Comparative anato-
mists, geologists, botanists, all work-

ing together, from scattered, often
fragmentary bones, from the depth
and relations of different
from fossilized remains of vegeta-

strata,

tion, have been able to reconstruct
pictorially not only many whole
faunz of the creatures themselves,
but to show in outline the action
and reaction of different groups, to
speak confidently of their life-habits,
food, surroundings, and finally, in
some instances, to assign very proba-
ble grounds for the rise and decline
of particular races. The potteries,
inscriptions, and ruins of the arche-
ologist likewise, are all documents
from which, by using the same
reasoning processes, he can picture
to us the noble cultures of the past,

and, less certainly by reason of the
youthfulness of the science, throw
light on their origin and decline.

Viewed in this hight, the remains
of the great civilizations that sprang
up long ago in America and flowered
out with such splendor before the
coming of Cortes become of increas-
ing interest.

It is from this view-point that we
shall offer from time to time some
account of the objects gathered to-
gether in the Mexican Hall —in
many respects the most important
collection in existence for the study
of the ancient civilizations of Mex-
ico and Central America.

Two things are now evident as to
the civilization which the astonished

In the

first place, it was great and wide-

Cortes found at its zenith.

spread ; for hundreds of impressive
structures—palaces, temples—have
left their throughout all
Mexico and Central America. See-

ruins

ondly, it was old: for, @ priori,
must. be old to have
but chiefly
and inductively the primitive stock

civilizations
grown from barbarism ;
had had time to branch out exten-
sively. The Nahuas, or Aztecs, of
the Valley of Mexico, the Taras-
cans, the Zapotecans, the Mixtecans,
the Tortonacas of Vera Cruz, and,
highest of all, the Mayas, were
probably all of one blood, and yet
of different culture.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNZAE

All these cultures are represented
in the objects now in the Mexican
Hall. At present our knowledge of
them is but begun. As time goes
on, and the evidences accumulate
and are constantly resifted, science,
stepping upward from the ruins and
the potteries, through the inscrip-
tions on monuments, through rec:
ords of the ritual and in ways
perhaps now unforeseen, passing
from outward things, will enter

gradually and understandingly into
the inner lives of these long-dead
nations. Wie Gs

AN ANCIENT FIGURE OF
TERRA COTTA FROM THE
VALLEY OF MEXICO.
Abstract from the Museum Budletin,

Viol. TES. 18977.
sa t1K terra cotta figure
shown on the adjoin-
ing column was found

by an Indian in a cave
near the modern city
of Texcoco, and is now preserved in
the American Museum of Natural
History. It was broken in a num-
ber of pieces when found, and with
these fragments were portions be-
longing to two other figures of a
similar character, The figure 1s
approximately life size, and repre-

sents a man with arms extended
and mouth opened as if singing or
shouting. The hands show that

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

each formerly grasped some object ;
the ends of the fingers are broken
off. The body is dressed in quilted
armor; the head is artificially flat-
tened. It seems evident that we
have, in this remarkable specimen
of art in terra cotta, the actual por-
trait or statue of some distinguished
war chief of the old Alcolhuan tribe,
dressed in armor, and very probably
having in his hands his sword and

shield.

THE JESUP NORTH PACIFIC
EXPEDITION.

aR. BERTHOLD LAU-
Sti FER, of the Jesup
North Pacific Expe-
dition, has recently
returned from North-
eastern Asia. He has spent several
years studying the Ainu of the
island of Saghalin, north of Yezzo,
and the Golds and Gilyaks of the
great Amoor River that flows north-
east through Amoor Province Into
the Sea of Okhotsch. Dr. Laufer

brings with him plentiful spoils,

such as weapons, utensils, dresses,
which reflect the material life of
these isolated tribes, and, what is
better, such records of language,
customs, and traditions as will sub-
stantially aid in the clearing up of
important subsidiary questions in-
volved in the great problem, “ What

is the history of the peoples of
Northeastern Asia?”

To have with the Ainu
rather summarily, we may say that

clone

there is now no longer any doubt
that they are a people by them-
selves, only secondarily affected by
the Japanese.

As to the Golds and Gilyaks,
space permits us but a few mis-
cellaneous facts. Notwithstanding
the fact that many minor points
still remain to be deduced from a
careful study of the material, Dr.
Laufer has already outlined the an-
swer to many questions of which
the archeologist alone can appre-
clate the true importance.

Among the spoils from the Golds
and Gilyaks, Dr. Laufer prizes high-
ly some weapons (spear-heads, dag-
gers) of steel, inlaid with copper.
This art, the
Chinese, is now lost, and these spect-

onee learned from
mens are of considerable rarity.
Garments of fish skin, of the texture
of thin leather,and covered with well-
embroidered patterns, also show that
these people were not wholly lack-
ing in the sense of beauty. Weaving
of baskets (save rough osier work)
is unknown, but boxes are made of
birch bark. The decorations on al]
these objects consist largely of sym-
bols borrowed from the Chinese.
The cock and dragon, as well as
certain purely conventional
stract Chinese symbols, are used

ab-

THE AMER TCAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

without knowledge as to their sig) THE JAY TERRELL COLLEC-

nificance. Thus they pass readily
into purely geometric designs, often
of some complexity.

The mythology of the Golds is
crude. It includes good and evil
spirits, with the Shamans as medi-
ators. The sick man must hew a
rude figure of an animal typifying
the demon that has stolen his soul.

The Shaman by its means (in

spirit) goes after the soul and
wrests it from the captor. Amu-

lets of wood, leather, bone, often of
curious shape, represent animals and

The

mythological monsters. sun,
moon, and other natural objects

personified are the subjects of some
rather pretty myths.

As with most barbarous peoples,
conduct is restricted by many super-
stitious conventionalities, such as
the supposed shocking impropriety
of a man’s ever seeing his mother-
The of

woman 1s that of a slave, and upon

in-law’s face. condition
her the conventionalities bear most

heavily. W. kK. G

The next number will contain
someaccount of the work of MM.
W. Jochelson and W. Bogoras, also
of the Jesup North Pacific Expedi-
tion, who are about to take up again
their studies of the people of North-
eastern Asia.

1 ie)

TION OF FOSSIL FISHES.

BI’ a European scientist
K 6had been asked some
twenty years ago—
before many of the dis-
coveries by Marsh and
Cope — what were the most remark-
able creatures which the American
continent had produced, he would
probably have mentioned the De-
vonian Fishes of Ohio. For since
the time when they were first de-
scribed by Prof. Newberry, these

seemed to every one about as huge
and outlandish as any fish-like crea-
Their

great bony plates, flattened heads,

tures could reasonably be.

and stout jaws, which in some cases
suggested those of a parrot, gave
the veriest layman a most impres-
sive picture of what aquatic life in
This

can be better appreciated, perhaps,

early days must have meant.

after one has examined the accom-
panying cuts from photographs of
the head and shoulders of Dinich-
thys, and many a good geologist
knows them only by their pictures.
This form measured a yard across
the back, and its shear-like jaws,
of solid bone, were an inch and a
half in thickness.

It happens, however, that, as in
the case of many other extinct forms,
fossils of the Ohio fishes are exceed-

ingly rare,—hardly a fossil has found

fe AMER EC AN

USE UM: JOUR NAL

Courtesy of the

Macmillan Company

DEVONIAN FISH DINICHTHYS.

its way to European museums; and
in our own collection there has hith-
erto been nothing more to represent
them than a single tooth. Not but
that there have been found enough
fossils to tell us of the many different
kinds — and something of the anat-
omy — of this Ohio fauna. Several
collectors have labored diligently in

this field, and as the fruit of many

years have gathered together a
number of specimens, which have
usually found their way to but two
museums, those of Columbia Uni-
ersity and of Harvard.

It is an item of general interest,
therefore, that one of these

lections, and

col-
a very satisfactory

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

one, has lately been acquired by
the American Museum, a purchase
made possible by the generous gift
of a trustee, William E. Dodge,
Esq. The present collection rep-
resents the work of no less than
eight years, on the part of the vet-
eran collector of the Ohio fishes, Mr.
Jay Terrell, to whose skill and en-
ergy some of the most surprising
discoveries in this field have been
due. The collection is the fourth
which he has brought together, the
others having been secured by Co-
lumbia, Harvard, and Oberlin. The
specimens are all from the Cleveland
shale (of Upper Devonian age) and
were obtained mainly in the region
of Vermilion River, Ohio, They
occur in large concretions, which are
usually exposed by the weathering
away of the soft shale. Even when
located these are often difficult to
obtain on account of the precip-
itous nature of the valleys in which
the section of the shale is shown.
A number of the specimens, indeed,
were obtained by Mr. Terrell from
the cliffs overhanging Lake Erie,
accessible only during the winter
time when the concretions could be
approached from the ice below.

As to these ancient fishes: There
ean be little question that in all of
their forms, large and small, they

were ravenous and. shark-like in
habits. And the large Dninich-

thys, which is figured above, was

certainly a dangerous neighbor, ea-
sily the master of all other kinds
of animals living in his time. That
they quarrelled among themselves is
known almost positively, for a speci-
men has been taken from the rock,
whose stout back-plate had been
completely crushed in two, bear-
ing in its solid bone deep imprints
and gashes which fit the jaw-tips
of this species. In another case a
portion of a jaw was found sep-
arate in the rock, with marks of
having been broken off during the
animal’s lifetime. The particular
form, Dinichthys, appears to have
been nine feet or more in length, but
it was by no means the largest mem-
ber of the family. Titanichthys
was probably halfas large again, but
its jaws were less formidable. Other
types of these ancient fishes had
jaws which were long and delicate,
set with a bristling row of teeth. It
may be noted that in all of these
forms the mouth parts appear to
have been capable of a certain de-
gree of independent movement, so
that the tips of the jaws could be
opened or drawn together, like fin-
ger-tips,— in this regard differing
widely from any living fishes, An-
is the well-
marked socket they show in the
middle of the forehead: this may
possibly have been occupied by a

other curious feature

“ pineal eye,” whieh lizards have re-

tained up to the present day. B. D.

THE AMERICAN

USEUM JOURNAL

THE MUSEUM’S REGAL PYTHON.

=) LT E splendid specimen
of a regal python now
exhibited at the Mu-

seum in the gallery of
the East Wing is the
first vift of importance from the New
York Zo6élogical Park—which prom-
ises to become as valuable an ally of
the Museum as the London Zoo is
to the great British Museum of
Natural History.

Last September the Zoblogical
Society purchased two regal py-
thons, one twenty-two and the other
twenty-four feet long. The reptile
house had not yet been finished, and
accordingly the animals were tem-
porarily housed in a stable. Dur-
ing a sudden drop in temperature
the escape of an animal caused
the watchman to neglect the stove,

and both pythons suffered conges-
tion of the lungs, to which, in spite
of careful treatment, the larger one
succumbed.

It was immediately sent to the
Museum, where careful measure-
ments were quickly taken, a plaster
cast made of the form, and minute
notes put down as to the brilliant
colors of the skin. It happened
fortunately that the snake had but
recently sloughed off its old skin,
and the new skin was brilliant with
color. The animal was then opened
along the under side and twenty-
eight large eggs removed and put
in alcohol. The skeleton was also
saved. After the removal and tan-
ning of the skin, care having been
taken not to stretch it, it was laid
out on a piece of wire-cloth and the

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

outline traced. The wire-cloth, cut
out along this outline, was then
rolled up and fashioned into a rough
model in the final position of the
specimen. After covering this with
papier maché, so as to reproduce ex-
actly the form of the living animal,
the prepared skin was glued over
it and sewed along the under side.
To reproduce exactly the form, the
taxidermist was naturally
aided by studying the other living
snake still at the Zoo.

The final operation of imparting

much

to the now faded skin the colors of
life was as delicate as it was sue-
cessful. Ww.

Is (Ge

The collection of minerals made
by Dr. E. O, Hovey in the Black
Hills of the Yellowstone is about
to be put on exhibition.

The minerals presented by Mr.
Theodore Berdell include valuable
specimens of Cripple Creek tellu-
rides, such as nagyagite, lionite, col-
oradoite, together with some crystals
of native tellurium.

The collection of minerals of New
York presented to the
Museum by the Mineralogical Club
of New York, will ultimately em-
brace the minerals of Greater New

Island,

York, and will be supplemented
with maps and photographs. ‘The
nucleus of the exhibit is the Cham-
berlin collection.

Mr. Gustav E. Kissel has_pre-
sented the Museum with an aérolite
from Ness County, Kansas. The
stone is rudely polygonal, about
three inches in diameter, and weighs
585 grammes.

In the Hall of Fossil Invertebrates
two model cases are now on exhibi-
tion which illustrate figured species
in Dana’s “ Geology.”

Cases full of Invertebrate Fossils,
for the most part imbedded in
irregular small pieces of sombre
stone, as generally arranged, are not
attractive to the eye of the public.
At the suggestion of the president
a model installation was accordingly
devised, and was tried in several
The specimens are taken
out of the little cardboard boxes
and laid on buff-colored cards, serv-

cases.

ing both as labels and background.
Black strips, placed at proper inter-
vals, agreeably break up the mo-
notony of the shelves. Besides this
the shelves are tipped downwards
so that the specimens nearest the
wall can be better seen. The general
effect is most pleasing.

We also call attention to the col-
of Devonian Fishes pre-
sented to the Museum by William E.
Dodge, Esq.
genus, is described in this number
Dean of Columbia

leetion
Dinichthys, a typical

by Professor

University.

Photographed by

BUTPERFI ic

NORTH OF MEXICO:
Gi. of Very Rev Fudene Ang Hoffman

W. Orchard

SPECIMEN CASE OF THE HOFFMAN COLLECTION.

THE HOFFMAN COLLECTION

The author of Stones of Venice
might well described ade-
quately the color and form beauty
of butterflies. In a brief description

have

of the collection presented last year

OF BUTTERFLIES.

by the Very Rev. Eugene A. Hoft-
man: Ds Ds LED;
tent with plain statements as to its
character and extent.

The Hoffman collection of butter

we must be con-

THE’ AMERICAN MUSEUM JOU Ries

flies is of great value in point
of beauty and completeness, and
includes representatives of the
most beautiful species of South
America, Mexico, Central America,
and India. From so wide a range,
with ingenuity, with patience, and
not without effort, these beautiful
creatures have been gathered to-
gether. The collectors, and espec-
ially Mr. Denton who mounted
them, have surely not labored in
vain. And it is plain that the
work is not yet finished, for the
donor has given authority to the cu-
rator to add enough to fill several
more cases.

The best of it 1s that the great
beauty of these butterflies will
probably long be preserved to us.
The fine striations of their wings,
which cause the prismatic play of
colors, will not, like pigment, speed-
ily disintegrate through exposure.

This is not the ease, unfortunately,
with other thousands of butterflies
which the curator keeps in dark
drawers. To exhibit these to the
public would cause their speedy de-
struction—a thing certainly to be
avoided. The curator will gladly
show them, however, to any one
really interested. Lest donors may
hesitate to give collections which
cannot be generally exhibited, it
may be well to say that the collec-
tions now hid away in drawers and
apparently useless are of great value

for study purposes. Many of them
show transitions in pattern and
color between species and species
and between species and varieties
which have a direct bearing on 1m-
portant problems of evolution.

SPECIMENS OF RARE
AFRICAN ANTELOPES

The Department of Taxidermy is
at present engaged in mounting a
collection of rare African antelopes,
hitherto unrepresented in the Mu-
seum. They were secured by the
Field Columbian Museum expe-
dition, and received there in ex-
change for other skins.

These antelopes are all short-
haired and are consequently being
mounted by a special method re-
cently adopted by the members of
the department. This consists in
the preparation of a “manikin” or
dummy figure for each specimen, so
constructed that when ready to be
enveloped by the skin, the legs may
be lifted from the body and after-
ward readjusted. The skin of the
legs is not split up behind as is
done ordinarily, and as a conse-
quence there are no awkward seams
to conceal in the finished specimen.
This method of mounting takes no
more time and produces a very sat-
isfactory result. J. R.

The American

EXTINCT SABRE-TOOTH TIGER, SMILODON ; SKELETON IN COPE PAMPEAN COLLECTION

RESTORATION BY WOLFF

A. Popular Record of the Progress of the
American Museum of Natural History

Board of Crustees.

MORRIS K. JESUP D. O. MILLS WILLIAM C. WHITNEY
ADRIAN ISELIN ABRAM S. HEWITT ELBRIDGE T. GERRY

J. PIERPONT MORGAN ALBERT 8S. BICKMORE GUSTAV E. KISSEL
JOSEPH H. CHOATE PERCY R. PYNE ANSON W. HARD
JAMES M. CONSTABLE OSWALD OTTENDORFER WILLIAM ROCKEFELLER
WILLIAM E. DODGE ANDREW H. GREEN GEORGE G, HAVEN

J. HAMPDEN ROBB D. WILLIS JAMES H. O. HAVEMEYER
CHARLES LANIER ARCHIBALD ROGERS A. D. JUILLIARD

FREDERICK E. HYDE

THe AMERICAN Museum oF NaturAL Hisrory was established in 1869, to
promote the Natural Sciences, to diffuse a more general knowledge of these sciences
among the people, and thus furnish both instruction and recreation. The Museum
has now a library of over 40,000 volumes on Natural History, and in its halls
are exhibited collections which, in many departments of Natural Science, are un-
surpassed by those of any other American museum. The material for research
is, in many lines, likewise unexcelled.

The Museum is in cordial codperation with nearly all similar institutions in the
world, among which it has already attained high rank. As, however, it is depen-
dent upon private subscriptions and dues from its members for carrying on its work,
its progress in many departments will be hastened by an increase of membership.

ANNUAL MEMBERS
Pay $10 a year and are each entitled to a Subseriber’s Ticket, admitting
two persons to the Museum on reserve days (Mondays and Tuesdays),
and to all Receptions and Special Exhibitions, four course tickets for
single admission to each lecture series, and one subscription to THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL.

Give $100, and are entitled to one Subseriber’s Ticket, five course tickets,
and one subscription to THE AMERICAN MuseUM JOURNAL.

Give $500, and are entitled to one Subscriber's Ticket, ten course tickets,
and one subscription to THE AMERICAN MuseUM JOURNAL,

Give $1000, and are entitled to one Subscriber's Ticket, five Comphi-
mentary Season Tickets, ten course tickets, and one subscription to THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL.

form of Bequest.

I do hereby give and bequeath to ‘Tar AMERICAN MuseuM OF Natura His-

TORY ”’ of the City of New York,

American Museum Journal

Volume I MAY, 1900 Number 2

eM AW ly le

DLL

EXHIBITION HALL IN THE OLD ARSENAL.
From a cut in the Annual Report of the Park Commissioners, 1869.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NATURAL HISTORY.
(Continued )

EETINGS were held in — shells, and had already, from his ex-
succession atthe houses tensive correspondence and generous
of the Trustees, among purchases, become known to the
whom may be grateful- world of naturalists as an accom-
ly remembered: John plished conchologist. He had been

David Wolfe, Robert L. Stuart, active in his sympathy and advice in

William A. Haines, Theodore Roose- the creation of the new institution,

velt, Morris K. Jesup, A. G. Phelps and pushed its designs unflaggingly.

Dodge. It is appropriate to specify The organization of the new

somewhat more clearly Mr. Haines’s body was quickly concluded, and,

relation to this enterprise. Mr. with a complete set of officers, and

Haines was an enthusiastic lover of John David Wolfe as President, the

DAE AGM ER cA SN,

MUSEUM JOURNAL

institution thus suddenly born con-
fronted the dangers, discourage-
ments, and difficulties of its struggle
towards maturity and permanence.
We have reached that point in
the history of the Museum, when
the Arsenal in Central Park be-
came its temporary home. The
collections bought im Europe, com-
prising the Maximilian, Elliot, Ver-
reaux, and Vedray collections of
birds and mammals, soon arrived,
and with promising celerity a group
of collectors and naturalists attached
themselves to the institution, and
either by gifts or services hastened
its development. Baron R. Osten
Sacken, Mr. Coleman T. Robinson,
Mr. A. L. Rawson, Gen. Chas. W. le
Gendre, Dr. A. E. Foote, Mr. R. A.
Witthaus, Jr., Mr. Robert L. Stuart,
Mr. William A. Haines and others
were generous donors. Professor
Bickmore had been made Superin-
tendent, Dr.J.B. Holder his assistant,
and under the energy and incessant
application of the former the Museum
assumed interesting proportions.
Perhaps it is not improper to
advert to the rather cold reception
of the new institution by the purely

scientific and professional element in
New. York.
reality, and possibly for a while
hindered the growth of the Museum.
It sprang from a too formal insis-

This aloofness was a

tence upon scientific considerations.
It was necessary at first to magnify

the popular aspect of the Museum,
and gather to it such adherence from
wealth or fashion as might more
quickly enable it to increase.

Increase did, indeed, come at once.
The old Arsenal, a picturesque
building, formerly a State armory,
and preserved in the park through
the strenuous efforts of Mr. Green,
was utterly insufficient for the needs
of the Museum. Expansion was
almost instantaneous. A_ bill was
framed and passed through the
Legislature, attached to the “ Law re-
lating to the Department of Parks,”
by which “the Board of Commis-
sioners of the Department of Public
Parks, in the City of New York, is
hereby authorized to contract, erect,
and maintain in and upon that por-
tion of the Central Park formerly
known as Manhattan Square, or any
other public park, square, or place in
said city, a suitable fire-proof build-
ing * * *_ . for a) ieeamn ser
Natural History.” But the Ar-
had been most serviceable.
and battered interior
was renewed, new cases were built,
and a plentiful application of paint
and putty coaxed from its inappro-
priate design and defective lighting
a semblance of propriety, if not
beauty.

senal
Its scarred

Purchases and gifts still continued
to add to the collections, and about
the year 1875 plans were laid for
securing the famous Hall Collection

60040000000 50050 004000000 000 0 OE EE Titi iii

f
F
2
7
3
»
P
-
+
2
-
-

Ve we ofe-e wre SOFT TS ee

cater Latent inspite ctntiare lati api
CSE CeCe Cec ceeectesteceettsitttitenteterty

JOHN DAVID WOLFE, FIRST PRESIDEN

From a portrait in the Board Room, by Huntington.

THE

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

of Invertebrate Fossils, then de-
posited at Albany.

In the meanwhile (April, 1871),
in fact but a short time after the
successful opening of the Museum,
its first President, John David
Wolfe, died, and Robert L. Stuart
sueceeded him. It was his daughter,
Miss Catherine Lorillard Wolfe,
who presented the first memorial
gift to the Museum, the Jay Collec-
tion of Shells and the Jay Library
of Conchological Works.

The opening of ground on Man-
hattan Square proceeded, and on
June 2, 1874, the corner-stone of
the new building was laid amid
ceremonies lmpressiveand prophetic,
Dre S: Ho Dyos, Mr ober = i.
Stuart, Hon. H. G. Stebbins, Gov-
ernor Dix, and Professor Joseph
Henry spoke. This first period of
the Museum’s life cannot be better
closed than by the judicious and
thoughtful of the latter:
“ We may be greatly aided by what-

words

ever tends to neutralize the intensi-
fied selfishness engendered by the
struggle in a large city for suprem-
acy, and the unfavorable effect of
extreme exclusion from intercourse
with nature, and, above all, the
ready indulgence of degrading pas-
sions. This is especially the province
They

not only offer a substitute for im-

of museums of art and nature.

moral gratification by supplying in-
tellectual pleasures, but may also be

rendered sources of moral and even
religious instruction. The establish-
ment, the beginning of which we
are about to inaugurate is, in ac-
cordance with the views we have
presented, worthy of the enterprise
and intelligence of those who con-
ceived and who have thus far devel-
It is to be a temple of
nature in which the productions of

oped 16;

the inorganic and organie world, to-
gether with the remnants of the
past ages of the human family, are
to be collected, classified, and prop-
erly exhibited. It is to be rendered
an attractive exhibition, which shall
the of the
unobserving, of those who, having

arrest attention most
been confined all their lives to the
city, have come to consider edifices of
brick and of stone as the most promi-
nent objects of the physical world.”

The years from June 2, 1874, to
December 22, 1877,
in the building and equipment of
this section, thus inaugurated. The
transference to its halls of the col-
the Arsenal
quickly consummated, and on the

were occupied

lections from was
latter date it was formally opened.
Before passing to this, the increase
of the collections and the plans for
fixing its revenue on a more secure
basis require a brief notice.

The Museum colleetions in their
most important features embraced
the Verreaux, Vedray, Maximilian,
and Elliot collections of birds, and

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

mammals, reptiles and fishes, the
Medary collection of corals, and the
Osten Sacken, Robinson, and Witt-
haus cabinets of insects.

Specimens covering the whole
area of natural science had been
donated. These for the most part
were individual specimens, unre-
lated and sporadic
minerals,

oifts of shells,

building-stones, — corals,
birds, eggs, insects, sea urchins,
antlers, nests, mammals, skeletons,
anatomical preparations, alcoholics,
fossils, and implements. Many of
these were notable accessions, many
of them poor or valueless, but the
insufficient space at the Arsenal
made them all equally difficult to
dispose of. They could not be clas-
sified or well preserved.

The Museum had also received
constant additions to its as yet
shapeless and diminutive library.
Miss Catherine Lorillard Wolfe
purchased the collection of shells
belonging to Dr. John C. Jay, and
by this purchase secured his books
accompanying it, which, in a sub-
stantial way, laid the foundations of
the present library.

Dr. Jay’s cabinet of shells had at-
tained considerable celebrity, and
many delightful hours of social and
scientific intercourse had been passed
over its specialties, by its owner,
with distinguished naturalists. A
large number of the Unios, or fresh-
water clams, had been used by Lea

in his famous monograph on this
family of shells,
references to his specimens are
scattered through the of
special writers.

But of far greater and different
importance was the acquisition by
the Trustees of the collection of fos-
sils belonging to Professor James
Hall of Albany. It had been said
by Louis Agassiz that “whoever

and numerous

pages

> ~

gets Hall’s collection gets the Geo-
logical Museum of America.” Agas-
siz himself, shortly before his death,
attempted to purchase it. It formed
the largest collection in this country,
in point of numbers alone, and in its
specimens of the early (palaeozoic)
periods of geological history, was of
preéminent importance. It was
almost entirely colleeted by Profes-
sor James Hall, with whose investi-
gations as State Geologist of New
York it is identified, as, in fact, much
of it was brought together during the
survey of this State. It comprised five
thousand type or figured specimens
used in the great work on the Pale-
ontology of the State of New York.
Before the Arsenal was aban-
doned the beginnings of a mineralog-
ical cabinet were instituted by the
purchase of the collection of min-
erals of Mr. 8. C. H. Bailey, which
contained in a limited series an attrac-
tive exhibit of beautiful minerals.
In vertebrate remains the fossil

eollection of Professor Hall was

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

poor, the superb cabinets of Marsh Their future development can only

and Cope, in that day, having no
adequate rival in the fragmentary
skeletons of a few lizards, sharks,
peccaries, and tapirs, the skull of a
the teeth and tusks of
mastodon, which in the Hall Collee-
tion represented the vertebrates.

cat, or a

In answer to inquiries made by
Professor Bickmore, a letter from
Julius Von Haast of the Canterbury
Museum, Christchurch, New Zea-
land, was received at the Arsenal in
August, 1873, offering a suite of seven
complete skeletons and the principal
bones of eleven other species of the
gigantic moas of New Zealand.

The correspondence resulted in
their purchase. These remarkable
remains of huge struthioid birds,

associated with the last stages of

geological evolution in New Zea
land at the far-
famed locality of Glenmark in New
Zealand.
seums all over the world had ob-
tained

were exhumed
A large number of mu-
representative — collections
from this locality and it was a
fortunate opportunity, adroitly and
quickly seized, that enabled the Trus-
tees to secure this unique group.
The beginnings, perhaps incon-

spicuous but sensibly important, of

the Archeological and Ethnologi-
eal Departments of the Museum
were made in these same years,
These departments have now as-

sumed preponderant proportions.

be dimly surmised. Amongst the
first purchases of archeological ma-
terial was that of a few and very
precious relics, a remnant from the
large collections transported to Salis-
bury, England, made by Dr. E. G.
Davis in Ohio, when he undertook,
with Mr. E. G. Squier, the famous
examination of the western mounds.

The archzeological treasures of the
Museum increased month by month.
Purchase and donations alike has-
My... G.
Marquand presented over two hun-
dred
pottery, Dr. Jacob Knapp of Louis-

tened their expansion.

pieces of Missouri mound

ville, Ky., stone axes and arrow
heads, while a second large collee-
tion, that of Col. Charles C,

was purchased. ‘This collection was

Jones,

a very valuable addition, and was
Colonel

own investigations and publications

associated with Jones’s
among the Southern Indians.

Such, in broad outlines, was the
srowth of the collections before the
Arsenal was vacated. This increase,
the of
whose were

the curators,
to
added to, and the impending ques-

maintenance
numbers soon be
tions of support, as the proportions
of the Museum grew, brought the
President and Trustees face to face
with ¢ difficulties.
And the gravity of these questions
was deepened by the panic and
sudden collapse of credit in 1873,

erave financial

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

the effects of which were felt for
several years. Through the urgency
of the Trustees, work was pushed
forward on the new building, and
steps were already taken having in
view the assumption by the city of
the expenses of maintenance, in-
cluding under that all salaries,
and the cost of equipment and its
preservation.

It was quite evident that if the
Trustees were to assume the quite
incaleulable outlays necessary for
purchases and expeditions, the city,
as representing a beneficiary in the
enjoyment of these results, should
pay the expense of their care and
proper installation. Deficit after
deficit had been cleared by the
Trustees, and indeed on March 10,
1873, it was resolved “that the
Trustees pledge themselves to make up
pro rata any deficiency that may oc-
cur in the annual current expenses.”

The Museum was rapidly passing
through a transition stage to some-
thing more permanent and impres-
sive. Its history up to 1877 was a
chronicle of acquisitions, increased
or diminished revenues, increased
attendance. No element of educa-
tional intention, original inquiry, or
any serious participation in scien-
tific work had been developed in it.
It had no perceptive functions.
Such dormancy was natural. Its
occupancy of the Arsenal was tem-
porary and provisional. The time

of its curators was employed in
devising room, in anticipating addi-
tions, preserving specimens, form-
ulating needs
apphances, renovating and poison-

and mechanical
ing objects, packing and unpacking.
It had no laboratory, no publica-
tions, had allied itself with no
professed body of scientific students
or thinkers. Its immediate care
was to keep its collections safe.
Under such circumstances the re-
moval of the Museum from the old
Arsenal to the new structure in
Manhattan Square appeared more
and more necessary.

L. P. Gratacap, A.M.,

Ass’t Curator, Dep't Geology.
(To be continued.)

The Zodlogical Society has re-
cently presented the following ani-
mals to the Museum: One Ant-
Bear ( Myrmecophagus jubata ); one
Florida Lynx (Lynx rufus); one
Bengal Tiger (felis tigris); two
Swift Foxes (Vulpes macrotus ) ;
one Woodland Caribou (young)
(Rangifer floridanus noveterre ) ;
one Prong-Horned Antelope (_Anf?-
locapra americana) ; one Peregrine
Falcon (alco peregrinus) ; one
American Whistling or White Swan
( Olor columbiana ); one Wood Ibis
( Tantalus loculator) ; one South
African Geometric Tortoise ( Zestu-
do geometrica ); one Leather-Backed
Turtle (Dermochelys coriacea ).

1 A is eee

THE COPE PAMPEAN

COLLECTION.
NOTABLE addition
to the fossil vertebrates
in the American Mu-
seum of Natural His-

tory is the collection of

oO
1)
2,
2.
}
0)
i}
o)
oe
Ve}
2
Oo!
(ksx

iy
oS
te
on,
o
io
S.
i}
iS

South American fossil mammals re-
cently presented by Messrs. H. O.
Havemeyer, William E. Dodge, D.
Willis James, James M. Constable,
Adrian Iselin, and Henry F. Os-
The Museum has hitherto had
hardly any representation of these
strange monsters of the
southern but it
now make an exceptionally com-
plete and representative display of
one of the most extraordinary assem-
blages of animals that ever lived.

born.

extinct

continent : can

The collection formed a part of

* Exposition Universelle de Paris, Groupe second, Classe huitiéme.

MUSEUM JOURNAL

the exhibit of the Argentine Re-

public at the Paris Exposition of
1878. It was gathered by Messrs.
Ameghino, Larroque, and Brachet,
and described by Dr. Ameghino in
a special catalogue.* It was at that
time, and still is, one of the finest
collections of South American fos-
sils ever got together, and seems to
have attracted much attention.

It was purchased in 1878 by the
late Professor Cope, with the in-
tention that it should be displayed
in the projected Permanent Exposi-
tion at Fairmount Park in Phila-
The project, however,
was not carried out, and the collee-

delphia.

tion remained stored away in the
cellar of Memorial Hall, Fairmount
Park, for over twenty years, always
in the hope that a suitable place
would be provided for its exhibi-
tion. Finally, in 1899, through the
efforts of Professor Osborn and the
generosity of the Trustees above
mentioned, it was purchased for the
American Museum, and will be ex-

hibited in the new hall on the
fourth floor of the east wing.
These fossils are found in the

Pampean formation, so called from
its forming the surface of the pam-
pas of the Argentine and near-by
states — broad, grassy plains not
unlike our own western plains, but

nearer the sea-level, and with a
somewhat harsher climate. Here

Catalogue Special de la Section

Anthropologique et Paléontologique de la République Argentine.

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

and there, where streams cut chan-
nels through the sand and fine loam
of the pampas, they expose fossil
skeletons, of which the first speci-
mens, brought to Europe in the be-
ginning of the century, formed the
greatest scientific marvels of the time.

They belong to the most recent
geological period, when man had
perhaps already appeared upon the
earth. South America was at that
time inhabited by animals of the
most extraordinary characters, some
of gigantic size, and most of them
unlike any creatures now living.
Of these extinct animals there are
several hundred specimens in this
collection, including nine complete
skeletons of as many different
species, besides skulls and incom-
plete skeletons of many more.

The largest of these South Amer-
ican animals were the great Ground-
Sloths, somewhat like the little
Tree-Sloths which now inhabit the
forests of Brazil, but of gigantic
size and massive proportions, the
hindquarters and tail being espe-
cially stout and heavy. They had
great digging claws on the feet,
which were used in uprooting and
pulling down trees in order to feed
on their foliage. There were many
different species, varying from the
size of an ox to that of the largest
elephants. Two complete skeletons
suitable for mounting, besides many
less perfect specimens, represent the

Ground-Sloths in the Cope Pam-
pean Collection.

Smaller than the Ground-Sloths,
but more unique in character, were
the Glyptodonts, large quadrupeds
encased in bony armor. <A great
hemispherical shield covered the
back, a smaller casque the head,
and the tail was cased in a_ long,
A number of
more or less complete skeletons of
these, three or four of which can
probably be mounted, are in the

cylindrical sheath.

collection. The Glyptodonts were
allied to the little Armadillos which
now inhabit South America

small,
nocturnaldigging animals with an un-
savory reputation as grave-robbers.
The most valuable specimen in
the collection is a nearly complete
skeleton, finely preserved, of the
ereat Sabre-Tooth Tiger, Smd/odon
necator, an animal twice as large as
any living lions or tigers, equalling
or exceeding the largest polar bears
in size. This ferocious carnivore
had great, curving, flattened, sabre-
like upper canine teeth to pierce
the thick hides of ground sloths and
other large animals. In this indt-
vidual, one of the canines was broken
off during life and the stump much
worn by subsequent use before the
animal died ; the other tusk is per-
fect and projects six inches beyond
the skull. The powerful muscles
and massive proportions of this
beast are well shown in the accom-

THE

AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

panying restoration by Wolf (see
cover), presented to the Museum by
Prof. D. G. Elliott, of the Field
Columbian Museum, in Chicago.
The outline restoration of the head,
drawn from our skeleton by Mr.
Charles R. Knight, illustrates the
extraordinarily wide gape of the
mouth, giving free play for the huge
W. D. MArTHeEw,
Asst Curator,

Dept Vertebrate Paleontology.

upper fangs.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM
BULLETIN.

24) TT scientific publica-
tions of the Museum
form two series: the
“ Bulletin,” octavo in

the “ Me-

moirs,” in quarto. The “ Bulletin”

size, and

is intended to be the medium of
publication for short articles that
The

“ Memoirs” are devoted to special

do not require large plates.
monographs or papers requiring

The first num-
ber of the “ Bulletin” was issued in
December, 1881, and the first volume

large illustrations.

was completed five years — later.
Volume II was completed in the
two following years, and Volume
IIT ina year and a half, closing with
the year 1891.
plete volume has been issued each

Since 1891 a com-

year. The volume for the current
year is Volume XIII of the series.

These volumes average about four
hundred pages each, and consist of
from twenty to twenty-five articles,
illustrated by numerous text cuts
and from twenty to thirty plates.

The articles range in length from
one or two pages to a hundred or
more, and treat of a great variety of
natural history subjects, represent-
ing as they do the results of the
scientific work of the curators and
their assistants in all the different
departments of the Museum.

The

principally papers on Invertebrate

earlier volumes contained

Paleontology and Geology, with
various. papers on Mammals, Birds,
The

include not only papers on these

and Reptiles. later volumes

Insects,
The

American Museum “ Bulletin ” corre-

subjects, but articles on

Minerals, and Archzeology.

sponds to the “ Proceedings” of the
various learned societies, and to the
publications often designated as
“ Bulletin,” issued by scientific mu-
seums and other similar institutions.
The “ Bulletin,” of course, is not in-
tended as a popular scientific journal,
being necessarily technical, yet it
contains matter of more or less
general interest, easily understood
by intelligent readers. It is distrib-
uted mainly to other scientifie in-
stitutions in exchange for their
publications, and is thus an impor-
tant means for the increase of our

own library. J. A. ALLEN.

THE

THE LOCAL COLLECTION OF

MOUNTED BIRDS.

=) HE Museum’s

tion colleetion of

exhibi-

birds contains about

12,000 mounted speci-
mens and is divided
in four parts: first, a general, sys-
tematic collection of the leading
types of the birds of the world, oc-
cupying the second or main floor of
the north wing ; second, a systematic
collection of the birds of North
America, placed in the gallery of
the same floor; third, a local col-
lection; and, fourth, a collection of
groups of birds in their haunts.

It is the local collection to which,
at this season, when migrating birds
are thronging Central Park, we
would call particular attention.

Doubtless ninety per cent. of the
people who visit the Museum to
identify birds, desire to ascertain
the name of some species they have
observed in the vicinity of , New
York City, and in order to afford
them all possible assistance a col-
lection of birds mounted from
selected specimens has been ar-
ranged.

It includes only the birds which
may be found within fifty miles of
New York City, numbering 350
species, and the specimens are
grouped both systematically and
seasonally.

AMERICAN NN

AUSEUM JOURNAL

The seasonal collection 1s, we be-
lieve, a new idea in museum exhi-
bition and deserves some descrip-
tion. It is placed in two cases.
The first contams the ‘Permanent
the birds
which are present throughout the

Resident’ species, or

year; while the second case is de-
voted to the migratory species.

The arrangement of this case is
changed each month. In January,
for example, it contains only the
Winter Residents, comprising those
species which come from the north
in the fall and remain through the
winter. In February such early mi-
grants as the robin and purple
erackle are added, under the head
ing ‘February Migrants’; and in
March, April, and May the mi-
grants arriving in those months are
exhibited.

At the end of May all our sum-
mer birds have arrived and most of
the transient migrants have passed
their
homes, and the case then coutains

onward to more northern
only the Summer Resident species.

When the fall migration is in-
augurated, the required changes are
made in this seasonal collection,
which, therefore, at all times defi-
nitely the prevailing
conditions of our bird-life.

An illustrated guide of one hun-
dred pages has been prepared to
accompany this collection. In it
may be found a concise statement of

represents

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

the general range and local status of the most recent addition to the bird
all our birds. It is sold at the doors groups. It may be found in the
for the nominal price of fifteen cents. Bird Hall on the main floor.

The accompanying cut represents F. M. C.

BOB-WHITE GROUP.

wee AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

ENTOMOLOGICAL NOTES.

=) HE collection of * In-
sects found within
fifty miles of New
York” in the gallery
of the main building

now amounts to nearly ten thousand
specimens, of which fully seven
thousand five hundred are mounted.
The long ellipse of cases in the
centre of the hall, containing pha-
lanx after phalanx of shield-backed
beetles, little and big, of grasshop-
pers, crickets, moths, butterflies, are
suggestive of the far-off ages of coal
formation when multitudes of rust-
ling insects must have everywhere
crowded the sultry air.
their hosts are countless; for mght
here near New York, in a climate
where the different insects are not
noticeably many, man’s extermina-
tive power is still ineffective against
more than seven thousand species.

Even now

But this great gathering of insects
is defective in that only adult stages
are represented. The collection
does not show the complex life-his-
tories of the insects, a feature espe-
cially necessary both for instruction
and for showing how best to de-
stroy those insects which are inju-
rious. As this is a serious defect it
is earnestly hoped that some friend
of the Museum will take the initial
step toward removing it.

A large part of the material of

‘into an entirely distinct

the department, such as the Angus,
Edwards, and Elliott
must of necessity be kept in drawers,
shielded from the destructive effects
of continued exposure to light.
Although many specimens of moths

collections

and butterflies cannot therefore be
exhibited in open cases, the curator
wishes it known that upon request
they may be privately viewed by
any student or interested person.

Some of the more especially in-
teresting facts about these drawer
collections that almost any
drawer of the series shows how a

are

species grades off in different local-
ties into mere varieties and how
these varieties sometimes pass over
species ;
also, the frequent marked unlike-
ness of the males and females of
the same species and, finally, in one
specimen, the perfect union of male
and female characters, so that on one
side the wings and other organs are
male and on the other, female.
Although in the animal kingdom
this double-sexed condition 1s fre-
quent, for example among marine
zoophytes and molluses, its unusual-
ness in the Lepidoptera might well
cause speculation as to what abnor-
mal embryonic or larval conditions
produced it. The solution of the
question of the origin of sex may
possibly be hastened by a critical
investigation of such exceptional
and outlying cases.

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

THE JESUP NORTH PACIFIC
EXPEDITION.

DEPARTURE OF TWO OF ITS MEMBERS
FOR

NORTHEASTERN ASIA.

helson and Waldemar
Bogoras, of the Jesup
North Pacific Lupe
dition of this Institu-
tion, have recently started for the
northeastern part of Asia, by way of
San Francisco and Vladivostok, to

continue the work of the Expedition
in Siberia.

In the last number of this jour-
nal we reported on the results of
Dr. Laufer’s investigations on the
Amoor River and on the island of
Saghalin. The region which Messrs.
Jochelson and Bogoras are about to
visit of the
Amoor River. They will study the

is situated northeast
relations of the native tribes of that
area to the inhabitants of the ex-
treme northwestern part of Amer-
ica, and also to the Asiatic races
visited by Dr. Laufer and to those
living farther west. It is expected
that in this manner they will suc-
ceed in clearing up much of the ra-
cial history of these peoples, and it
is hoped that the question as to the
relations between the aborigines of
America and Asia will be definitely
settled.
explorers is part of the general plan
of the Jesup North Pacifie Expedi-

Thus the work of these

tion, which was organized for the
investigation of the relations be-
tween the tribes of Asia and Amer-
ica, It is fortunate that this inquiry
has been taken up at the present
time, since the gold discoveries along
the coast of Bering Sea are rapidly
changing the conditions of native
life; so that within years
their primitive customs, and perhaps

a few

the tribes themselves, will be extinct.
The after leaving
Vladivostok, will go by sea to the

expedition,

northeastern part of the Sea of
Okhotsk, where they will establish
Mr. Jochel-

son expects to spend the winter

their winter quarters,

among the tribes of this coast. part

_of whom belong to the great Tungus

3°

family which inhabits the greater
part of Siberia, while others belong
to a little-known group of tribes in-
habiting the extreme northeastern
Mr. Bogoras will
make a long journey by dog-sledge
that part of the country
which is north of the peninsula of

pr rt IC mn of Asia.
across

Kamtchatka, and will spend much of
his time among the Chukehee, whose
mode of life is quite similar to that
of the Eskimo of the Arctic coast of
America. Mr. Bogoras is exception-
ally well prepared for this work, since
he has spent several years among the
western Chukchee, who are a no-
madic tribe, and subsist on the pro-
ducts of their large herds of reindeer.
There is also a small tribe of Eskimo

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

living on the Siberian coast, whom
Mr. Bogoras expects to visit.

Mr. Jochelson, after finishing his
work on the coast of the Okhotsk
Sea, will proceed northwestward,
crossing the high mountains which
stretch along the coast, on a trail
never before visited by white man.
Over this route he expects to reach
the territory of another isolated
tribe, the Yukagheer. On a former
expedition Mr. Jochelson visited a
western branch of this tribe, whom
he reached starting from Irkutsk, in
southern Siberia. Owing to the dif-
ficulties of the passage, Mr. Jochel-
son will not return to the coast
of the Okhotsk Sea, but will con-
tinue his journey westward through
Asia, and reach New York by way
of Moscow and St. Petersburg.

Both Mr. Jochelson and Mr. Bo-
goras have carried on a series of
most remarkable investigations in
Siberia, which are at present being
published by the Imperial Academy
of Sciences in St. Petersburg. The
results of their previous investiga-
tions embrace a mass of information
on the customs, languages, and folk-
tales of the tribes whom they visited.

It may be expected that their jour-
ney, which will extend over a period
of two years, will result in a series of
most interesting additions to the
collections of the Museum, and in an
important advancement of our knowl-
edge of the peoples of the world.

THE MUSEUM EXPEDITION

TO ARCTIC AMERICA.

pedition to northern
British Columbia,
Alaska, and the Are-
tic Coast, supported
by Mr. James M. Constable, has

yielded scientific results which am-

ply repay the cost of this praise-
worthy undertaking. Mr. Stone
entered northern British Columbia
by way of Fort Wrangel and the
Stickine River, thence to the head
of Dease Lake and the Cassiar
Mountains, where very important
collections of mammals were made;
he then descended the Dease River
to the Liard River, gathering on the
way many valuable specimens, and
making from Fort Liard a trip into
the Nahanna Mountains. Afterward
he continued down the Liard River
to the Mackenzie, stopping at Forts
Simpson and Norman, from which
latter point a trip was made into the
main range of the Rocky Mountains.
Later another trip was made into
the Rockies to the westward of
Fort McPherson, and also across
the McKenzie Delta and westward
along the Arctic Coast to Herschel
Island. Then followed a long sled
journey of over one thousand miles
eastward along the Arctic Coast to
beyond Cape Lyon. Returning
again to Fort McPherson, he crossed

THE AMERICAN MUSEUMS

NGE

COWRA!

\
Si,

amt yr. me ae
= [2 “SMOKY MT ¥
=| ae

| Mackenzi£

the Rockies to Bell River, which he
descended to the Porcupine, and
thence continued down the Yukon

to Michaels, where he took a
steamer to Seattle, reaching this

point September 18, 1899, twenty-
six months and four days from the
date of starting.

On this long and arduous trip Mr.
Stone discovered and brought home
six or eight new species of mam-
mals, including a fine new Caribou,
and obtained amount of
valuable information respecting the
habits and distribution of all the
larger Arctic He also
made important geographical dis-

a large

mammals.

coveries, including several new riv-
ers which flow into the Arctic
Ocean; he accurately located other
important points, and corrected our
latest hydrographic charts of this

ios)

region in several important particu-
lars, establishing the fact that the
is, In re-

so-called “ Eskimo Lake ”

ality, dry land, traversed by a num-
ber of narrow lake-like channels.

His successful sled journey, aggre-
gating over three thousand miles, is
without a parallel in the annals of
Arctic travel. Although unsuccess-
ful in his special quest for Wood
Bison and Musk-ox, and although
the intense cold of an Arctie winter
precluded the preparation of many
specimens, the results of his trip in-
clude, besides a valuable collection
of mammals, a rich store of wholly
new zodlogical, geographical, and
archeological information, which
will form the basis of a series of
papers in the current volume of the
Museum “ Bulletin.”

J. A. ALLEN.

American Museum Journal

Volume I OCTOBER, 1900 Number 3

JAMES MANSELL CONSTABLE.

IAMES MANSELL Mr. Constable became a Fellow
CONSTABLE, Vice- of the Museum in 1871, and ever
President of this Mu- since that time, as a member of the

seum, died May 12, Board of Trustees, has occupied an
1900. Born at Stor- official position in connection with
rington, Sussex, England, in 1812, the control of the Museum. In 1875
and coming to this country on a_ he served on the Auditing Commit-
pleasure trip, when twenty-four years tee of the Museum; the year 1879
old, he decided after his return to saw hima member of the Executive
England that his future should be Committee, and later its Chairman ;
connected with this country. His in 1886, immediately succeeding
life has since been associated with Robert Colgate, Mr. Constable was
the material, social, and educational elected to the Vice-Presidency of the
development of New York. En- Museum, a position he held at the
gaged in a business which required time of his death. In this capacity
all the time and attention of ordi- his usefulness in the Museum ad-
nary men, he yet found time to enter ministration was very important, as
with heart and soulintoallthe pub- he was painstaking in his attention
lic life of the great city and country to every requisition made upon his
of his adoption. time and enerey.

Mr. Constable fully realized at an It was by the generous financial
early day New York’s need of a aid of Mr. Constable that the first
Museum of Science, appreciating its relations of the Museum with the
popular side, and urging its require- cause of public education were es-
ments as meeting helpfully the great tablished in 1882, which practically
want of a wholesome place of rec- formed the beginning of the present
reation for the people. Friends Department of Public Instruction of
recall his insistence upon this fea- the Museum.
ture, and his delight when the op- His gifts to various departments
portunity came which enabled him were numerous, and amongst his
to become a worker in this great very last expenditures for the Mu-
scheme. seum was the maintenance of an ex-

ios)
ios)

TA: ACE RC AN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

pedition to Arctic British America
in the interest of the Department
of Vertebrate Zodlogy.

The results of this expedition, to
quote from a former number of this
journal,* “include, besides a valuable
collection of mammals, a rich store of
wholly new zoélogical, geographical,
and archzeological information, which
will form the basis of a series of
papers in the current volume of the
Museum ‘ Bulletin”” The “valuable
of

ferred to include a new Mountain

collection mammals” here re-
Sheep and several new rodents, one
of which (Phenacomys constablec)
has been named in his honor; and
also valuable material for exhibi-
tion, including series of specimens
of the rare Mountain Caribou and
two species of rare Arctic Sheep.
The Mr.
Constable’s death were a significant
and heartfelt tribute.

spoken before the Trustees at their

President’s words on

They were

Quarterly Meeting, and contained
some allusions it seems impossible
to omit in this notice. He said, in
part: “ We shall keenly feel the loss
of his presence with us; I more
than any of his associates here. He
was my friend in all that the word
stands for; he was my counsellor
and my advisor in administering the
many and varied details of the work
of since

the Museum, ever my

election to the Presidency of this
Board.

“Mr. Constable full
knowledge of the lesser as well as

possessed

the greater details of the Museum’s
work, and his wisdom, ripe experi-
ence and judyment were invaluable
to me; I always felt secure in seek-
ing his counsel in the management
of the affairs of the institution.
“THis death is a personal loss to
myself, and I shall miss far more
than mere words may express, his
gentleness, his helpful aid, his ever-

present courtesy and encourage-
ment.”
GIFTS TO THE LIBRARY.

0'0,0.0.0°0°0°0

RECENT gift from the
| Duke of Loubat of

seventy-eight rare vol-

umes includes as the
most notable a repro-
duction of the Vatican Manuscript
3738; thisis the latest of the superb
reproductions that have been pub-
lished by the Duke of Loubat and
given by him to the Museum.

The full title of the work is “Il
Manoscritto Messicano Vaticano 3738
Detto I] Codice Rios, Riprodotto In
Fotocromogratia A Spese Di Sua

Eeecellenza I] Duea Di Loubat. Per
Cura Della Biblioteca Vaticano,

Roma, Stabilimento Danesi, 1900.”

** The Museum Expedition to Arctic America,” this Journal, Vol. 1, No. 2, pp. 31 and 32.

THE AMERICAN

The original Codex Vaticanus 3738,
renamed Codex Rios by the Mexi-
ean savant Troncoso, is a copy, on
European paper, of pictures made
by Mexican painters shortly after
the Conquest; the copyist was a
Dominican Monk, Pedro de Los
Rios, and the date, 1556. Padre
Rios does not state where the origi-
nal paintings existed, nor the names
of his native informants. Never-
theless there is reason for believing
that his copies are reliable. The
work was probably introduced into
the Vatican Library before 1570,
although the first mention of it
known occurs in a catalogue com-
piled during the years 1596-1600.
It is copied in extenso in Kings-
borough, but confusingly on ac-
count of the original binder having
failed to preserve the sequence of
the pages. This fault is corrected
in the Loubat Edition, which gives
also a transcription of the Italian
text, and a coérdination of its own
pages both with those given in
Kingsborough and with those of the
Loubat Edition of the sister Codex
Tellericano Remensio.

The contents might be summed up
in a general way somewhat as fol-
lows: The first part treats of the
skies, of the planets, of the past and
future epochs of the world, and of
certain dogmas, rites, and traditions ;
the second part is the astrological
or divinity calendar, recording the

MUSEUM JOURNAL

divisions of the Tonalamatl, or
period of 260 days; the third part
10 the

=
=

is historical, givit names of
the Aztecan rulers of Tenochtitlan
(Mexico), and the dates of their
reigns, with pictorographs of impor-
tant events,

Through the Hon. Amos Cum.
mings, the Library has received 237
volumes relating to the different
departments of the Government.
These all works which the
Librarian has been striving to obtain
for several years and their accession,
in bulk, is particularly gratifying.

Major-General Daniel E. Sickles,
U. S. A., the Hon. William Astor
Chanler, the Indiana State Library,
the Ohio State Library, and Dr.
Franz Boas have severally contri-

are

buted many important works.

THE exhibit illustrating the life,
habits and surroundings of the
mammals found within fifty miles
of New York now includes every-
thing except the Lynx, the Otter, the
smaller rodents, the Mole, and the
bats ; all of which will be added as
the opportunity occurs.

Naturalists and children alike find
these groups of great interest. The
patience and art of the taxidermist
have here conjured up, mainly
through stones, dead leaves, and
tree-trunks, a series of charming vi-
sions of the inner lives of ‘ Brer Fox,’
‘Brer Rabbit, and other creatures.

Te Bie Av ry ae ee

MUSEUM J0UR Mr

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NATURAL

(Continued )

ss) E Art Museum had
/ Oy secured the Deer Park
east of the reservoir at
8ist Street for its new
location, and Manhat-
tan Square on the west side of the
Park was allotted to the Museum
of Natural History.
comprised eighteen acres which had

This region

been reserved for a park, years be-
fore the design of a Central Park
was suggested. It included a rug-
ged, disconsolate tract of ground,
the
gneiss ledges protruded their weath-

thrown into hillocks where
ered shapes, or depressed 10 hollows
filled with stagnant pools, and bear-
ing throughout an uncompromising,
scarcely serviceable appearance.
The elevated railroad did not then
extend beyond 59th Street, the pres-
ent bridge over the walled bridle-
path into the Park was not yet built,
and the Museum thus stood isolated
both from the Park and from the
populous city. The region around
was an unsettled district 77 ¢ransitu
to something permanent and homo-
geneous. It was compounded in its
pictorial aspect of several discor-
dant yet picturesque elements; it
embraced old farms, ruinous land-
marks of ancient New York, brand

new stores, sanitary modern tene-

HIS LOnaA,

ments, bewildering mazes of hovels
clustered together over swelling
knobs of rocky ledges, and pretty
kitchen gardens lying in its deep
depressions. The banks of the Hud-
son retained in places woods as old
as New Amsterdam, and the daily
stage which rolled up the spacious
boulevard to Manhattanville added
a suggestive touch of antiquity to
all.

It had been proposed to make this
square into a Zodlogical Garden.
Plans of a very extravagant char-
acter had been practically prepared,
Bear pits and aviaries united with
a museum of paleontological resto-
rations had been indefinitely hinted
at, and might have materialized, if
the more prosaic views of Judge
Hilton had not intervened.

The drawing and preparation of
the plans for the new building had
been finally assigned to Calvert
Vaux, whose arehiteetural skill and
established reputation for practical
good judgment in construction, to-

be |

gether with his official relations to
the new government of the Park,
determined the selection.

The design offered by Mr, Vaux
For the entire edi-
fice there was contemplated a_hol-

was accepted,

low square, the sides to be formed

TAH AM PRPC AN

MUSEUM JOUBNSSs

of four great buildings, five hundred
feet long, ornate in material and de-
tail, and distinguished by large en-
trances of architectural dignity and
strength. Only a section of this
entire fabric was now to be begun.
It faintly suggested the stupendous
proportions contemplated for the
complete building, representing in-
deed only the fourteenth part of it,
and a subordinate part as well.
The whole structure was intended
to cover fifteen acres and to fill a
space three times larger than the
basement area of the British
Museum.

A building of this great size, with
its long hallways filled with classi-
fied collections, would, it was hoped,
embrace the most diverse king-
The exact sciences
might even here find a home,
the technical apphances in the

doms of nature.
and
arts
the exhibition of their
numberless adaptations. The world
would be its contributor, the nation
its patron, and in the most perfect
condition of usefulness and vigor,

room for

its lecture-rooms would become the
schoolhouse of the people.

The new building at length was
Its arch-
Its
position in the centre of Manhattan
Square gave it a bold relief, which
was heightened by a certain incon-
It
could hardly lay any claims to strue-

completed and equipped.
itecture was hardly striking.

eruity with the surroundings.

tural beauty ; an impressive solidity
conjoined with a dwarfing sense of
incompleteness at first disappointed
the visitor, until he realized that ex-
terior effect had been exchanged for
interior convenience, and that this
edifice only represented a fraction of
the final colossus it foreshadowed.
The acquisition of the Hall collec-
tion with its 80000 to 100000 spec-
imens, including types and figured
specimens nearly 7000 in number,
made it at once imperative to secure
professional assistance in their ar-
y, As the
needs of the Museum in this respect

rangement and labelling.

were likely to grow constantly, the
steps taken to obtain the help of the
city in its maintenance were far
from premature. The burden of its
support could no longer be allowed
to rest on the shoulders of the Trus-
tees alone.

Almost immediately upon the
opening of the new building allian-
ces sprang up with surveys and with
original investigators, while collee-
tions and libraries were added to the
Museum’s possessions. Amongst
these latter may be mentioned the
gift of the President, Robert L.
Stuart, who purchased and depos-
ited the magnificent ichthyological

Donations of books and

and scientific works of James
Brevoort.
pamphlets and the natural accessions
from surveys, societies, institutes,
furnished other

and individuals

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

sources of increase, so that in the
Annual Report for 1879, the Presi-
dent announced that the library
contained 12000 books and 6000
pamphlets. Work on the collec-
tions progressed with vigor and
success, and was gratefully acknow-
ledged by the Trustees.

The local isolation which had at
first seemed discouraging was in pro-
cess of improvement. The Man-
hattan Elevated Railway pushed
forward its tracks to S1lst Street and
on to Harlem, and brought Manhat-
tan Square into practical union with
all quarters of the city.
ordinary movement northward was

An extra-

soon developed, and the ridges of
rock, unpleasantly encumbered with
shanties, were blasted to a level,
Centres
of population were created, as in
72d Street and the Dakota Apart-
ments, St. Agnes’ Church at 94th
Street with its surroundings, and the
growling inhabitation of Riverside
Drive. ‘These, spreading, met along
lengthening lines of contact, and a
population was becoming localized
directly at the doors of the Museum.

The Park Board spent thousands
of dollars upon the embellishment of
Manhattan Square. The Trustees
saw the urgency of providing more
room for their collections. In all
directions, within and without, the
conditions were prophetic of greater
and graver financial responsibilities.

and covered with houses.

The feature of Public Instruction
was inevitably presented on every
side; Professor Bickmore, consider-
ing its possibilities, conceived in
1880 the scheme of courses of pub-
lic lectures to city school teachers.
This project rapidly materialized
and the reader may be invited later
to consider its history and results.

The year 1880 closed the admin-
istration of Robert L. Stuart: it was
also mournfully signalized by the
death in his fifty-eighth year of an orig-
inal founder and first Vice-President
of the Museum, William A. Haines.

Mr. Haines had certainly devised
in his own mind, at an early day,
His ap-
petency for natural study, his de-
to of natural
science (conchology), led him to
regret the absence in New York of
a great Museum of Natural History,
and he responded instantly to the
requests of his fellow-citizens to as-
sume a prominent connection with
the first efforts to create one.

In Mr. Haines’ nature the princi-
ple of order ruled. In his business,
system was conspicuous. In his col-
lection of shells, with which the
writer has been brought closely in
contact, system, painstaking accur-
acy, are most striking. His mind
worked instinctively in the direction
and under the guidance of precision.

Mr. Stuart resigned his Presi-
dency, Feb. 14, 1881. Mr. Stuart’s

some form of a Museum.

votion one branch

THE

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

connection with the Museum had
been made memorable by important
changes and advances, which had
carried the enterprise forward to a
suggestive expression of greatness.
Not indeed that the institution at
that time was a great museum in
it had
entered, nevertheless, upon a path of
continuous improvement ;

any cosmopolitan sense ;

it was
somewhat appropriately housed, and
to
realize its far more ambitious hopes.

During Mr. Stuart’s administra-
tion the first section of the Museum
was built and occupied, maintenance

steps had already been taken

had been secured in a measure from
the city, the Hall collection
paid for, and enormous additions had

was
been made to the collections; while
its obvious prominence was bringing
it correspondence with the
scientific influences of the country.
Mr. Stuart bad himself been a bene-
factor of great
by wise

into

value: he had also

admonition assisted the
material growth of the Museum.

Mr. Stuart’s resignation preceded
by only two years his demise. He
died December 12, 1882, in the 77th
year of his age.

Mr. D. Jackson Steward, his inti-
mate friend, has thus summarized
his career:

‘Mr. Stuart’s success as a business man
had attracted attention.
York he had with his brother Alexander
rapidly added to his modest inheritance,

Born in New

and seizing the opportunities opening in

the sugar business advanced his fortune
with marked skill.
of education,

Tis gifts to the cause
to religious and charitable
institutions and projects were numerous.
Stuart Hall at Princeton, the Presbyter-
ian Hospital, Dr. Hall’s former church,
were all largely, the first entirely, indebted
to him for His munifi-

cence to the Museum had been equally

their erection.
great, while in the unpublished provinces
of private charity, his sympathy had been
helpful to thousands.”

L. P. Gratacap, A.M.
Dep't Geology.
( To be continued, )

Asst Curator.

THE WORK AND PROGRESS
OF THE DEPARTMENT
OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.

=e — Department of Pub-

lic Instruction of the

American Museum of

Natural History

one of the earliest to

was

be established. Its first curator,
Prof. Albert S. Bickmore, was one

of those instrumental in the founda-
tion of the Museum, and he has de-
voted himself with such success to
the development of his department
that under him its work has been ex-
tended far beyond the original scope.

It is now coming to be generally
recognized that next to actual travel-
ling, one of the best ways to make

geography, history, and kindred

subjects leave any real effect on
the mind, lies through the voice of
the lecturer, calling attention in an

agreeable manner to the noteworthy

THE AMERICAN

features of good stereopticon views
and weaving his comments into one
continuous whole.

Realizing this,

Bick-

more has traversed the world for

Professor

views; travelling has been his life-
He has also con-
stantly studied the most effective

long occupation.
methods of stereoscopy. In regard
to the photographic qualities of the
slides, it is certain that they are re-
markably clear and have unusual
depth. All of the views
mirably colored. In the new lecture
hall of this Museum they will be
thrown

are ad-

on two enormous screens
each twenty-five feet square.

The relation of the department to
the public schools of the State has
been one of increasing usefulness.
A law passed in 1884 and re-enacted
from time to time, authorized the Su-
perintendent of Public Instruction
to furnish sets of these lectures free
of charge except for the necessary
expenses of transportation, upon
request of the local school author-
ities of each city and village of the
State having a superintendent of
free common schools; and_ these
authorities were further empowered
to cause the lectures to be repeated,
when convenient, to the “artisans,
mechanics, and other citizens” of
their respective towns. Also the
State Superintendent was authorized
to extend the same privileges to any
institution instructing a_ teachers’

MUSEUM JOURNAL

training class or any union free
In this
enactment, in 1895 sixty-six towns

school. accordance with
and villages availed themselves of
these privileges, and through them
any school in the State can obtain
the slides.
Successful in the common and
high schools, this work began to
attract the attention of the kinder-
garten instructors. The law was
accordingly amended to provide for
this new departure; a special set of
lectures was prepared with the co-
operation of those interested, and
now the system is gradually spread-
ing among the kindergartens.
Appreciation of the lectures was
meanwhile growing up outside
of the Clergymen and
others, availing themselves of that
clause in the statute which permits

sche Ols.

the local school boards to cause the
lectures to be delivered to the “ art-
and other citi-
zens,’ delivered free lectures to the

Isans, mechanics,
people under the auspices of the
Boards. As an example of the suc-
cess of the system in this field one
might cite the letter of a clergyman
of Watertown, N. Y., who delivered
several of the lectures in the city
hall. After speaking of the remark-
able growth in attendance upon

‘successive evenings, the writer com-

ments upon the interest in the lec-
tures on the part of workingmen.
From localities outside of New

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

THE ARCH OF PONS AMILIUS AND THE TIBER.

[A representative view from the lecture on Italy.]

‘** The first bridge that was built over the Tiber connected ancient Rome with the Janiculum,
the high hill on the other side. It wason this that Horatius stood and held back the advancing
hosts of Lars Porsena while the Romans cut the bridge behind him, and he leaped into the
yellow river and safely reached the shore of the city. That bridge was rebuilt many times.
It was always regarded as having a semi-sacred character ; so much so that no iron was per-
mitted to enter into its structure. It remained for a long period, but later on was replaced by
a stone bridge, of which this central archway still remains. Therefore we are looking on the
place where Horatius held back the Etruscans that came down from Veii, and here he saved
his city by his own right arm.”

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

York State requests are constantly
coming in. The Projection Club of
Chicago —an association of teachers
in that city formed for the purpose
of introducing the system into their
State—have purchased several sets
at their own expense. The Depart-
ment of Public Instruction of Con-
necticut has enthusiastically adopted
the system; the lectures and slides
are so sought after by the schools
of the State that the State Board
has drawn up quite a formidable
set of rules to regulate their dis-
tribution. From Dayton, Ohio, Mr.
J. H. Patterson, an employer of
hundreds of men, and one that co-
operates with them in every way
possible, writes: “ No pictures that
I have ever seen in this country or
abroad will compare with the ones
you have sent us, and I am more
enthusiastic than ever on the im-
portance of the stereopticon in im-
parting knowledge.” He predicts
a great spread of the system and
comments upon its success in his
own town. Finally the Hon. Dean
C. Worcester, United States Com-
missioner to the Philippine Islands,
has recently written to the effect that
he will endeavor to introduce the
system in the Philippines.

The mechanical equipment of the
department has of course had to
keep pace with the rapidly increas-
ing demands upon it. Twenty-two
different sets of slides and lectures

and
nearly fifty for the university series

for the common-school series

have been prepared and each set re-
duplicated several and usually many
times. Besides this, the Curator has
had to give personal instruction in
the management of the lectures to
many of those who conduct them.
Here at the Museum Professor
Bickmore delivers a series of lectures
to three sets of people every season.
On Saturday mornings the lectures
are delivered to school teachers ; on
Thursday evenings to members of
the Museum; on legal holidays they
are delivered free to the public, with-
out even the formality of a ticket.
The average attendance per lecture
during 1899 was nine hundred and
sixty. In succeeding numbers we
hope to keep our readers informed
of the progress of this important
educational work. Woke 6:

PHOTOGRAPHS collected by
members of the Jesup North Pacific
Expedition will be reproduced by
the heliotype process in large quarto
form, and published under the title
‘Ethnographical Album of the
North Pacific Coasts of America and
Asia.’ It is intended to issue the Al-
bum to subscribers only, in parts of
at least 24 plates annually, the whole
series to embrace 120 plates. Part I,
consisting of 28 platesillustrating In-
dian types from the interior of Brit-
ish Columbia, has already appeared.

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOUENAD

INSECT COLLECTIONS FROM
THE

BLUE RIDGE.

oom HAT Asheville, N. C.,
Black Moun-
the Blue
Ridge Range, covered

stands
tain of

with virgin woods of
chestnut, oak and evergreens, bal-
sams and thick groves of spruce.
The mid-day sun beats down
through a moist atmosphere and the
nights are chilly. The damp woods
are dark, knee-deep as it were in
vegetable mould, and the laurel
grows into trees.
of dead

The thick layer
leaves, the branches and
leaves, are the environments for
many families, genera, and species,
of Beetles predominantly, but also
of the Butterfly order, the Grass-
~ hopper order and so forth.

The Beetle order is here adapted
to fill many roles. There are leaf-
eaters, eaters of roots and woody
tissue, carnivores, and, in the dark,
lowermost layers of mould, blind

Nor

is there less diversity in size, from

earrion and ground beetles.

the loutish Hereules down to the
minute Corylophid. The colors ae-
cord generally with the twilight of
the habitat. In this locality, and
here alone are found the species of
the

the very rare and prized Nomaretus

venus Nomaretus, especially

emperfectus, which preys upon snails,
and eludes collectors.

The rich insect fauna of this
locality has never been thoroughly
Curator Beutenmiller
therefore devoted four weeks of
this its exploration.
Though naturally not neglecting

worked ;
summer to

any entomological opportunity that
offered, the Curator spent the most
labor upon the Beetle order, which
By

carefully sifting great quantities of

happened to be “in season.”

the dead leaves into a bag he eir-
cumvented the escape of even the
most minute forms. Three weeks’
perseverance in this operation re-
warded him with the prized Vo-
maretus above mentioned, with
several species new to science and
with about two thousand specimens
in all to add to the Museum
collections.

The scientific results of the trip
will later in one of the

Museum publications. Meanwhile
|

appear

the collected material is being pre-
pared for exhibition. Certainly,
the scores of minute beetles already
mounted on cork slabs and identi-
fied, offer illustra-
tion of how easy it is, on account

an instructive
of the small size of the specimens,
to take in whole families of insects
at a single glance. The meaning
of zodlogical classification is perhaps
nowhere more luminously apparent
than in a well-arranged collection
of insects.

One might summarize the results

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

of this collecting trip as follows:
extensive additions to the entomo-
logical collections, worth at least
twice the cost of the trip; field
notes on all specimens —for the
purposes of exact investigation per-
fectly essential; the inspiration of
field work accruing to the Curator,
that comes only from studying the
living animal in its own environ-
w. kK.

ment, G.

PHYSICAL MEASUREMENTS
OF PUEBLOS AND CLIFF-
DWELLERS BY THE HYDE
EXPEDITION.

=)HE Museum investiga-

the

graphical limits and

tions on

geo-

physical measure-
ments of the Pueblo
tribes of Utah, Colorado, Arizona,
New Mexico, and Mexico, and of the
ancient Cliff- dweller and Aztec in-
habitants of the same region, have
been conducted since their system-
atic beginning in 1898 by Dr. A.
Hrdlicka, the expense being borne
by Mr. Frederick E. Hyde, Jr.

Dr. Hrdli¢ka has recently com-
pleted another season’s harvesting of
exact data, this year carried on
among the Mokis, Zunis, Rio Grande
Pueblos and the several divisions of
Apaches. The winter will be de-
voted to analyzing the data obtained.
The results of this year’s expedition
include numerous sets of measure-

ments, detailed physical, physiologi-
eal and medical observations, and
eighty plaster casts of the face, se-
cured among the different tribes.
The objects of this investigation
are: first, to definitely settle the
racial geography of the region men-
tioned above —this must be accu-
rately known before trustworthy
to the
origin and history of the various

inferences can be made as

tribes; second, to discover the rela-
tionship between these surviving
tribes and the extinet peoples of the
same region.

The first field work in pursuit of
these aims was done by Dr. Hrdlicka
in 1898, when he collected anthropo-
metric data among the Tarahumare,
Huichol, and Tepecan Indians of old
Before this the Doctor
had done considerable work on the

Mexico.

Museum osteological material from
Mexico and the southwestern states;
in 1899 systematic investigations
were carried on among the Navahos
and Utes; 1900 saw the completion
of the work in Colorado, Utab, New
Mexico, and eastern Arizona. West-
ern Arizona Indians and the greater
part of those of Mexico remain to
be studied.

THE collection of rare African
antelope skins received in exchange
from the Field Columbian Museum
are now all mounted and placed on
exhibition in the Gallery.

THE AMERICAN

CUSTOMS OF THE ANCIENT
THOMPSON RIVER VAL-
LEY TRIBES.

mtie = hy ’ Tal ; Ts =

alll problems engaging
the Jesup North Pa-
cific Expedition make

exact and

necessary
broad _ investigation
not only of the remaining aboriginal
tribes of North America and north-
eastern Asia but of their predeces-
sors as well; it is essential that
wherever possible the main outlines
of the physical characteristics and cus-
toms of the latter be reconstructed.

The archeological collections
made by Mr. Harlan [. Smith in
the Thompson River Region, B. C.,
are being arranged by him with the
purpose of making the specimens
tell a connected story, of helping
the visitor, in fact, to mentally re-
construct for himself the life of the
ancient people. Consequently the
particular objects are exhibited not
as being valuable in themselves, but
only as so many bits of evidence.
Under this view a piece of broken,
sooty stone may be of as much
value as a carved war-club.

The first division of the exhibit
shows by photographs and maps
the topography of the collecting-
ground, This is followed by an
exhibit of the
made use of by the people; the

natural resources

next embraces implements for se-

MUSEUM JOURNAL

curing food; a third, implements
for preparing food; another, evi-
dences of the dress and ornamenta-
tion; another, games, amusements,
and narcotics; others, art, methods
of burial, and so forth.

The labels strive to be at once
clear and brief, referring for details
to the illustrated report of the Ex-
pedition.

PARIS EXPOSITION. AWARD
TO THE DEPARTMENT OF
PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.

STE admirable work of

Piof. A. S. Bickmore

and his assistants was

Paris

by the award of a

Gold Medal, especially to the pho-

recognized in

tographic slides illustrating the
lectures: “Across the American

Continent” and “The Hawaiian
Islands.” The “ wide system of free
education ” carried on by this de-
partment in coéperation with the
State Board of Education was espe-
the

was moreover

mentioned in award,

Bickmore

cially
Professor
invited to give two public lectures
illustratin
instruction.

in the Trocadero his

cr
o

method of visual

Mr. Frank M. Chapman, Assistant
Curator of the Department of Ver-
tebrate Zodlogy, will give a special
lectures on Birds
on Saturday afternoons at three

course of six

o'clock, beginning November 10th.

PHANTS, HORSES AND
DINOSAURS.

=H REE expeditions to
the West from the
Department of Ver-
tebrate Palzeont logy
were planned by Pro-
fessor Osborn. ‘The first, under Mr.
Granger with Dr. Loomis of Am-
herst and three assistants, returned
to the Jurassic region, Central Wy-
oming. One section continued the
excavation of the famous Bone Cabin
Quarry, and secured some valuable
new material, including especially a
large part of a Morosaur’ skull.
Another section spent six weeks in
prospecting, and was finally rewarded
by locating what promises to be an
exceptionally fine skeleton of 7.
plodocus in the old Como bluffs ; this
is now being taken up. The second
expedition, into the Laramie under
Mr. Brown, was for a long time un-
successful, but the latest advices in-
dicate the discovery of a large part
of an armored dinosaur and _ still
more valuable, the nearly if not
quite complete skeleton of the
American iguanodont, Claosaurus.
The third expedition, into Texas
under Mr. Gidley and Mr. Zinsser of
Columbia University, has also been
very successful; the little known
Mt. Blanco beds have yielded an

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

to science, and remains of

camels.
In London and Paris Professor
Osborn continued his studies upon

many

fossil rhinoceroses, and made numer-
ous plans for the extension of our
collection by exchange and other-
wise. Dr. Matthew also has taken
advantage of a long journey through
the museums of Europe to strengthen
our ties with our many foreign
friends, and to observe the latest
museum methods.

The Museum was represented at
the Geological Congress in Paris by
Professor Osborn, who presented
two papers, one upon the relations
of Europe and America during the
Tertiary period, and a second upon
Museum Methods. The latter re-
lated chiefly to our new methods in
field and museum work, and was
illustrated by twenty-two large bro-
mide photographs which aroused
exceptional interest.

Votume I of the Report on the
Jesup North Pacific Expedition has
been completed through the pub-
heation of Mr. Harlan J. Smith’s
memoir on the “ Archeology of the
Thompson River Region, B. C.”
Volume II has begun with “ Tra-
ditions of the Chileotin Indians,”
by Dr. Livingston Farrand of Col-
umbia University.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JO tee

The completed south
facade of the Museum
is 740 feet in length.
As at present planned
the Museum will ul-
timately have four

such facades, one on

every side of the
square,

MAIN ENTRANCE.

Copyrighted 1900,

Very encouraging
is the growing at-
tendance and inter-
est of the pupils of
the Publie Schools.
From May to De-
cember, 1899, in-
clusive, nearly
three thousand
scholars, accompa-

nied by their teach-

ers, visited the

TEACHERS AND PUPILS STUDYING COLLECTIONS IN HALL OF FOSSIL MAMMALS.

Museum.

American Museum Journal

Volume I

NOVEMBER,

1900 Number 4

INTERIOR OF THE NEW AUDITORIUM.

THE NEW AUDITORIUM AND THE OPENING RECEPTION. |

new lec-
the Mu-
formally

SHE beautiful
ture-hall of
seum

was
delivered to the care

of the Trustees on Oc-
tober 30th by the Hon. George C,
Clausen, President of the Depart-
ment of Parks, on behalf of the City.
The occasion was marked also by the
opening of the new conchological
and anthropological halls and by
the presence of over 2000 guests.
Brief addresses were made by the
President, by Controller Coler, Dr.
H. M. Leipziger, Hon. Charles R.
Skinner, and Bishop Potter. — Prof.
Albert 8S. Bickmore exhibited some
superb views of the Paris Exposi-

tion taken for the Museum Depart-
ment of Public Instruction.

The

might be outlined as follows:

remarks of the speakers

The Trustees and other citizens
had not only willingly made munifi-
cent gifts to the Museum, but had
given their energetic personal service
during its extraordinary growth.
They had been cordially and in-
variably supported by the muni-
cipal authorities, and the Museum
was wholly without a trace of “ poli-
tics.” It was a distinct factor in
the advancement of natural science,
but chiefly it gave to all the people
an opportunity to appreciate Nature.
This beautiful auditorium and the

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

visual-instruction system of Profes-
sor Bickmore’s department must
surely make the natural-history col-
lections still more significant to the
people.

The auditorium itself excited
considerable interest. It contains
about fourteen hundred seats, from
every one of which both lecture-
screens can be well seen. Its high,
sweeping arches make the interior
seem spacious and beautiful. Back
of the stage are two great solid
plaster screens each twenty-five feet
square, while for certain purposes a
third can be let down in the middle.
Up in the central part of the gallery
is the chamber from which the views
are projected.

This chamber contains some in-
teresting apparatus. ‘The long slate
switch-board controlling the stereop-
ticons was planned and designed by
Mr. Lucien C. Laudy of the Depart:
ment of Public Instruction, and Mr.
C.C. Sibley. It is divided into four
sections, eight pairs of current- and
pressure-meters and their lamps,
seven sets of resistance coils, many
The
first three divisions correspond to
the three lecture-screens above men-
tioned; the fourth enables the oper-
ator to regulate the total current
needed. The stereopticons also are
highly perfected mechanisms. By
means of speaking-tubes and tele-

cross-connecting switches, ete.

phones the operator can communi-

5°

cate either with the lecturer or with
the engineer of the dynamos.

The ventilating and heating ap-
paratus also is interesting. The in-
coming pure air is warmed by
passing over steam radiators and is
forced in through the top and sides
of the hall; the exhausted air is
drawn through smal] openings un-
der the seats. This arrangement
does away with draughts and makes
it easy to regulate the temperature.

The lecture-hall building is also
to be oecupied by the Department
of Public Instruction. There are
offices, rooms for photographing,
and rooms for the storing of nega-
tives and for the packing of the
many thousands of slides sent out
yearly by the Department.

Ww.

K. G.

THE NEW CONCHOLOGICAL
HALL.

LARGE part of the
conchological collee-
tion has been trans-
ferred to the new hall
on the third floor of
the South Wing, which was opened
to the public on October 30th.
The collection has been arranged
somewhat novel lines. The
shelves of the wall-cases are tipped
downwards so as to better display
the specimens; and are covered with
dark green cloth, on which the shells

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

are laid directly, without. the usual
cardboard trays. This soft, dark
background brings out the strong
curves of the huge /usus probosci-
diferus, the well-moulded capacious-
ness of the big Melos and Cymbas,
the evolving rhythm and sweep of
the beautiful Argonauts; it har-
monizes also with the mellow color-
schemes and chaste designs of the
Harp Shells, the Partridge Tuns,
the delicate Olives, and the well-con-
ceived loveliness of many others.

According to the wish of the
donor, the D. Jackson Steward col-
lection, which occupies the south
side of the hall, will ultimately be
classified in accordance with the old
Lamarckian system, an arrangement
of great interest for historical rea-
sons and of practical value to the
conchologist for comparison.

The exhibit of marine univalves
on the north side of the hall is il-
lustrated by colored diagrams and
maps, showing the anatomy of the
typical shell-animals, their geo-
graphical distribution, ete. with
interesting notes on the natural
history.

There is also a beautiful series of
specimens cut to show the structure
and mode of growth of typical
shells, which reveals the manifold
and strange loveliness hidden in
the penetralia of the shell-animals’
houses.

pens

ARCTIC MAMMAL CLUB.

SHE last proof of the
late Mr.
generosity toward the
Museum was his offer
to contribute $2000 a
year for three years towards zodlogi-
eal exploration in Alaska, provided
that other friends of the Museum
would raise this amount to $5000.
The purpose of the exploration is to
secure the Alaskan and British Co-
lumbian mammals and birds for the
Museum, beginning with the very

Constable’s

large Alaskan mammals, such as the
Kadiae Bear and Alaskan Moose.
Mr. A.J. Stone, whose notable jour-
ney through arctic America has re-
cently been described in the Museum
“ Bulletin,” is to lead the expedition,
and is eminently fitted for this im-
portant work.

The executors of Mr. Constable’s
estate have kindly agreed to allow
this offer to stand until the re-
mainder is raised, but as yet little
progress has been made. There has
been some talk of forming a club
for the furtherance of this object,
which will probably be called the
“ Aretic Mammal Club.” Mr. G. O.
Shields has shown a warm interest
in the project. In the meantime,
Mr. Stone, with characteristic energy
and disinterestedness, has gone to
Alaska with the aid of a very mod-
erate sum, paid by the Museum.

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

NATURAL HISTORY.

(Continued )

[} » ‘
years on the Execu-

tive Committee, was

unanimously elected
President. He succeeded at both
a promising and a critical instant.
The prospects of the Museum were
broadening immensely, but the re-
sponsibilities were likewise increas-
New de-

partments were shaping themselves,

ing in exact proportion,

scientific precision and scientific in-
itiative were demanded, more build-
ings were needed, the foundation of
an endewment fund seemed immi-
nent, and more revenue from the city
was deemed urgent.

Almost the first step taken by the
President, at his own expense and
as a gift to the Museum, was the
creation of an economic department,
having in view a collection of all
the woods of the United States that
could be devoted to building and
manufacturing purposes. The Jesup
Wood Collection rapidly expanded,
and under the stimulation of Profes-
sor Sargent, and the munificence of
its donor, reached such proportions
as seriously to interfere with the con-
exhibitions of other

venience and

departments. It made imperative a

°
~

new demand upon the Legislature
for more room in a larger building,
and formed the starting-point of that
marvellous expansion which has es-
tablished the American Museum of
Natural History amongst the great
museums of the world.

Amid a variety of pressing ques-
tions, the financial one readily took
precedence. In November, 1879, it
Was necessary to raise $26,000 to
clear the Museum of all indebted-
ness; this sum was almost entirely
secured through the individual con-
In the
following year it became evident
that the time had come for the
exercise of the strictest economy.

While Chairman of the Executive
Committee, and just prior to his
assuming the presidency, Mr. Jesup
had submitted a detailed report on
the financial condition of the Mu-
seum, in which he earnestly directed
the attention of the Trustees to such

tributions of the Trustees.

economic changes as seemed practi-
cable in the future administration of
the fiscal affairs of the Institution.
The report also served the pur-
pose of bringing the future presi-
dent very closely in contact with the
administrative workings of the Mu-
seum and of impressing him with

"NOILVYLSININGY SidNS3P LN3GISSYd 4O ONINNIDSG SHL LV G3Y¥v3ddV¥ LI SV ‘HLYON S3HL WOYS ONIGTING WN3SNW JO M3lA

Of)
Lv)

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

the serious requirements of money
for its progress or appropriate main-
tenance. It hence became at once,
upon his assuming the presidency,
an ever-present purpose in his mind
to establish an endowment fund, and
to secure adequate recognition from
the city.

The President also succeeded in
efficiently raising the maintenance
fund, and thus secured for the future
the legitimate assumption by the
city of a reasonable portion of the
Museum’s operating expenses. — It
required a persistent effort to estab-
lish the necessary recognition of the
Museum as an educational institu-
tion by the city, and the avenue
of intercession most effective was
through the demonstration of in-
creased expenses by enlarged build-
ings. ‘These were urgently needed,
and the President deliberately and
successfully devoted his earnest at-
tention to the measures requisite
to influence the Legislature and the
municipal authorities to make ap-
propriations for the extraordinary
additions completed since 1880.

Since Mr. Jesup’s election as
President the central south section,
the east and west wings, and the
terminal towers have been added
to the original north-and-south see-
tion, while a great lecture-hall of
really remarkable dimensions has
been constructed and equipped upon
the north extremity of the original

building. This first wing has be-
come imbedded in a group of build-
ings which have quadrupled its
exhibition space, and superimposed
upon its comparatively simple con-
trol a complication of new re-
sponsibilities in lighting, heating,
watching, cleaning, and equipment.

The Museum in 1881 began the
issuing of bulletins, a step of mo-
mentous consequences, and one
which resulted in a series of publi-
‘ations of great scientific weight.
Besides the new stimulus they im-
parted to the scientific affilations
of the Museum, these publications
were most influential in bringing
additions to the Library.

The material already accumulated
was not inconsiderable. The superb
library of Dr. Jay, purchased and
presented to the Museum by Miss
In 1885
Miss Wolfe supplemented this gift
by a further donation of works and
serial publications selected with the
view of bringing the conchological

Wolfe, formed its nucleus.

library up to date; an intention
partially achieved. The Brevoort
library, the library of Prof. R. P.
Whitfield, were also added, the
former by the donation of Mr. R.
L. Stuart, the latter through pur-
chase. In 1886 Mr. Hugh J. Jewett
donated 350 beautifully bound vol-
umes on voyages and travels, many
of which were rare original editions.
In 1887 the ornithological library of

fen AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

D. G. Elliot was purchased and pre-
sented to the Museum by Mr. Cor-
nelius Vanderbilt and Mr. Percy R.
Pyne. This library was of especially
well-selected books, and supple-
mented well the fine ornithological
collections. At this time (1888)
the Library included almost 10,000
volumes and over 5000 pamphlets.

In 1891, Mrs. M. Schuyler Elliot
presented the library collected and
owned by her husband, the late
S. Lowell Elliot, as a memorial
gift. It consisted of 9500 volumes
and 3500 pamphlets. In 1892, 400
volumes were donated by Mr. Alex-
ander J. Cotheal, and 168 volumes
by Mr. Samuel P. Avery, while in
the same year valuable donations
were received from Mr. Morris K.
Jesup. In 1892 the works on en-
tomology comprising the library
of the late Harry Edwards were
acquired through purchase by the
Trustees. His excellency Sefor
Porfirio Diaz, President of Mexico,
became a friend of the Museum
Library in 1894, and gave to it a
number of valuable works relating
to the archeology of Mexico, with
which later the Museum became in-
timately associated.

In 1895 the Library contained
30,438 volumes. Amongst the last
important gifts was a series of ex-
ceedingly valuable works bearing
on the archeological history of
Mexico and Central America, with

oe)

which were very thoughtfully inclu-
ded general works of a useful char-
acter for library purposes, the whole
being given by the Duke of Lou-
bat. Also a group of handsomely
bound works of Natural History and
travel was presented by Miss Laura
P. Halstead. But the most princely
oift in recent years to the Library
was the memorial presentation of
the Jules Marcou library, comprising
3000 volumes, 5000 parts and num-
bers, 5000 pamphlets, and 1200
maps. This very extraordinary ac-
cession was the gift of Dr. Philippe
and John B. Marcou.

Since 1880 the Library has been
in charge of Anthony Woodward,
Ph.D., who has continuously served
the Museum since 1877.

The indications hereby shown of
the growth of the Library have been
general,—the salient points in the
history of its enlargement have
alone been selected; but a stream
of acquisitions maintained from a
host of individuals, together with
the natural increments derived
from exchanges, continued through
twenty years, has produced this huge
deposit of books, whose classification,
elimination, selection, and catalogu-
ing have now become so urgent.

L. P. Graracap, A.M.,
Ass’t Curator, Dep’t Geology.
( To be continued. )

IN CONNECTION with the library it should be
noted that the reading-room is open to the pub-
lic from 9 A.M. to 5 P.M., daily.

Lae AMER LC AN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

MUSEUM ARCHAZOLOGICAL
NOTES RELATING TO MEX-
ICO, CENTRAL AND SOUTH
AMERICA.

=4\ 1 E activity of the

Museum in bringing

to light by research,

excavation, and col-

lection, the ancient
civilizations of Mexico and Central
and South America un-
diminished. The work in Mexico,
supported by the Duke of Loubat,

goes on

was resumed in November when
Mr. Saville started southward. The
work of the two previous seasons,
under the agreement with the Mex-
ican Government, has covered the
field pretty thoroughly in Xoxo and
Mitla, in the State of Oaxaca. This
year the work will be carried on
and extended on lines suggested by
previous results, and will doubtless
add to the knowledge of
Mexican antiquities.

From other quarters also collec-
tions are coming in. ‘From the old
Caddoe region of northeastern
Texas comes a valuable collection
of artistically decorated pottery ;
from Imbabura, a province in Ecua-

much

dor, a collection of antiquities do-
nated by the Duke of Loubat, which
will supplement well the
rial gathered from the neighbor-
i The
collections of antiquities from Peru
will be greatly augmented by the

mate-

regions of Colombia.

ing

superb recently acquired Gaffron
collection, which is especially rich in
textile fabrics, in featherwork, in
gold, silver, copper, and wood carv-
ings, and in pottery. This and other
South American material illustra-
tive of the ancient civilizations is
now exhibited in the West Gallery.
The Museura explorations in Peru
and Bolivia,which’ :veyielded much
of this material, are in charge of Dr.
Bandelier; they were begun in 1892
under the patronage of Mr. Henry
Villard, and since April, 1894, have
been continued by the Trustees of
the Museum. Dr. Bandelier is now
on his way from Peru for the pur-
pose of preparing the results of his
researches for publication.

THe hall illustrating the ancient
civilizations of South America and
the new Ethnological Hall of the
West Wing were formally opened on
October 30th. The South Ameri-
‘an collections are particularly rich
in material from Peru and Bolivia,
some of which is remarkable for its
beauty and rarity. Other import-
ant collections exhibited in this Hall
are from the mouth of the Ama-
zon and from Colombia. The new
Ethnological Hall contains the col-
lections from the Indians of the
Plains and from northern Mexico,
the Eskimo, the inhabitants of the
islands of the Pacific Ocean, and
from African tribes.

Te AM HR CaN

[

USLUM JOURNAL

F.LEBLANC 3

A TRILOBITE (LICHAS BOLTONI), IN THE HALL COLLECTION.
By courtesy of the Century.*

THE HALL GEOLOGICAL COLLECTION.

=)JHE Hall collection of

fossils is one of the

unique and invalua-

ble possessions of the
American Museum.
Its value cannot be overestimated,
and as long as it remains within the
walls of this institution it will attract
to it the student of geology and the
investigator of the ancient and now
extinct forms of life. It was col-
lected by Prof. James Hall in his
geological studies in New York and

other States, and has a historical in-
terest associated with its extreme
scientific importance.

The New York Survey, inaugu-
rated in 1836, marked an era in the
history of geological science in this
country, and yielded large contribu-
tions to natural history as well. Oc-
curring at a period when scientific,
rational, and comprehensive princi-
ples were being applied to the sci-
ence, it availed itself of the great
advances made in the study by the

* This fine woodcut appeared in the Century of August, 1882.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOUERNAE

labors of Sedgwick, Murchison, De la
Béche, Bishop, Portlock, and Philips
in stratigraphy, and of the work of
Agassiz, Lonsdale, Sowerby, McCoy,
De Verneuil, De Keyserling, Eich-
wald, Davidson, and others; and it
appropriated whatever had _ previ-
ously survived the test of criticism
and observation from the surveys
in this country of McClure and
Eaton. But it was itself the source
of most original observations ; it was
made upon new ground, and it sup-
pled a wealth of material in pale-
ontological data unequalled by any
similar survey in the world, as well
as the rationale of the earlier forma-
tions. It demonstrated the exist-
ence in this State of a series of the
oldest formations, whose parallel, in
the regularity of their succession
and the clearness of their demarea-
tion and limits, could nowhere else
be found.

Previously the contradictory la-
bors of various Europeans, and the
more conscientious efforts of Profes-
sor Eaton, had been based upon a
that the
rocks of Kurope should have their
exact analogies in those of this
country,—a fatal error which vitiated
their results and clouded their rea-
sonings.

misleading presumption

A somewhat narrow and
rigid application of continental or
English standards, in which three
classes of rocks, the primitive, trans-
itional, and secondary, figured, led to

a grouping whereby, even according
to the perspicacious estimates of
Professor Eaton, the coal measures
were brought within the limits of the
State, and the western rocks lifted
above their natural plane and made
to occupy the enforced position of
secondary strata, instead of being
shown to be the best exposure of
palzeozoic rocks known anywhere.
According to the system for the
division of labor on the Survey, the
western parts of the State were
allotted to Lardner Vanuxem, the
central portions were given to T.
A. Conrad, New York _ island,
Long Island, and the Hudson river
to Lieutenant Mather, and the Adir-
ondacks to Dr. Ebenezer Emmons.
The monotonous regularity of the
strata of the western parts of the
State repelled the eruptive and catas-
trophic geological notions of the
day, although actually forming the
best and most instructive standard
for the disentanglement of more
complex formations. Professor Van-
uxem consequently willingly sur-
rendered hissection to Professor Hall,
at that time a young man. Mr.
Conrad became paleontologist of
the Survey, and Professor Vanuxem
succeeded to Mr. Conrad’s charge.
Professor Hall’s attentive exami-
nation of his unattractive region
revealed to him its geological im-
a key whereby he
might solve the problems of geolog-

portance as

PoE AMERICAN MUSEUM: LOURNAL

ical sequence throughout the conti-
nent. His provisional tabulation of
the fossils enclosed in these strata
afforded him a succinct rule whereby
he could measure the succession and
establish the character of distant
formations. With Professor Van-
uxem he slowly compiled a new table
of formations, energetically estab-
lished analogies with it in other
States by personal observation or
through correspondence, and finally
brought it to the test of public
criticism.

Professor Hall gradually passed
into the Directorship of the Survey,
and issued a constant
ports, memoirs, papers, and volumes,
covering not only the work proper
to the New York Survey, but a va-
riety of similar work for Iowa, Wis-
consin, and Canada. In later years
Prof. R. P. Whitfield became asso-
ciated with Professor Hall, and left
indelible marks of his artistic pre-
cision and zoélogical instinct upon
the work of the Survey.

Professor Hall possessed unusual
opportunities for collecting, at a
time when the field was unworked
and the accumulated detritus of
years lay untouched along the base
of cliff and hillside. Industrial en-
terprises of considerable magnitude,
as the opening of the Erie Canal,
were being started, and the neces-
sary diggings afforded him new
chances to collect fine and well-

stream of re-

marked specimens. He appeared
at a time when the first-fruits, both
of material and fame, were within
the grasp of an enthusiastic and ac-
complished student. His private
cabinet contained hundreds of type
forms, and collateral investigation
in other States added rare and _ sur-
prising beauties. It was a reservoir
into which the whole watershed of
geological exploration at that day
poured its first and richest streams.

His collection became an object
of envy amongst collectors, and
was coveted by the institutions of
Its purchase by the ‘Trus-
tees of the American Museum was

Europe.

an event of great significance in
giving scientific character to the
miscellaneous groups of fossils pre-
viously secured by them or occa-
sionally donated. The collection is
now exhibited in the large Hall of
Geology on the fourth floor of the
first section of the Museum, a post-
tion given to it when first received,
and since retained by it.

The Hall abounds in striking ob-
jects: slabs of sandstone from an an-
cient seashore pitted with small shells
past which fine lines and microscopic
ridges sweep as though just traced
by a retiring wave, nests of quaint
trilobites gathered together in graph-
ic groups as they were buried upon
the old sea-bottom, ripples crystal-
lized in rigid bars of quartzite, corals
clustering in antler-like bunches

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURSAG

torn from the reefs of pre-adamite
oceans, long “ straight horns,”— the
shelly encasements of extinct devil-
fish,— innumerable shells, plants,
sponges, and exquisite stone lilies
(crinoids), whose sculptured calyces
are like toy-boxes and their tressy
arms like the fringes of a tassel.

In the profusion of invertebrate
forms from Silurian, Devonian, and
Carboniferous seas there is a great
wealth of curious types. It is as if
the bottoms of pre-adamite oceans
had been hardened, broken into
fragments, and laid out on shelves,
exposing the life that flourished
upon them. The judgment of the
old philosophers who saw in these
simulacra of living things only the
exuberant creations of a “ lapidify-
ing juice ” is to-day reversed. They
are the sign-manuals, the cartouches
of the ages. L. P. Graracap.

Tue big sturgeon (_Accipenser stu-
rio) from the New York Aquarium
is ready for exhibition. The fish
weighed 196 pounds.

SEVEN white sheep ( Ovis dalli ) of
Alaska have been received from Mr.
Stone of the Constable Expedition.
They will be mounted in a group.

A COLLECTION of photographs from
nature of the nests of birds found
breeding within 50 miles of New
York City has been added to the
local collection of birds.

PROGRESS OF THE JESUP
NORTH PACIFIC EXPE-
DITION.

jURING the present
year the Jesup North
Pacific Expedition
has made material
progress. On the
American side a number of parties
have been in the field. Dr. Living-

ston Farrand has continued his work

among the tribes of the west coast
of the State of Washington, which
was commenced two years ago.
This region is very inaccessible, and
the tribes living there are still in a
comparatively primitive condition.
The most interesting problem to be
solved in this area refers to the af.-
finities of the Quillayute, a small
tribe inhabiting only two villages.
Their language differs fundamen-
tally from all the languages of that

whole district. In former times
another community speaking the
same language lived on Puget
Sound, but has since become ex-
tinct. Dr. Farrand’s collections ex-

hibit clearly the close relationship
in type between these Indians and
their northern and southern neigh-
bors, while in their customs they
resemble the people of the west
coast of Vancouver Island. They
are particularly remarkable on ac-
count of their daring whaling expe-

ditions. They attack the whale in

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

their open boats with their primi
tive weapons, a full set of which
was brought to the Museum by Dr.
Farrand. So far, no affiliation of
their language with other languages
of the Pacific coast has been dis-
covered, but no definite conclusion
in regard to this subject can be
drawn until the copious notes col-
lected by Dr. Farrand have been
fully worked up.

In the interior of British Colum-
bia Mr. James Teit continued his
work for the expedition. He ex-
tended his investigations among the
tribes of the upper course of Fraser
River, who evidently transmitted at
one time much of the culture of the
western tribes of North America to
their neighbors on the coast of the
Pacific Ocean, and who for this rea-
son are of particular interest to the
expedition. It was one of the special
objects of Mr. Teit’s investigations
to collect a full series of baskets
from this region. These baskets
are remarkable on account of their
beautiful designs, all of which are
conventionalized representations of
realistic subjects. Mr. Teit has
successfully accomplished this task ;
and his collection, together with
two others obtained by Dr. Far-
rand, place the Museum in pos-
session of a series of basketry made
by the tribes from the most northern
part of British Columbia, southward
to Columbia River. .

On Vancouver Island Dr. Franz
Boas continued his previous re-
searches. In former years he had
gathered a considerable body of in-
formation on the tribes of this area;
but the knowledge of their Jan-
guage, which is necessary for a full
understanding of the material here-
tofore collected, was still deficient.
He succeeded in obtaining a large
collection of the early traditions
of the people in the native tongue,
which collection will not only be
of great scientific interest, but is
also of special value to the Mu-
because all these tales are

seum,
explanatory of specimens — previ-
ously procured. The industries

and manufactures of the people
received their due share of atten-
tion, and among the interesting re-
sults of the investigation was the
discovery of primitive methods of
agriculture. It was also found
that the property rights of the peo-
ple in land and in fishing-grounds
are very well defined. Each
family owns a certain stretch of
beach on which they dig clams,
hillsides on which they gather ber-
ries, streams in which they obtain
their salmon, and fishing-banks on
the high seas from which they pro-
cure their halibut. They are most
remarkable for the high develop-
ment of their art of wood-working,
and it is beleved that a complete
series of specimens illustrating this

THE AMERICAN MUSED i- Oe tea

industry has been obtained for the
Museum. Among the specimens
collected in this area are also a series
of very good old masks and carvy-
ings, which supplement the large
collections of the Museum in im-
portant lines.

The investigations of the expedi-
tion during the previous years
show that in the development of
the culture of the Pacific coast the
tribes of Vancouver Island

been most influential.

have

During the present year investiga-
tions were also commenced on Queen
Charlotte Islands in the
portion of British Columbia, and the
expeditions sent to Arctic Siberia
under the leadership of Mr. Walde-
mar Jochelson

northern

have reached their
field of work, but reports from these
parties cannot be expected until

EB:

the coming year.

THE MUSEUM SPECIMEN OF

THE GREAT ANT-EATER,
MYRMECOPHAGA $UBATA.

sf) HE New York Zodlogi-
Dl! = cal Society has re-
cently given to the
Museum a specimen
of the Great Ant-
Unfortunately the skin was
a condition fit for mount-

eater.

not in
ing, but the valuable skeleton was
preserved. By purchase, however,
the Museum has secured a nearly
similar skin which is now mounted
and on exhibition in the Gallery of
the East Wing.

Including the remarkable bushy
tail the specimen measures six feet
eight inches in length, and is twenty-
three inches in height at the shoul-
Its prevailing color is dark
gray, with a broad, tapering black

ders.

THE MOUNTED SPECIMEN OF THE GREAT ANT-EATER.

aoe AOM By Ral CrAcN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

band bordered with white running

from the front of the shoulders ob-
liquely over the back. The Ant Bear
frequents the low, swampy savannas
along the banks of rivers, and the
depths of the humid tropical forests
of South and Central America. Its
food consists mainly of “ white ants”
or termites, to obtain which it digs
into their great conical nests with its
sickle-like anterior claws, and as the
insects swarm to the defence of their
dwelling it draws them into the long
tubular mouth by means of the
writhing, sticky, whip-like tongue.
The skeletal characters of the
Ant Bear are not less striking. The
skull is extraordinarily elongated
and tapering ; in the back bone, hip
and shoulder girdles, and “club-
footed ” feet it resembles the enor-
mous extinct Megatheres or Ground
Sloths of South America, while in
other respects it is related to the
strange Tree Sloths. The Great
Ant-eater is in facta member of the
mammalian order Edentata, which
also includes the shield-bearing Ar-
madillos and extinct Glyptodons of
South America, the Pangolins or
Sealy Ant-eaters of Asia and Africa,
and the aberrant Aard-Vaark or
Cape Ant-eater of South Africa,
Although these grotesque creatures
seem so unlike each other, discovery
of their fossil relatives is slowly
clearing up their divergent evolution
from a common stock. iw. K. G.

A GUIDE TO THE: ETHNO-
LOGICAL COLLECTIONS
PROM SE NORTE. eA:

CIFIC COAST OF AMERICA.

aa HE ethnological mate-
rial in Hall 105 is so
extensive and diverse
that many visitors get
only confused ideas of
the tribes therein illustrated. The
small guide-book recently issued
will supplement the very intelligible
grouping and labelling of the speci-
mens and tend to unify the visitors’
impressions.

The brief index is followed by an
outline map showing the location of
the tribes, and by an exposition{of
the general exhibit illustrating the
fundamental traits of the culture of
the North Pacific coast. The in-
dustries, household utensils, and
clothing are taken up case by case,
and then the social, esthetic, and
ethical phases of the culture. The
individual tribes are then treated in
detail, and finally the prehistoric
tribes.

The sentences are brief but coher-
ent, easily read as one passes from
case tocase. On every double page
is the small plan showing the ar-
rangement and numbering of the
eases. For detailed information,
references are given to the Museum
publications. The guide will begiven
to those asking for it. Ww.K.G.

EE) AUN rs Cee

MUSEUM JOURNAL

RESEARCHES RELATING TO of a primitive home. Amid un-

INDIAN REMAINS
NEW YORK.

RY and dingy seem the
{| isolated fragments of
bone implements, of
human and = animal

bones, of crude pot-

tery and what not, that one often
sees carefully guarded as “ curios.”
It must be conceded that in them-
selves, to the mind of normal tastes,
such things lack interest as well as
beauty. Nevertheless material quite
similar, if gathered by an accurate
takes careful field
notes, may yield, as the result of
strict inference, facts that from both
the human and scientific view-points

observer who

appeal strongly to the imagination.

This applies well to the Indian
antiquities gathered for the Mu-
seum by Mr. Harrington at Throges
Neck, Port Washington, and other
places around New York.
explorations were begun last year
with the financial assistance of Mr.
Theodore Cooper and Mr. William
R. Warren.
the customs and physical character-
istics of the Indians that dwelt here
before the coming of Hendrik Hud-
son. At many places these vanished

These

The object is to show

peoples had left traces,—shell-heaps,
accumulated through the passing
centuries, and sometimes a buried

hearth or “ fire-hole,” once the focus

important rubbish, these contained
such things as bone implements
for sewing buckskin, fragments of
pottery and pipes, weapons, and
household utensils; also parts of
the skeletons of wild animals and of
domesticated dogs. At Port Wash-
ington, Long Island, the ancient
graves contained skeletons that
were bent up in a crouching posi-
tion, a burial-custom widely ob-
served.

Except in the upper layers of the
shell-heaps there was absolutely no
trace of European influence. The
lowermost strata, on the contrary,
contained, at Throggs Neck, crude
and much-weathered argillite imple-
ments of very ancient pattern,—in
fact, similar to those collected for
the Museum by Mr. Volk in the
later glacial deposits at Trenton.
Other very ancient
found five feet below the present

remains were

floor-level in several old rock-shelters
at Armonck.

Enough is already known to prove
that these people were Algonquins,
akin to the tribes that in King
Philip’s time caused New England-
Their culture,
however, showed some Iroquois in-

ers disquietude.

fluence.

It is important that no time
should be lost in exploring all such
ancient Indian sites, as they are
being rapidly destroyed.

American Museum Journal

Volume I

DECEMBER, 1900

Number 5

NOTES AND NEWS.

Museum Searcu For Fossr. VeEr-
TEBRATES IN THE West.—The fishes,
batrachians, reptiles, and mammals
that were evolved during successive
geological periods have left their
fossil remains in the West in such
considerable quantities that the field
parties sent out by the Museum in
successive years have secured many

Upon this ma-
based

earloads of fossils.
terial have been
important contributions to
knowledge of the history of life.
From the expeditions of the sum-
mer and fall of 1900
been received fourteen large boxes

humerous
our

there have

of mammalian fossils from the Plio-
cene and Miocene of Texas, one car-
load of Dinosaur remains from the
Jurassic beds of Wyoming, nearly a
earload from the Laramie or Upper
Cretaceous of South Dakota, inelud-
ing skeletons of a great carnivorous
Dinosaur and of a herbivorous D1-
nosaur of iguanodont type. This
material is now being cautiously
taken out from the matrix, and it
is fascinating to watch the gradual
seulpturing out of some rare “medal
of creation.” While this note is in
press they are bringing to light the
slight arches and framework of the

skull of a reptile, apparently a very
primitive lizard hitherto unknown.

Girt rRoM THE ZoéLoeicaL So-
clery.— An important recent gift
from the New York Zodlogical So-
ciety includes the following animals:
A young Moose (Alces americanus),
an Equine Deer (Cervus equinus),
an Orang utan (Simia satyrus), a
Loris (Nycticebus turdigradus), au
Ocelot (Felis pardalis), three Bay
Lynxes (Lynx ruffus), a Jaguarondi
(Felis yaguarond:), two Black Leop-
ards ( Felis pardus), a Raccoon (Pro-

cyon lotor).

A STRANGE SPECIMEN has been
presented to the Museum by Dr.
Joseph Y. Mangoun, strange, not
in itself, but because it was found
where other queer things will no
doubt turn up,—the rapid transit
subway. It is an Iguana or large
lizard, and was found alive in the
excavation at 59th Street; it had
evidently escaped from captivity.

THE NEW EXCAVATIONS are also
being taken advantage of by the
Geological Department, which is
trying to secure whatever of interest
may be unearthed in them.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

PAPILIO MEROPE, MALE.
DANAUS CHRYSIPPUS.

Recent Girts or ButTreRFLIES

AND Morus.—There are compara-
tively few species of Lepidoptera
that do not display either some pe-
culiar excellence of outline, or strik-
ing pattern of spots and streaks, or
glowing symphony of rich, deep
colors ; but, even among these bright
and wingéd hosts, the beauty of the
specimens recently acquired by the
Museum is of high rank.

PAPILIO MEROPE, FEMALE.
HYPOLIMNAS MISIPPUS, FEMALE.

The collection was presented by
Mr. William Sachs, of Hoboken, N.
J., and contains about three hun-
dred specimens, many of them rare
Our illus-
tration shows the male and female of
Papilio merope from Natal, Africa ;
the female contrasts sharply with
the male, mimicking closely both in
form and markings the female of /Zy-
polimnas misippus and both sexes

or of peculiar interest.

fet AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

of Danaus chrysippus of the same
region, two species belonging to
entirely different genera and fami-
lies. Another remarkable species
represented in the collection is Pa-
pilio memnon; the male is dark
with black and blue streaks, the
females present two well-marked
varieties with many intermediate
forms. Variety (1) has tailpieces on
the hind wings, variety (2) has no
tailpieces and is of entirely different
coloration. Very glowing and beau-
tiful in color and shape are the speci-
mens of Papilio cobn from the Malay
Islands, 7einopalpus imperialis, Pa-
pilio peranthus and Papilio buddha
from India. The collection will
shortly be placed on view.

Retations or THE MusEum ‘0
THE AtvpuBON Socrery.—Twenty-
two State Audubon Societies have
now been organized with a total
membership of over 50,000. Prom-
inent among them is the New York
State Audubon Society, which owes
its existence largely to the support
and encouragement its originators
have received from Mr. Morris K.
Jesup, who has served as its presi-
dent since its formation in Febru-
ary, 1897. The Museum is further
represented in the executive board
of the Society by the Curator and
Assistant Curator of Vertebrate
Zodlogy, whose assistance in prepar-
ing leaflets relative to the eco-

nomic and educational value of
birds and to their wanton destruc-
tion, has rendered the publications
of the Society authoritative, and
hence much in demand by other
branches.

In addition to distributing many
thousand leaflets of this nature the
Society aims to inform the public
concerning the bird laws of the
State by sending annually a poster
containing an abstract of the law to
each of the 4000 post-offices in the
State with a request to the post-
master to display it ina suitable po-
sition. In this connection, it shouid
be added that the existing law has
been greatly strengthened through
an amendment introduced into the
legislature at the instigation of the
New York Society.

The executive committee of the
Society meets twice each month,
from October to June, at the Mu-
seum, and the annual meetings of
the Society are held in the Muse-
um’s large lecture hall.

SyLLaBus oF THE Museum Lec-
TURES ON Brrps.—Bird students who
were unable to attend Mr. Frank
M. Chapman’s course of lectures on
‘Birds in Nature, given at the
Museum Saturday afternoons from
November 10th to December 15th,
will doubtless be interested in the
appended brief syllabus of the
Course:

fl Ws RD

AMERICAN MUSH UM JOU ieee

1. Relation of Bird to Man ; the
felations of Man to Lirds.—Treat-
ing, first, of the economic value of
birds through the services they ren-
der in preventing the undue in-
crease of insects, in devouring the
seeds of noxious plants, in destroy.
ing harmful rodents, and in acting
Second, of the his-
tory of man’s relation to birds from
what may be conceived to be their
earliest connection to the present
time, with the object of ascertaining
in what way or ways the human
race may derive the greatest benefit
from birds.

2. Distribution and Migration of
Birds,—Geographical distribution ;
Migration
a factor in distribution; origin

as Scavengers.

seasonal distribution. as
of
migration, manner, and times of
migration.

3. Birds’ Nests—The influences
governing the selection of the site
and character of the nest.

4. The Kggs and Young Birds.
—Number, size, and colors of eggs.
Development, physical and mental,
of the young birds.

5. Habit and Structure of Birds.
—Form and functions of the wings,
feet, tail, and bill.

6. Colors of Birds.—Causes of
color; color and age, color and sea-
son, color and food, color and cli-
mate.
deceptive, and signalling
color and sex.

Uses of color; protective,
colors,

The lectures were elaborately 1l-
lustrated with colored slides, most
of which were made from nature
and were therefore in the highest
degree instructive.

Tuer wispom of the City of New
York in providing the new and en-
larged auditorium is demonstrated
by the very large increase in attend-
ance at the lectures, as shown in the
following figures for three of the
lectures on the Paris Exposition :

Attendance in 1899:

November 25th 3-33 ee 763
Thanksgiving Day 72 Smee 800
December 2d... 233 eee 576
Total for’ 3 lectinecseeee 9139
Attendance in 1900 :

November 24th: >. eee 1098
Thanksgiving Day... eee 1096
December ist... ..222 eee 952
3146,

an increase of 50 per cent. over last year.

The educational investment
evidently a profitable one.

Mr. Jonn L. CADWALADER has re-
cently presented to the Museum a
valuable and interesting hybrid be-
tween the Red Grouse (Lagopus
scoticus) and Black Cock (Lyurus
tetrix), which was killed in a grouse
drive while flying in a pack of
grouse at Millden in Forfarshire,
Scotland.

The bird is a male and presents

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

as = g . ats

he On ‘ En Wes

HYBRID BETWEEN BLACK COCK AND RED GROUSE.

characters of both the male and the tions of the back, rump, and upper
female Black Cock, and also of the tail-coverts more nearly agree with
male Red Grouse. Inthe main, how- those of the male Red Grouse. The
ever, it more closely resembles the wing-coverts are peculiarly marked
Black Cock, with which it agrees in with numerous terminal white bars
size, the prevailing color above and and cuneate tips present in neither
below being black. The back and of the presumed parents. A rufous
sides of the neck, however, are collar occupies the throat and the
barred with rufous and black, as in’ black abdominal feathers are more
the female Black Cock, or Gray Hen, or less tinged with rufous and _ter-
but the rufous and white vermicula- minally barred with white. The

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAE

tarsi and basal third of the toes are
feathered more as in the Red Grouse,
but in color are grayish finely barred
with black. The hind-toe is small
and the nail elongated, as in the Red
Grouse. ‘The under tail-coverts are
white, and the tail is black, as in the
Black Cock; the outer feathers of the
latter, however, lack the eminently
characteristic lengthening and out-
ward curving of that species.
While hybrids of this nature have
been recorded on several previous
occasions they are exceedingly rare,
and the specimen above described
is doubtless the only one of the
kind in this country. BME.

SOME OF THE COLLECTIONS

IN THE GEOLOGICAL DE.
PARTMENT OF THE MU.-

SEUM.*

===], HE first valuable se-
FC HH «ries of fossils to be
acquired by the Amer-
ican Museum of Nat-
ural History was the
Holmes collection from the Tertiary
deposits of South Carolina. This
included the types of the species
described in Tuomey and Holmes’s
works. + The second important series
which was obtained was the set of

elght mounted skeletons of moas

*Part of a paper read before Section E of
the American Association for the Advance-
ment of Science, June 26, 1900. Reprinted
from ‘‘Science * November 16, 1900, with some
alterations.

7°

from New Zealand, constituting one
of the best of the J. von Haast series
of those birds. There are eight
unmounted skeletons in the same
collection, thirteen species being
represented in all.

The main portion of the depart-
ment’s specimens is composed of the
James Hall collection, the aequisi-
tion of which in 1875 placed the
Museum in the lead among American
institutions in respect to Paleozoic
fossils, on account of the great num-
ber of types and figured specimens
contained therein, such specimens
being numbered by the thousand.
These specimens were described for
the most part in the reports of the
State geological surveys of New
York, Iowa, Wisconsin, and Indiana.
Especially noteworthy in the Hall
collection, aside from the wonder-
fully rich New York series, are the
Potsdam fossils from Minnesota and
Wisconsin; Trenton forms from
Wisconsin and lowa, the unfigured
types of which have been republished
by Professor R. P. Whitfield with fig-
ures in the Memoirs of the Museum ;
Niagara fossils from Waldron, Indi-
ana; corals from the falls of the Ohio
River; crinoids from Burlington,
Iowa, and the remarkable Lower
Carboniferous fauna of Spergen Hill,

+** Pleiocene Fossils of South Carolina,” by
M. Tuomey and F.S. Holmes. 4to. Charleston,
S. C., 1857; ‘‘Post-Pleiocene Fossils of South

Carolina,” by F. S. Holmes. 4to. Charleston,
S. C., 1860. 5

THER AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

Indiana, both of which last have been
republished by Professor Whitfield
with figures from the original types,
the former in the Memoirs and the
latter in the Bulletin of the Museum.
Other collections which may be
mentioned are the Chazy and Fort
Cassin fossils from the vicinity of
Lake Champlain, containing types
which have been described by Pro-
fessor Whitfield in the Bulletin of
the Museum; a complete set of the
Vermont and New Hampshire rocks
illustrating the geological survey of
those States by Professor C. H.
Hitchcock, and the types of the Ter-
tiary plants from Brandon, Vermont;
an excellent series of Paleozoic fos-
sils from [linois and neighboring
States; a large series of unusually
fine fossil corals and other forms
from the Schoharie Grit of Orange
county, New York, which were pre-
sented to the Museum by Mr. D.
Jackson Steward; corals of Lower
Devonian (Upper Helderberg) age
from the beds at the falls of the
Ohio River, near Louisville, Ky. ;
fossils from the Cretaceous marls of
New Jersey, collected and presented
to the Museum by Professor Whit-
field, and fine sets of fish remains
from the Triassic of the Connecticut
valley and the Tertiary beds of
Wyoming. The most recent note-
worthy addition is one of the Tyr-.
rell collections of placoderm fishes
from the Devonian rocks of Ohio.

The arrangement of the collection
is that devised by Professor Whit-
field when he came to the Museum,
and it is worthy of careful considera-
tion on account of the way it has
stood the test of time and use. Be-
ginning at the northeast corner of
the hall (because that is beside what
was originally the only entrance to
the room and was understood to be
the permanent main entrance there-
to) the specimens are arranged strati-
graphically in ascending geological
Under the stratigraphic ar-
rangement, the grouping is by geo-
graphical or lithological provinces,
first New York, or eastern and then
western. Under this again the ar-
rangement is strictly biological, be-
ginning with plants, where present,
and then taking the animals in
This scheme has

order,

ascending scale.
been carried out most definitely in
the upright cases, while the desk
cases contain many of the best speci-
mens and fit into the classification
as well as is practicable. A part of
each of twelve of the desk cases is
occupied by specimens comprising
the Dana’s Manual series. These
illustrate the figures in that standard
work on geology and form an epit-
ome of the historical side of the
science. Many of the figures are
represented by the very specimens
from which the originals were
drawn. Large specimens showing
ripple marks, footprints, concretions,

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOU Ree

and other phenomena are placed on
the tops of the cases and in other
places out of series.

A very valuable feature of the
installation is that of separating the
biological units from one another
so that the individuals, species,
genera, families, ete., which belong
together can be distinguished on the
most rapid inspection. This is ef-
fected by means of narrow strips
of wood of different colors placed
between the trays holding the
fossils, single black strips separat-
different species, red ones
white ones families, two

ing
genera,
white ones limiting orders, and two
black denoting the boundaries of
classes and higher subdivisions. The
specimens, furthermore, are arranged
so that one naturally examines them
from left to mght and from below
upwards, except that the upper
shelves of the upright cases are oc-
cupied by large and smal] specimens
showing the grouping of the fossils
in the rocks and the geological feat-
ures of the beds. More than nine-
tenths of the hall is devoted to the
American forms, the rest being
given up to a synoptic series of
European fossils and fossils from
other foreign localities.
Epmunp O. Hovey.

Visrrors to the Mexican Hall will
be interested in the folder on the
Archeology of Mexico and Central

America, which the attendants will
give to those who ask for it. It is
a brief guide to the collections, and
also gives an idea of the principal
explorations and researches relating
to this subject which have been un-
dertaken by the American Museum
and others; in brief, it contains im-
portant general information on a
subject little known to the public.

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC
INSTRUCTION: NOTES.

aq HE following extract
Hy © from the speech at the
opening of the new
auditorium by Hon.
Charles R. Skinner,
State Superintendent of Public In-
struction, will be of interest in con-
nection with the progress of the Mu-
seum system of visual instruction :

**Since the Museum became connected
with the State Department Dr. Bickmore
has prepared nearly two hundred lec-
tures * covering all phases of Education,
Travel, History, Biography, Science ; and
these lectures have been repeated in every
portion of the State. Nearly 20,000 dif-
ferent slides (stereopticon views) have
been presented. We are familiar with
the growth of this system through in-
quiries which reach our State Department

* From Professor Bickmore’s annual report
recently submitted to the educational author-
ities of the State we take the following extract :
“The number of lectures prepared under the
auspices of the State Department of Public In-
struction up to January 1, 1901, will be three
hundred and fifty-four upon one hundred and
eighty-seven different subjects.” —Epp.

fae AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

A REPRESENTATIVE VIEW FROM THE LECTURES ON THE PARIS EXPOSITION.

and which daily reach Dr. Bickmore in
this Museum. Inquiries come from every
county in the State, from smaller schools
that are not entitled to these privileges,
begging that it be extended. From every
State in the Union come requests from
State superintendents of public instrue-
tion, asking how they may secure the
advantages of this system. From many
nations come inquiries of the same na-
ture, and I was shown a very interesting
letter of inquiry from India, where the
very purpose which this education serves
here was presented as an educational in-
fluence upon the people of that country.”

THE FOLLOWING LETTER is being
sentout by the Department of Public
Instruction in response to numerous

letters from various parts of our
country ;

“DEAR Sir:

Enquiries having been received from
educators in many parts of our country
regarding our system of Visual Instruc-
tion, and the terms upon which our slides
may be procured, the following informa-
tion is given in reply :

We are not dealers in slides, but we are
desirous of promoting free public educa-
tion throughout our land by means of
ilustrated teaching ; and the State Super-
intendent of Public Instruction of the
State of New York, under whose auspices
our entire system is carried on, has given
us authority to supply, as a matter of
interstate courtesy, the Superintendent

of Public Instruction of each other

THE AMERICAN MU SHUM SO Raia

Commonwealth with one series, and no
more, of our slides at cost, after we have
finished the work which is required of us
by the statutes of our own State. We do
not keep a stock of slides on hand but fill
each order separately, hence considerable
time must elapse before a shipment can
be made, and we can only undertake the
preparation of such illustrations between
May Ist and September Ist. Each lecture
is sold complete and not a selection of
slides therefrom.

The conditions under which this prop-
erty must be used are set forth in the
circular of the State Superintendent
placed herein, and we desire to call your
special attention to the following rule :

‘In no case shall the use of said appa-
ratus be permitted at any lecture where an
admission fee shall be charged, or which
shall be in connection with any
other entertainment of any nature, or for
the benefit of any Private School, Church,
Sunday School, Hospital, or any purpose
the Free Common

given

not connected with

Schools of the State.’
No copies in any form may be made

from our manuscripts or slides.

The lectures
above terms, are:

Lecture No. 184, Manhattan Island and
Highlands of the Hudson, 75 slides, all
colored except one $69.20

Lecture No. 185, The Catskills and the
Adirondacks, 73 slides, ad/ colored.

$64.55

Lecture No. 186, The Lakes os Central
New York and Erie Canal, 75 slides,
all colored except two. $65.25

Lecture No. 187, Niagara Falls, 88 slides,
all colored except eleven. $75.65

now available upon the

Lecture No. 188, Connecticut Valley and
the White Monmtnines 75 slides, all
colored except four. $66.55

Lecture No. 189, Coast of New England

and St. Lawrence River, 72 slides, all

colored except two $65.40
Lecture No. 190, Penna., Virginia, and
District of Columbia, 74 slides, all
colored except twelve. . $62.10

Lecture No. 191, Mississippi Valley and
the Southern States, 73 slides, all colored
except six, ‘ . $61.85

Lecture No. 192, Rowe Mountains and
the Great Basin, 72 slides, all colored
except four. : , $61.70

Lecture No. 193, The Yellowstone Na-
tional Park, 74 slides, all colored at
one. ; $67.2

Lecture No. 195, Californie and the Yp-
semite Valley, 72 slides, all colored

except three. : ; $64.50
Lecture No. 196, Mexien 73 slides, all
colored except two. $66.25

Lecture No. 197, West Indies—The Les-
ser Antilles, 72 slides, all colored except

three. : $63.35
Lecture No. LO7B.¢ sata Havana, and San-
tiago, 72 slides, all colored except
three. : , $64.50
Lecture No. 197C, Jamaica and Porto

Rico, 73 slides, a// colored. $65.70

Lecture No. 199, Egypt, 72 slides, all
colored except six. $63.00
Lecture No. 202, Greece, 72 didas all
colored except seventeen. “ $58.70
Lecture No. 203, Italy, 73 slides, all
colored except six. , ; $64.95
Lecture No. 235, The Philippines, 72
slides, all colored except one. $65.50

Y2Q
ws

Lecture No. The Hawaiian Islands
(Series A), 72 slides, a// colored. $66.00
Kindergarten and Primary Instruction
(Series A) see all colored, $63.70
Our Native Birds, 72 slides, a// colored.
$66.00

A>)
(28

As we supply the above lectures at cost
and thereby enjoy the privilege of being
co-workers with the educators who use
the results of our labors, we expect that

EHE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

a clear recognition of our assistance will
be made when our illustrated instruction
is repeated ; and we request that a full
record be kept of the locality, the topic,
the name of the lecturer, and the charac-
ter and numbers of each audience, and
that these data be forwarded tous on the
first day of October of each year, in order
that we may include the more important
parts of them in our Annual Report
to our State Superintendent of Public
Instruction.

Further information will be given if
desired.
Respectfully yours,

ALBERT S. BickMORE,

Curator.”

(Signed)

In the foregoing circular, which
has been approved by the Commit-
tee on Advice, each ordinary slide
is placed at an estimated cost of
thirty-five cents in order to provide
for packing and postage and also
leave a margin for other incidentals.
For coloring, the charge, as shown
in the above figures, is fifty cents
each, which is precisely what the
Department pays, except for espe-
cially difficult work.

The market price of a colored
slide is at least $1.25, so that the
limited number of officials in other
States and countries who are thus
aided, only pay two-thirds of the
regular rate, and the Department is
therefore, in reality, a co-worker in
the promotion of free public educa-
tion with all who repeat our lectures
in every land.

NEW INDIAN COLLECTIONS
FROM CALIFORNIA
AND OREGON.

esa URING the last two
s or cey@ years the Museum
has carried on import-

ant work among the
Indian tribes of North
America. Many of these are on the
verge of extinction, and little is
known of their appearance, of their
customs, or of their industries. A
number of friends of the Museum
have provided the means for mak-

ing collections among them; in
this manner a number of important
made to the
Anthropological Department.

The late Mr. C. P. Huntington
enabled the Museum to carry on
work of this character among the

additions have been

vanishing tribes of California. The
Indians of that State are particularly
remarkable on account of the enor-
mous diversity of their languages,
customs, and appearance. Particu-
larly is this true of the tribes inhabit-
ing the foothills of the Sierra. The
tribes of this region are much scat-

tered. Many of them live on small
ranches in earth-covered lodges,

while others occupy log cabins or
rude houses built of lumber. They
make beautiful basketry, which in
recent years has excited the interest
of collectors on account of its fine
workmanship and design.

TH EA MOE PCAN

MUSEUM (FOURS Ak

HUT OF MAIDU INDIAN.

The work of the Museum has been
directed principally toward a study
of the Maidu Indians, who inhabit
the region east of Sacramento River.
During the last two years, Mr. Roland

B. Dixon has spent much time among

this tribe,and has sent tothe Museum
a very full collection exhibiting the
industries of the people. He has
also succeeded in unravelling the
significance of the curious designs
with which the baskets are orna-
mented.
flowers,

The patterns represent

mountains and_ valleys,
stone arrow-points, feathers, fish-
teeth, etc. Without the help of the
Indians, it would be impossible to

interpret the significance of these

designs, which consist largely of tri-
angles and other geometrical figures.

These researches have shown that
the Maidu, who at one time occu-
pied a considerable territory, were

subdivided into a great many
groups, each of which spoke a

dialect of its own, so that intercom-
munication between the people in-
habiting the different valleys of the
Sierra was made very difficult. Not-
withstanding their primitive mode
of life, they possess a wonderful
store of interesting tales and tradi-
tions, in which they account for the
origin of the world, for the creation
of land and water, of mountains and

valleys. It would seem that these

Tee SAC BRE CAN

rseuM TOUR N AL

INDIAN BAGS AND BASKETS FROM THE STATE OF WASHINGTON.

tales, many of which compare favor-
ably with the mythology of an-
tiquity, spread from tribe to tribe
all over California, no matter how
different the languages spoken by
the natives.

Mr. Dixon has also collected for
the Museum a full series of photo-
graphs of these Indians, and supple-
mented them by a number of plaster
casts of faces, which gives an ex-
cellent permanent record of the
peculiar appearance of the tribe.

Another important collection re-

cently obtained by the Museum was
also made in connection with inves-
tigations among the vanishing tribes
of our continent, the means being
contributed by the late Mr. Henry
Villard.
of Oregon was the home of a
multitude of tribes, almost all of
They
have been gathered on two reser-
vations, but are rapidly being re-

In former times the coast

which are fast disappearing.

duced in number, owing to a very
high mortality among both children
and adults. One of these tribes, the

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM J00 5A

Alsea, occupied at one time an im-
portant position. They held a large
stretch of territory just south of
the mouth of Columbia River. Our
only knowledge of this tribe is based
on information obtained by the
members of the famous Wilkes Ex-
pedition, which collected informa-
tion on the northwest coast of our
continent about 1840. At the pres-
ent time they are reduced to a mere
handful, and their old customs can
be learned only by questioning the
few old people that survive. The
most important question that had to
be solved in this region was that of
the affilations of this people. It was
not known whether they were re-
lated to the tribes of Washington or
to those of California. Dr. Living-
ston Farrand spent the past summer
among the remnants of this people ;
and he found that in language, as
well as in appearance and in cus-
toms, they must be classed with the
tribes of the State of Washington.
They are the most southern people
on the Pacifie coast who are in the
habit of deforming their heads by
artificial means. A cushion made
of bark is placed on the forehead of
the infant and held down firmly.
By this means the growth of the
head is much influenced, so that the
forehead recedes and assumes a very
flat shape. This curious custom ex-
tends from the Alsea northward
towards the central part of British

(oe)

Columbia. In former times it was
found in many parts of the world,
—in the Mississippi basin, in the
western part of South America, in
Central Europe, and in many other
places. While Dr. Farrand found
only a few specimens that remained
from ancient times, when the tribe
was more powerful, he was more suc-
cessful a little farther inland, where,
on the banks of the Columbia River,
he brought together much material
illustrating the early culture of the
people. Here also is made beauti-
ful basketry, although of a type dif-
ferent from that found in California.
Here too we find geometrical designs
intended to represent real objects,
such as birds and mammals. Some
of the utensils of the people show
clearly that the culture of the In-
dians of the Plains has influenced
them. Evidently this was due to
the ease with which the Pacific coast
is reached along the course of Colum-
bia River. In olden times the trade
from tribe to tribe must have ex-
tended across the plateaus and down
Columbia River.

The Museum is deeply indebted
to both Mr. Huntington and Mr.
Villard in many ways. In earlier
years Mr. Huntington donated a
valuable African collection. Mr.
Villard showed his interest in the
Museum on many occasions. He
supported Dr. Lumholtz during the
early years of his expedition to Mex-

PTh AMERICAN MUSEUM. JOURNAL

ico and Dr. Bandelier in his work for
the Museum in Peru. The latest ser-
vice to the institution of these two
men was their active support of the
researches among North American
Indians, which were initiated by the
Museum. The loss of these friends
will always be keenly felt. The
collections for which the Museum
is indebted to them will be a per-
Manent monument of their active
interest. FF: B:

THE GEM COLLECTIONS.

THE FIRST MORGAN COLLECTION.*

RIN 1890, through the
§/ munificent donation
of the Tiffany Gem
Collection, by Mr. J.
Pierpont Morgan, the
Museum acquired a collection of re-
markable popular interest.

It represented the result of a care-
ful and rather exacting search ‘in
America for gem material. It also
embraced gems and gem material
from famous localities, and pur-
ported to give a very instructive ex-
hibit of all mineral species used in
ornamental work and as cut stones.
It had been designated by Mr.
George F. Kunz as “one of the
finest collections of precious stones,
and aiso the most important, em-
bracing all those found in the
United States.”

*The second, recently donated by Mr. Morgan,
will be described in a future number.

There was no question as to its
exhaustiveness. Along with the
brilliant series of true gems, there
were represented mineral species of
merely experimental value as fancy
stones, an idea that to the mineralo-
gist might have seemed almost a
transient vagary. Here were gath-
ered, cut and polished beads of
Rhodonite, brilliants of green Diop-
side, ovals of the creamy Wollasto-
nite and snowy Pectolite, tablets of
Sphene and Cyanite, cabochons of
pink Wernerite, squares of the ice-
like

Phenacite, brooches of green Ama-

Beryllonite and the olassy

zou Stone, and tokens of the limpid,
Willemite,—all materials
which were rather “chanced,” it

yellow

might be said, for their very serious
likelihood of becoming gem-stones
at all They
added, however, to the variety, the
contrasts, and the cumulative sense
of value and fascination which the
gems awoke amongst the crowding
visitors.

Was inconceivable.

A. glance at other mineralogical
collections in the United States may
bring out better the character and
value of this one.

There is a beautiful collection
of gems in the United States Na-
tional Museum. It numbers about
two thousand specimens, many of
which were found in the United
States, and furnishes a very complete
exhibit of precious stones. Many are

DH Ee) AMR TC ACw

MUSEUM JOURN

of remarkable excellence, as, nota-
bly, the diamonds and pearls pre-
sented to President Van Buren by
the Iman of Muscat. In 1894 this
collection received an important ac-
cession in the gift of the interesting
and intrinsically valuable cabinet of
gems belonging to the late Dr. Isaac
Lea, of Philadelphia. Its large aceu-
mulation of rubies, sapphires, chryso-
beryls, tourmalines, garnets, and
other stones is relatively enhanced
by a portfolio of drawings, made by
its distinguished owner, of inclusions
in the various gems.

At Yale College there is an at-
tractive suite of gems combining
the Gibbs, Panot, and Tenny cab-
Cambridge are

Harlin

inets; while at
displayed the
tourmalines.

The Tiffany Gem Collection has
been continuously increased by ad-
ditional gifts from its founder since
the day of its first exhibition, until
to-day it fairly ranks second in the
country. A new installation awaits
it, and the augmentation of the new
collection, so that its future charac-
ter will far surpass its present limits

unique

and lustre.

In looking over the gem cases, it
is quite possible to linger a long
time over each group of gems in re-

counting the interesting facts of
their nature, associations, and or'-
oins, This superb tourmaline,

darkly green, with the hue of a sun-

ioe)

sprayed spruce, tells of Mt. Mica in
Maine, where so many glorious speci-
mens have been discovered. This
emerald from North Carolina recalls
the industrious search made in the
wildest portions of that State for
these exquisite minerals, and how
the farmers with an avidity whetted
by the promise of gains hunted for
the “ green rocks” or “ bolts.” These
rich “pigeon-blood ” garnets recall
the ant-hills in New Mexico, where
either the ants or scorpions have
carried them to the surface to afford
free room for the erection of their
chambers and galleries. These pale
turquoises carry us back to prehis-
excavations in New Mexico
which are two hundred to three
hundred feet in depth and from
which thousands of tons of rock
have been taken. This glorious
opal, diffusing “like a dying dol-
phin” the fire of a hundred tints,
reminds the spectator of those slow
segregations of opaline matter in the
matrix of the trachite, which in
Mexico occur in such quantity as to
create a local industry in mining,

toric

exporting, and polishing them.
A certain interest at-
taches to gems, and as they also ir-

romantic

resistibly appeal to our sense of
beauty, not unmixed, perhaps, with
a more material sense of value, they
form to the public a centre of con-
stant charm and admiration.

L. P. Gratacap.

American Museum Journal

Volume I

JANUARY, 1901

Number 6

NOTES AND NEWS.

CHANGES IN THE ADMINISTRATIVE
AND ScrentTiFic STAFFS OF THE Mvs-
EUM.—On January 1st, 1901, Profes-
sor Henry Fairfield Osborn resigned
the office of Assistant to the Presi-
dent and was succeeded by Professor
Hermon Carey Bumpus, who has
hitherto (since 1892) occupied the
chair of Comparative Anatomy at
Brown University. Prof. Osborn
will continue to discharge the duties
of curator of the Department of Ver-
tebrate Paleontology, but in order
to pursue his investigations as the
successor of the late Professor Marsh
as Paleontologist (Vertebrates) of
the United States Geological Survey
he has withdrawn from the general
administrative work of the Museum.

Professor Bumpus has had much
experience on the administrative side
of scientific institutions. He has
been Assistant Director of the Ma-
rine Biological Laboratory and Direc-
tor of the Laboratory of the United
States Fish Commission, at Woods
Holl, Mass.; a member of the Board
of Trustees of the Rhode Island
Hospital; Secretary and afterward
Vice-President of the American So-
ciety of Naturalists; and a member
of the Board of Management of the
Rhode Island Schoo] of Design.

In addition to his work as Assist-
ant to the President, Professor
Bumpus will organize and develop
the new Department of Invertebrate
Zodlogy, of which he is now curator,
and will also be in charge of the
collection of reptiles and fishes.

Louis Pope Gratacap, A.M., assist-
ant curator of the Department of
Geology, Mineralogy, Conchology,
and Marine Invertebrate Zodlogy,
has been appointed curator of the
newly established Department of
Mineralogy.
tinuously served the Museum since
1877, when the institution was first
established, and the extensive min-

Mr. Gratacap has con-

eralogical and conchological collec-
tions have been under his care. The
famous Bement collection of min-
erals and the superb Tiffany col-
lection of gems lately presented to
the Museum are being installed. A
full description of these collections
will be given in a future number of
this journal.

In the Department of Geology,
which has attained its present de-
velopment under the curatorship of
Professor R. P. Whitfield, Dr. E. O.
Hovey, Assistant Curator since 1894,
has been made Assoicate Curator.

Dr. J. A. Allen’s department will

TECK ASM Ed Ase

MUSEUM JOURNAL

henceforth be known as the Depart-
ment of Mammalogy and Ornithol-
ogy. Mr. Frank M. Chapman,
Assistant Curator since 1888, has
been made Associate Curator.

Professor Franz Boas will
change his present title of Assistant
Curator of the Department of An-
thropology for that of Curator in
charge of Ethnology, and Mr. Mar-
shall H. Saville, likewise, will be
known as Curator in charge of Mex-
ican and Central American Arche-
ology, Professor Putnam retaining
the curatorship of the whole De-
partment of Anthropology, of which
Mr. Harlan I. Smith has been made
Assistant Curator.

e€x-

MemeEntTos or AUDUBON IN THE
Museum.—The accompanying illus-
tration was reproduced from a paint-
ing recently donated to the Museum
by Fordham Morris, Esq., of New
York City, who in his letter of pre-
sentation states:

“The picture was painted in the
late forties, only a few years before
his [ Audubon’s] death, by his sons,
John and Victor, both of whom

assisted their father in
later works on the Quadrupeds of
America. Mr. Audubon was then
residing at Audubon Park.

“The picture was left to me by
my father’s will. I give it to the
Museum with the hope that for
many years the students and visitors

his

of the Institution will be pleased to
look upon the features of the great
naturalist as he appeared in later
life, and remember how much our
fellow-countrymen owe to his labors
in forest and prairie and his brush
and pencil in delineating for the
benefit of future generations the
forms, habits, and habitations of
the Birds and Beasts of America.”

The painting is now on exhibition
in the Library reading-room.

In regard to the other Audubon-
iana owned by the Museum, a cat-
alogue of which is given below, Miss
Maria R. Audubon, granddaughter
of the naturalist and author of
‘Audubon and his Journals,’ in re-
sponse to a request from the editors,
has been good enough to send the
following notes:

No. 1. An oil painting, ‘The
Last Resort, now in the library,
representing a deer pursued by dogs
and taking to the water. By J. W.
Audubon ; presented to the Museum
by Mrs. William Moore Carson.

“This picture was painted by
John Woodhouse Audubon in the
late fifties and is the middle one of
a series of three of the same, or
nearly the same, size. The first was
a herd of deer listening, and was
called ‘The Alarm.’ ‘The last,
owned for many years by Mr.
Sheppard Knapp, was called, if I
remember rightly, ‘The Death
Struggle, or perhaps ‘The Death.’

‘bsy ‘stop, WeYypsoy Aq poyuasard
“NOSNANV SAWVP NHOP 4O LIVE LYOd

he i SET oe

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOU Ei

‘The Alarm’ isin England and was
owned by Lord Lansdowne. ‘This
one, ‘The Last Resort,’ was pur-
chased by Mr. John Willams of the
then firm of Williams & Guion. . . .”

No. 2. An oil painting, ‘ Wild
Turkeys,’ now in the library, by
John James Audubon: Reproduced
in the ‘elephant folio, deposited
with the Museum by Audubon’s
granddaughters, Miss Maria R. Au-
dubon and Miss Florence Audubon.

“The picture of the Wild Tur.
keys was painted in Liverpool in
1826, with the intention of present-
ing it to the Royal Institution
of that city. The of
space arising, Audubon painted the
Turkey Cock alone, and gave that
instead.”

No. 3. Portrait of John James
Audubon, by T. W. Wood. (Hung
at the main entrance to the Bird
Hall.)

“This portrait was painted in
1893 for Mr. M. K. Jesup, .
presented it to the Museum at the
time the Audubon monument was
unveiled in Trinity Church Cemetery,
in April of that year. It is from
two or more of the portraits best
liked, the one by J. W. Audubon
(opposite page 454, vol. 1, of ‘ Au-
dubon and his Journals’) and the

question

. who

one by Inman.”
No. 4. A gun belonging to John
James Audubon. Presented to the

Museum by John J. Crooke. (Hung

at the main entrance to the Bird
Hall.)

“This gun is one of several which
the family owned when Audubon
died, and had no special associations
that I know about. It was parted
with in 1873 or ’74, by one of my
brothers, but I never heard the
name of the purchaser.”

No. 5. Plate of the Great Auk ;
from ‘elephant folio’ of 1836, drawn
from nature by J.J. Audubon. En-
graved, Printed, and Colored by H.
Havell, 1836. Presented to the
Museum by Gen. J. Watts DePey-
ster. (In library.)

“The plate of the Great Auk is
simply an odd plate of the large
edition. General DePeyster was an
intimate and very true friend of my
grandmother, and may have been
presented by her with the plate or
may have purchased it from her.”

No. 6, Copper Plate of Louisiana
or Harris’s Hawk, 1837, engraved
by Robert Havell, London.

“Copper plates of the same large
edition (‘elephant folio’ ) have been
picked up in various places from
time to time, as the entire collection
of five hundred was sold either in
186: ‘64. They were all more
or less injured by fire in 1845, and
when my grandmother, Mrs. J. J,

Audubon, was in her old age
bereaved of both sons, she sold

them at a great sacrifice rather than
have the care of them.”

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

RESTORATIONS AND MODELS OF THE EXTINCT
NORTH AMERICAN MAMMALS.
SSSQEW persons are able to increase the educational value and
eeeee| form any adequate the attractiveness of the hall in this

Roa | ideaofananimalfrom respect, Mr. Charles R. Knight, the

its skeleton; even well-known animal painter, was in-

trained specialists are vited to undertake the restoration

too apt to consider a skeleton in of some of these animals. His very
itself instead as the framework of a_ first studies proved that he was

RESTORATION OF THE EXTINCT IRISH ELK.
Made after the model.
Copyrighted by the American Museum of Natural History, rgoo.

moving and feeding creature. It was remarkably well qualified for this
soon found that very few visitors to work, and in rapid succession he
the Hall of Vertebrate Paleontol- made a series of drawings in color
ogy appreciated the wonderful story which were reproduced in an article,
told by the fossil skeletons of the past “Prehistoric Quadrupeds of the
life of this continent, and in order to Rockies,” in the ‘ Century Magazine,’

TELE AM Han Oa

MUSEUM JOURNAL

Copyrighted, by the American

Museum of Natural History, 1g00.

MODEL.

Made after the mounted skeleton,

1896. This article attracted wide-
spread attention and it was followed
by others in ‘Harper's’ and the ‘Cen-
tury’ in succeeding years. Mr. J.
Pierpont Morgan became interested
in these drawings and kindly offered
to present them to the Museum as
rapidly as they werecompleted. ‘The
whole series now includes twenty-
seven large water-colors, which rep-
resent most careful and minute study
of the fossilized skeleton on the part
of Professor Osborn, his assistants,
Dr. Wortman, Dr. Matthew, and
others. A quotation from an article

in the ‘Century’ well indicates the

method followed by the artist in
preparing these restorations.

elt
without say-
that
each con-

goes

ing,
tains a large
percentage
of pure con-
jecture as to
the
hairy or oth-

eolor,

er covering,

developed

MOUNTED SKELETON.
(By courtesy of Mr. S, H. Chubb.)

horns and

other defences. In facet, these res-

fee ehh beaNoMUS hE UM: FOU RN AL

torations are regarded as working
hypotheses which are of scientific
value only in conveying a general
idea of the external form and ap-
pearance; but they are of very great
popular educational value since they
serve to interest and attract public
attention to one of the most difficult
though fascinating branches of com-
parative anatomy.”

Restorations somewhat similar to
these have been undertaken ever
since the rise of Paleontology, but
it is no exaggeration to say that
none have been so uniformly sue-
cessful as this series. The best tes-
timonial to its value is the fact of
the demand by foreign museums for
the enlarged photographs of these
restorations. More or less complete
series are now to be seen in London,
Brussels, Berlin, Munich, Moscow,
and Stockholm. It is proposed
finally to issue a portfolio in which
all these drawings will be repro-
duced with careful artistic finish.

Several of the drawings have re-
ceived two or three months’ detailed
study, and one of the preliminary
steps is the preparation of a carefully
executed wax model. The draughts-
manship from these models has
given the work of Mr. Knight its
remarkably lifelike character, and
has thus led to the more careful
preparation and finish of the models
themselves. The series now includes
two of the Dinosaurs, the great

fin-backed saurian, Naosaurus, the
American Moose-Elk, Cervalces amer-
icanus, the extinct Irish Elk, Cervus
megaceros ; the latter is here illus-
trated by reproductions of the skel-
The
coloring of the models after the col-
ored drawings of Mr. Knight has been
done by Miss Helen Morton Cox.
js [a nha

eton, model, and restoration.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NALURAL HISTORY.
(Continued. )

DEPARTMENT OF VERTEBRATE
ZOOLOGY.

RIN 1885, when Dr. J. A.

§} =Allen assumed charge

of this department, the

zoological collections
of the Museum, both
in the character of the specimens
and in the number of the species
represented, were among the first
of the kind in the country. The
collection of mammals numbered
not far from 1000 mounted skins
and about 300 mounted skeletons.
The collection of birds contained not
far from 10,000 mounted specimens,
about 300 unmounted skins, and sev-
eral hundred mounted skeletons.
There were, however, many de-
ficiencies, and efforts had already
been made to supply them. In
1880, $6500 was allotted for this
purpose, and from this time on the

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOT 2EA28

collections of both birds and mam-
mals were rapidly increased, includ-
ing material for study as well as
exhibition. Contracts were made
with Prof. H. A. Ward of Rochester
to supply all the known species of
mammals and birds found in North
America north of Mexico, not al-
ready represented in the collections.
An agreement was also made with
Professor Ward to secure for the
Museum specimens of all the ob-
tainable species of Monkeys lacking
to complete the collection. During
the following ten years a large part
of these deficiencies was supplied.

Among the additions to the col-
lection of mammals, received mostly
as gifts from friends of the Museum,
may be mentioned the unrivalled
group of American Bison, speci-
mens of the Rocky Mountain Sheep,
the West Indian and other Seals, a
Camel, the Wapiti, Moose, and other
American Deer, the Indian elephant
“Tip,” and the Asiatic Elephant
“Jumbo” (skeleton), the group of
Orangs, and other mammals.

The establishment of the Depart-
ment of Taxidermy in 1886 led to
of the beautiful
and artistic bird groups, which now

the construction

form so prominent a feature of the
Museum exhibition, the late Mrs.
Robert L. Stuart having made a
generous gift of $2500 for this
It is difficult to praise
y bits of

purpose.
too highly these charmin

nature, reproduced, in facsimile,
from field, forest, lake, and seaside.
The eye rests upon them with re-
newed pleasure at each inspection ;
they are poems and lessons com-
bined; they arrest the attention
of every observer, and stimulate,
especially in the young, increased
interest nature studies. Later
the preparation of mammal groups
was entered upon, the first series
including groups of the Muskrat,
Woodchuck, Opossum, American
Bison, and American Moose.

In the work of preparing the
accessories for these groups, the

Museum taxidermists were at first
greatly assisted by Mrs. E. 8. Mog-
ridge, an Englishwoman, formerly
employed at the South Kensington
Museum; but the art was rapidly ac-
quired by our assistants, under the
supervision of Mr. Jenness Richard-
son, Chief Taxidermist, and later of
his successor, Mr. John Rowley.

In 1899 the total number of
groups on exhibition numbered 70,
of which 22 were and
48 birds. Their production had
involved an expenditure of over
$45,000, and claim may be made that
no other museum possesses such an

mammals

extensive series of groups so admir-
able in design and execution.

The growth of this department
has been greatly promoted by vari-
ous expeditions sent out by the
Museum during the last fifteen

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

MOUNTED GROUP OF WEASELS IN LOCAL COLLECTION.

years. These include an expedition
to Montana by Messrs. Elliot and
Richardson in 1887; to the Indian
Territory in 1889 by Messrs. Rich-
ardson and Rowley; and to New
Brunswick by Mr. Rowley in
1893-94. These expeditions, besides
greatly increasing the collections in
general, were undertaken more espe-
cially to secure material and acces-
sories for the various mammal groups
already mentioned.

In 1888 Mr. Frank M. Chapman
became assistant curator in the De-
partment of Mammals and Birds
and has since made numerous expe-
ditions for the Museum, visiting

Florida, Texas, Cuba, the Lesser
Antilles and Trinidad, Yucatan,
Mexico, and the Gulf of St. Law-
rence. The expeditions here men-
tioned preceded by a short time the
later numerous and important expe-
ditions which have brought such a
treasury of new material in verte-
brate paleeontology, and in American
archeology and ethnology. Up to
the year 1886 the collections of this
department included only the speci-
mens on exhibition, and the neces-
sity of providing a study or research
collection commensurate with a sci-
entific museum of the grade of the
American Museum becamestrikingly

THE AMERICAN (MUSEUM S002 Rae

evident. While theexpeditionsabove
mentioned greatly strengthened both
the exhibition and study series,
both have since received very great
additions through a large number
of important purchases and gifts, so
that at the present time the research
collections of this department com-
pare favorably with similar collec-
tions in other scientific
embracing now about 60,000 birds
and 20,000 mammals. A special
feature of the study series is the
large number of skulls and skele-
tons of both birds and mammals,

museums,

but especially of the latter.

The collection of North American
birds’ nests and eggs is also one of
the finest in the country, including
several noted private collections,
secured by gift or purchase.

As yet little has been done in the
way of providing and preparing an
exhibit of reptiles and fishes, owing
to lack of exhibition space. Several
important additions have, however,
recently been made, most of which
are as yet in storage for lack of ex-
hibition facilities.

The exhibition collections are
arranged with special reference to
rendering them attractive and in-
structive to the public. In the case
of both mammals and birds they
form three separate collections : (1)
a general collection, or the mammals
of the world; (2) the North Amert-

can mammals; and (3) the local col-

lection, representing the mammals
found within fifty miles of New
York City. The mammals constitut-
ing the local collection will consist
of thirty groups, of which nineteen
are now completed, representing all
of the more common species of this
region. In like manner the birds
are separated into: (1) the general
collection of birds of the world;
(2) the birds of North America; and
(3) the local birds
found within the vicinity of New
York.
few exceptions, may be regarded as
a part of the local bird collection.
While the collection of mammals

collection, or

The groups of birds, with a

has attained such large proportions,
it is deficient in many of the lead-
ing types found outside of North
The North American
collection is to be extended into the
new hall of the East Wing, where

5
5

will be represented, in the form of

America.

elaborate groups, most of the large
mammals of the northern portion of
the continent, including the Polar
and other Bears, two species of
Caribou, the Musk-Ox, the Barren
Ground and Newfoundland Cari-
bous, Porcupine,
Wolves, and other types.

This will necessitate a large out-
lay in securing materials and in pre-

Wolverine,

paring the groups for exhibition.
Material for some of the groups
has been secured and work on them
L. P. GRATACcAP.

(To be continued, )

already begun.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

THE BEETLE COLLECTIONS:
NOTES.

GREAT many beetles
now on exhibition are
so small that notwith-
standing the admirable
way in which they are

mounted (each one being placed on
a little triangle of card-board set
near the top of a long pin) they
cannot be readily examined without
a magnifying glass. In order to in-
crease the educational value of these
minute objects, the entomological

department is preparing a number

of enlarged drawings, as illustrated
in our plate, which will be placed
near the principal genera; this will
also be helpful to visiting students
and collectors, of whom there are a
considerable number. Preparations
are being made for the removal of
the beetle collections into the new en-
tomological gallery in the east wing,
where they will occupy the railing
eases that surround the central open-
ing. The 1725 odd species, includ-
ing about 5678 specimens now on
exhibition, are being rapidly added
to, and, by the time they are trans-
ferred to the new cases, will amount
to at least 3000 species and 10,000
specimens. These will include all
the ordinary and many rare repre-
sentatives of the numerous families
of the great order Coleoptera, from
different parts of the world.

It is worth while mentioning in
this connection some of the objects in
the collection that appeal particu-
First there are the
well-known Tiger Beetles (family
Cicindelide), among which one sees

larly to laymen.

many forms with wing-cases in lus-
trous metallic greens and blues ; the
label gives notes on their structure
and life-habits, saying that they are
predaceous, active creatures, abound-
ing “in paths and sandy
shores of rivers, ponds, and the
ocean”; strong fliers, and slender-
limbed, swift runners ;

sunny

with hideous,
strong-jawed larvee that he in wait
for weaker insects. The Carabidae or
Ground Beetles come next; includ-
ing as most noteworthy the aberrant
Mormolyce from Java, with wing-
vases greatly expanded and leaf-like.
There is a fine display of water
beetles (Dytiscide, Gyrinide, and
Hydrophilide), all of them ovoid
in form, in conformation with their
diving habits, and possessing curious
oar-like legs. The label gives some
good notes on their life-habits, re-
ferring also to the voracious larve
or Water-Tigers, armed with scissor-
like jaws that often snip off the tails
of tadpoles and young fishes. Very
curious are the Rove Beetles (Sfa-

phylinide) with their long, uncoy-

g!I

ered bodies, the hard wing-cases
(elytra) only reaching a short way
down the back. The Skip-Jacks,
Click Beetles, or Elaters ( E/ater7-

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

MONARTHRUM FASCIATUM. EUCONNUS VENTRALIS. COLY DIUM LINEOLA.

PSELAPHUS ERICHSONII. MYODITES FASCIATUS. STILICUS_DENTATUS.

ODONTOTA NERVOSA, TRICHOPTERYX HALDEMANNI. EURYMYCTER FASCIATUS.

(The vertical lines beside the figures indicate the actual lengths of theZspecimens.)

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

de) ave present in crowded ranks.
As everyone knows, they have a
curious hinge on the under side of
their bodies just behind the first
pair of legs; when placed wrong
side up they throw back the thorax
with a sharp click, and the recoil
sends them up in the air, to land
safely “on all sixes.” Here also are
the Cocujo, or Fireflies, of Tropical
America. Among the great host of
the Saw Horned Beetles ( Lupresti-
de) the eye alights quickly on the
superb bronze-tinted Chrysochroas
of China and Japan, and the pris-
matic violets and greens of the Bra-
aihan Huchroma.

The visitor will note the aptness
of the name Stag Horn Beetles
(Lucanide ), particularly in the typ-
ical antlered genus Lucanus cervus
of Linneus. The Scarabaide are
present in closely packed phalanxes
and one can make out very clearly
the “clubbed lamellate antenne, the
terminal joints being expanded into
broad, flat leaves, which at the will
of the insect can be closely shut
into a compact club or loosely ex-
panded fan-like and laid under the
projecting clypeus. . . .” Onealso
notes the “ robust, thick, often square
body, short fossorial legs with large
hooked claws for seizing leaves and
stems.” This family includes the
mammoths among insects, especially
the ponderous drab Elephant Beetles
and the Dynastes hercules of Brazil.

But one might go on indefinitely
in this way, singling out the strik-
ing or curious forms; one cannot
forbear, however, a reference to
some of the larger Weevil Beetles,
with their grotesque elbow-jointed
antenne and the extraordinary elon-
gation of the head into a “snout”
like that of the Great Ant-eater,
the large eyes adding to the whole
a most grotesque effect. For those
interested in the thousands of
beetles to be found within fifty
miles of this city, there is the ex-
tensive local collection in the main
gallery. WK G:
VOLUME XIII OF THE, MU:

SEUM BULLETIN.

=4)HE current volume of
the Bulletin,* which
appeared at the end
of December, contains
twenty - two articles
by the scientific staff of the Mu-
seum ; there are nineteen plates, sev-
enty-five text figures, and 320 pages
of text. We give below a brief sum-
mary of the different articles:

Article ..—The Mountain Cari-
bou of Northern British Columbia.
By J. A. Allen. (With 18 text
figures. )

The fine series of six specimens
upon which this paper is based are
among the results of the Museum

** Bulletin of the American Museum of Nat-
ural History,’ Vol. XIII, 1900, New York.

FHE ‘AMERICAN MUSEUM: JOD haa

Expedition to Arctic America, un-
der Mr. A. J. Stone,
supported by the late Mr. James M.

which was

Constable, and for the continuation
of which
made.*
From various evidence Dr. Allen
had inferred that a third unde-
scribed variety of the Caribou must
exist, and Mr. Stone was not dis-

efforts are now being

appointed in his expectation of dis-
covering it. The specimens were
shot in September, 1897, but owing
chiefly to difficulties of transporta-
tion they did not reach the Museum
until November, 1899. Meanwhile
(August, 1899) Mr. Ernest Seton-
Thompson had named the species
Rangifer montanus from an unde-
scribed mounted specimen in the
Museum at Ottawa. Mr. Seton-
Thompson’s description is now sup-
plemented with further descriptive
notes and comparative tables of
measurements, illustrated by a fine
photographic series of the skulls of
different species of Langifer ; to
this are added Mr. Stone’s valuable
field notes on the habits of the
animal. Dr. Allen concludes that
“when series of specimens of Cart-
bou from different parts of Alaska

and from different parts
of the Northwest Territory are
brought together, it will be found

*See articles in Vol. I, No. p. 31 (May,
1900), and Vol. I, No. 4, p. 51 (November, 1900),
of this journal.

that the Caribous of the region
north of the United States are dif-
ferentiated into quite a number of
well-marked local forms as yet un-
described.”

Art. IL.—Observations on and
Descriptions of Arctic Fossils. By
R. P. Whitfield. (Plates I and IL.)

The specimens were collected in
the arctic region by the Peary
Arctic Expedition of 1898; they
include several new species of corals.

Art. I1].—Description of a new
Crinoid from Indiana. By R. P.
Whitfield. (Plate IV.)

The description of a new “stone-
lily” is illustrated by a beautiful
heliotype plate.

Art. [V.—Note on the principal
type specimen of Mosasaurus maxi-
mus Cope, with illustrations. By R.
P. Whitfield. (Plates [V and V.)

Correction and amplification of
Cope’s description of this great fos-
sil marine lizard from the Cretaceous
of New Jersey.

Art. V.—Some Results of a Nat-
ural History Journey to Northern
British Columbia, Alaska, and the
Northwest Territory, in the Interest
of the American Museum of Natural
History. By A. J. Stone. (With
5 text figures.)

An itinerary is given of the adven-
turous travels of the explorér in a
little-known region; in the “Geo-
graphical Notes” accepted charts and
maps are corrected in several points,

Teh AMERECAN MUSEUM POURN AL

and newly discovered rivers flowing
into the Arctic Ocean are named in
honor of the late Mr. Constable, Mr.
Jesup, Dr. Allen,

The ‘Notes on Mammals’ contain

and others. *
valuable information on the strue-
ture and life-habits of the principal
mammals, including such fast-disap-
pearing forms as the Wood Bison,
Musk Ox, Mountain Sheep; espe-
cially interesting is the account of
the endurance and agility of a
wounded Mountain Sheep.

Art. VI.— Note on the Wood
Bison. By J. A. Allen. Notes on
a recently killed specimen of this
nearly extinct form, the northern
variety of the American Bison,
and (principally) an account of its
decadence.

Art. VII.—Symbolism of the
Arapabo Indians. By Alfred L.
Kroeber. (With 138 text figures.)

The author’s material was gath-
ered for the Museum in connection
with the series of investigations on
the North American Indians. He
shows, among other things, that
every decorative design of the Ara-
paho is also pictorial, and the mean-
ings of the symbols are explained.

Art. VIII.—List of Bats collected
by Mr. H. H. Smith in the Santa
Marta Region of Colombia, with de-
scriptions of new species. By J. A.
Allen.

* See this journal, Vol. I, No. 2 (May, 1900),

p. 32.

This is the second paper of sev-
eral on the collection of mammals
made for the Museum by Mr. Smith
The
collections were presented to the
Museum by Mr. Morris K. Jesup.
Four new species are described.

Art. [X.—Note on an interesting
specimen of Calcite from Joplin,
Missouri. By L. P. Gratacap. (Plate
VI, and 4 text figures.) An ap-
parent crystallographic novelty is

in this little-worked region.

recorded in the relation of the two
rhombohedrons forming the crystals.

Art. X.—A Shell Gorget from
the Huasteca, Mexico. By Mar-
shall H. Saville. (With 3 text fig-
ures. )

An archeological specimen from
the state of Vera Cruz, Mexico, in
the region of the Huastecans, a little-
known branch of the Yucatan Maya
stock. The gorget is a thin conca-
vo-convex plate on which is carved
the figure of a deity.

The author concludes:
there seems to have been a high state
of culture among the Huastecans, as

seen in this beautiful carving, and a
near relationship with the Mayan
mythology, which is indicated by
the close resemblances noted be-
tween the figure and those of the
codices.”

Art. XI.— An Onyx Jar from
Mexico, in Process of Manufacture.
By M. H. Saville. (Plate VIIL)

The specimen was found during

THE AMEPERTCAN MUSED JOT te

the Museum explorations of mounds
and tombs at Xoxo in the state of
Oaxaca. Being an unfinished piece
of work it illustrates clearly the way
in which tubular drills of cane, bone,
or native metal were used to hollow
out stone objects.

Art. XIL—A Cranial Variation
in Macropus bennetti. By B. Ar-
thur Bensley. (With 1 text figure.)
The presence of a supernumerary
bone is recorded in the wall of each
of a Bennett’s
of Kangaroo).

orbit of the skull
Wallaby (a kind
Inasmuch as a pair of similarly
placed bones (prefontals) is charac-
teristic of lower vertebrates their
presence in this specimen may indi.
to an ancestral
W.4kG:

(To be continued, )

eate a reversion

character,

LECTURES, ILLUSTRATED BY
STEREOPTICON VIEWS, TO BE
GIVEN AT THE -MUSEUM DUR-
ING FEBRUARY.

DEPARTMENT OF PUBLIC INSTRUCTION.

Washington’s Birthday, February 22,
(Doors open at o'clock. )

‘Paris.— The

9
o

3.90 P.M.
Prof. Albert S. Bickmore
Banks of the Seine.”

(No tickets are required.)

BOARD OF EDUCATION.

Tuesday evenings at eight o’clock.

(Doors closed during lectures. )
February 5th—‘“ The Navahos of Ari-
zona and New Mexico.” Mr. G. Wharton

James.

February 12th—“ The Isthmian Canal.”
Prof. Emory R. Johnson.

February 19th—‘‘ The Antarctic : The
Cruise of the ‘ Belgica.’” Mr, H. LE.
Bridgman.

February 26th—“ Brazil and Guiana.”
Mrs. Florence J. Stoddard.

(No tickets are required. )

LINN AAN SOCIETY NEW

YORK CEE

Two LrecrurEs oN Naturauists’ TrRav-
ELS, THURSDAY EVENINGS AT
EIGHT O’CLOCK.

February 21st—‘‘ The Sea Gardens of
Bermuda.” Prof. C. L. Bristol, New
York University.

February 28th—‘ A Naturalist on the
Coast of Alaska.” Dr. C. Hart Merriam,
Chief of the Biological Survey, U. 8. De-
partment of Agriculture.

(Admission by ticket. )

COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY.

Four LrecrurEes oN TREES, Parks, AND
GARDENS, SatuRDAY EVENINGS
AT EIGHT O’CLOCK.

February 2—‘‘ Trees and Plants in the
Gardens of the Renaissance.” Prof. A.
D. F. Hamlin.

February 9—“ The Life of a Tree and
the Life of a Forest.” Mr.C. P. Warren.
16—** How to Distinguish
Mr. C. P. Warren.

February 23—‘ Trees and Shrubs for
Shade and Ornament in Landscape Gar-
Mr. Samuel Parsons, Jr.

February

the Trees.”

dening.”

(Tickets of
They can be procured, without charge,
by application to the Secretary of Colum-

admission are required.

bia University. )

American Museum Journal

Volume I

FEBRUARY-MARCH, 1901

Numbers 7-8

NOTES AND NEWS.

Toe Annuat Meerrine of the
Trustees of the American Museum
of Natural History was held at
the residence of the President on the
evening of February 11, 1901; the
following officers and committees
were elected for the coming year:
President, Morris K. Jesup; /7rst
Vice-President, William E. Dodge ;
Second Vice-President, Henry F.
Osborn ; Zreasurer, Charles Lanier ;
Assistant to the President, Hermon
C. Bumpus; Secretary and Assist-
ant Treasurer, John H. Winser;
Executive Committee, Morris K. Jes-
up, Charles Lanier, William E.
Dodge, J. Hampden Robb, Anson
W. Hard, H. O. Havemeyer, Fred-
erick E. Hyde, Percy R. Pyne;
Auditing Committee, Anson W.
Hard, Gustav E. Kissel, George G.
Haven, The President ex-officio ;
Finance Committee, J. Pierpont
Morgan, Charles Lanier, D. O.
Mills, D. Willis James, The Presi-
dent ex-officio; Nominating Com-
mittee, D. O. Mills, William E.
Dodge, The President ex-officio.

It was unanimously voted that the
report of Mr. Abram 8. Hewitt on
the Bement Collection of Minerals
and the Tiffany Collection of Gems

and Pearls be engrossed, and that a

copy be forwarded to the donor, Mr.
J. Pierpont Morgan.

The work of installing these great
collections in the exhibition halls is
now going on, but will not be com-
pleted before next fall. As soon as
the collections are ready for inspec-
tion, Museum members and the pub-
he will notified. Illustrated
descriptions of these collections will

then be published in this journal.

The Trustees adopted resolutions
of thanks to Mr. Andrew E. Doug-
lass, who has presented to the
Museum his valuable archzeological
collection.

The Trustees also voted that the
name of Andrew E. Douglass should
be entered on the roll of Patrons of
the Museum.

To Messrs. B. T. Babbitt Hyde
and Frederick E. Hyde, Jr., the Trus-
tees extended their hearty thanks for
the gift of several large collections
illustrating the
ethnology of the southwestern por-
tions of the United States, and for
the great assistance which they have
given to the Department of Anthro-
pology by their patronage in detray-
ing the expenses of the archeological
and ethnological expeditions which
for the past five years have annually

archeology and

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

added to scientific knowledge, and
have provided the Museum with
valuable material for exhibit and
further research.

In resolutions addressed to Mr.
Fordham Morris the Trustees ac-
cepted with grateful thanks the
portrait of Audubon, the Naturalist,
painted by his sons John and Victor
Audubon, and directed that it be
permanently placed in the reading
room of the library.

[Inasmuch as a number of me-
mentos of the great naturalist are
already exhibited in the Museum
additional gifts illustrative of his life
and work would now be of especial
educational and historic value.
Very desirable is a copy of the
“elephant folio” edition of “The
Birds of America” (1836). |

Resolutions of thanks were also
addressed to the Very Reverend
Eugene A. Hoffman, D.D., LL.D.,
etc., who, as recorded in a previous
number of this journal,* presented
a representative collection of the but-
terflies of North and South America
and Asia, aggregating five thousand
specimens.

OrBICULAR GRANITE FROM Swe:
DEN AND Frynanp.—In February
the Department of Geology obtained
by purchase a handsome slab four
feet long by one foot wide of

* Vol. I, No. 1, April, 1900, pp. 15, 16.

orbicular granite from Kortfors, dis-
trict of Orebro, Sweden. This
granite, which is sometimes called
a “pudding granite,” looks some-
what like a conglomerate, but the
round, black masses in it are not
water-worn pebbles like those of a
conglomerate; they are segregations
of black oxide of iron, with some
black mica, and brown hornblende
and a small amount of feldspar,
which formed in and from the gen-
eral mass of the rock while that was
The dif-

ferent layers or zones of these balls

still in a molten condition.

differ somewhat from. one another
The slab
has been placed temporarily on the
top shelf of case S at the north end
of the Geological Hall, where it may
be readily compared with the two
handsome blocks of somewhat simi-
lar rock from Finland which are
now in case A on the opposite side
of the same hall.

in chemical composition.

The orbicular granite from Fin-
land, a photograph of which illus-
trates this note, differs from that
from Sweden in several points, the
most immediately striking of which
is that of the size of the balls. The
globular masses in the Finland gran-
ite are very much larger than those
of the Swedish rock, several of them
having a maximum diameter of eight
and one-half inches. In the Finnish
rock the black material is nearly all
black mica, while the light-colored

fee AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

portion contains
both quartz and
feldspar. A sec-
ond at
the photograph
shows that
these masses are

olance
us

not spherical in
form, and it has
been proven that
they are ellip-
solids of three
dimensions.
Another inspec:
tion calls our at-
tention to the
fact that the
outer rings ofall &
the balls in this mee
block are notcon-
tinuous. This was
caused by some change in the molten
rock which raised its temperature
again or in some other way caused
the outer portions of these already
solidified masses to be redissolved
or melted off by the other part of
Another large block
of Finnish granite, which stands
near the one which was_ photo-
graphed, differs from it in having
the balls
larger proportion of feldspar and
quartz, the black mica being mostly
confined to the outer rings. In
both these Finnish specimens and
in that from Sweden the minerals
composing the concretions are ar-

the roeck-mass.

contain a very much

BLOCK OF ORBICULAR GRANITE FROM KANGASNIEMI,

FINLAND.

ranged with their longer crystal
axes radiating from the centre like
the spokes of a wheel, although the
mica flakes are sometimes tangen-
tial, while the minerals composing
the rest of the rock have solidified
without arranging themselves in
any definite manner with reference
to one another.

Although orbicular granites and
diorites are known from. several
parts of the world, they are suffi-
ciently rare to be of great interest to
all students of rocks, and the three
specimens to which this note refers
form a noteworthy addition to the

collection in the Geological Hall.

sO Ee

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOUER 2s

LECTURES, ILLUSTRATED BY

STEREOPTICON VIEWS, TO BE
GIVEN AT THE MUSEUM DUR-
ING APRIL.

BOARD OF EDUCATION.
(Lectures begin promptly at 8 p.m.)

Tuesday, April 2d, Mr. Walter P.
Terry —“ The Pan-American Exposi-
tion.”

Tuesday, April 9th, Mr. Peter Mac-
Queen— The Philippines.”

Tuesday, April 16th, Dr. John C, Bow-
ker—‘ Spain.”

Tuesday, April 23d, Mr. Peter Mac-
Queen—“ Campaigning in South Africa.”

Tuesday, April 30th, Dr. James Rose-
dale—‘‘ Life in Palestine.”

Illustrated by songs and costumes.

Recent Accessions To THE Dr-
PARTMENT OF MamMats AND Birps.
—Through an expedition to Kenai
Peninsula by Mr. Andrew J. Stone
in the interests of The American
Museum of Natural History, the
Museum has received some fine
specimens of the Big Alaskan
Moose, recently described as A/ces
gigas. This animal is the largest
known representative of the Deer
tribe, and differs from the Moose of
eastern Canada and Maine in its
larger size and darker colors, but
especially in the great development
of its antlers, which are much larger
than those of the eastern Moose.
Mr. Stone also obtained specimens
of two species of Bear and a head
of a fine Caribou.

Other recent accessions of note
are a collection of mammals from
Peru, consisting of about one hun-
dred and fifty specimens and repre-
senting some twenty-five species, of
which quite a number proved new
to science and others had been only
recently described from specimens

received at the British Museum.
With this collection was also re-

ceived a small collection of birds,
which contained many species new
to the Museum collection and sev-
eral new to science.

This and other small collections
received from different parts of
South America show that even the
birds and mammals of this region
are still very imperfectly known.
It would be greatly to the advan-
tage of the Museum if it could send
a trained collector to the less known
parts of South America, Not only
is the Museum lacking in material
from that continent, for exhibition
and study, but recent experience
shows there is a rich harvest in
store for any enterprising institu-
tion that will take advantage of
it.

Erieut Hunprep Specimens of
South American and Indian But-
terflies, donated last year by the
Very Rev. E. A. Hoffman, have been
mounted.

Dean Hoffman has also author-
ized the curator of the Department

Cele)

js 3 Ml

AMERICAN MUS

EUM JOURNAL

ANTLERS OF ALCES GIGAS, 74 INCHES SPREAD.

of Entomology to purchase any
specimens of North American But-
terflies not already represented in
the collection given by him to the
Museum.

Dr. F. C. Nicholas has presented
two specimens of the rare Papilio
homerus from Jamaica.

by Vol. I, No. 3, p. 36 of this
journal it was stated that “ the draw-
ings and preparation of the plans
for the new building” were “ finally
assigned to Calvert Vaux . es
aes “that the design offered by i

Vaux was accepted.” This was

IOl

meant to refer only to the plan and
not to the entire We
quote from the remarks of President

structure.

Jesup made at the reception tend-
ered by the Trustees, in commemor-
ation of the opening of the new

auditorium, Wednesday, October
30, 1900:
“ . . . it would not be right for me

to close my remarks at this time with-
out mentioning the architects who have
planned, designed and constructed this
hall. I refer to Messrs. Cady, Berg and
See. These gentlemen have had the con-
struction of these buildings from the very
and by the magnificence,

of the buildings you

beginning :
utility and beauty

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

are yourselves the best judges of the way
in which they have performed their
duties.”

Tur Paper by Dr. Hrdlicka in
Volume XII of the Museum ‘ Bul-
letin’ entitled “Description of an
ancient anomalous skeleton from
the Valley of Mexico, with special
reference to supernumerary and bi-
cipital ribs in man,” has been trans-
lated into Spanish by Professor A.
L. Herrera of the National Museum
of Mexico, and published in the
Annals of that important institution.
The material upon which the paper
was based is one of the many valua-
ble finds of the Hyde Southwestern
Expeditions.

Museum Ixiusrrarep Lectures
on Paris. — Professor Bickmore’s
lectures on the Paris Exposition are
being splendidly supplemented by
his new series on Paris. The Mus-
eum system of visual instruction,
which is now highly organized and
efficient, has been developed in order
to bring into contact with the great-
ness and beauty of the world both
the teachers and pupils of the public

schools of New York State. In this
latest series of lectures there are

thrown on the great twenty five-
foot screens over three hundred
views of stereoscopic clearness and
depth, illustrative of the most glor-
ious city in all the world,
Compared with these views ordi-

nary photographic reproductions can
only faintly suggest the charm of the
reality. As one follows the well-
planned lecture one begins to under-
stand the mystery and nobility of the
medizval Notre Dame, as described
by Victor Hugo, one appreciates bet-
ter the courtyard at Fontainebleau
where the Corsican took sad leave of
his veterans of the Old Guard,—or
the gallery of battles at Versailles,
which shows him as the storm-king,
in the vortex of Rivoli, Austerlitz,
Jena, Friedland. The representa-
tive view here reproduced shows the
interior of the Museum of Zodlogy
in the Jardin des Plantes.

Tur ANTHROPOLOGICAL AND Z06-
LOGICAL material secured incident-
ally by Mr. Barnum Brown in the
course of his search for fossil mam-
mals and birds in Patagonia has
been transferred by the Depart-
ment of Vertebrate Paleontology,
which conducted the expedition,
to the Departments of Anthropol-
ogy and Invertebrate Zodlogy. The
anthropological material illustrates,
to some extent, the culture and
physical characteristics of several
rapidly diminishing tribes of Pata-
gonia and Terra del Fuego, especi-
ally the Tehueleches, who are noted
for their height.

The DEpaRTMENT OF ORNITHOL-
ogy has recently placed on exhibi-
tion in the local Bird Hall a unique

102

THE

AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

INTERIOR OF THE MUSEUM OF ZOOLOGY IN THE JARDIN DES PLANTES.

A representative view from the lectures on Paris.

collection of photographs from na-
ture, illustrating the nests, with
eggs or young, of most of the
species of birds which breed in
the region about New York City.
The negatives from which the
photographs were taken were, with
some exceptions, loaned for this
purpose by the Department of Pub-
he Instruction; this Department
having, during the past four years,
spared no efforts to secure the most

desirable illustrative material of
this kind.

These photographs demonstrate
very clearly the value of the cam-
era in the study of birds in na-
ture. Not only is it possible to
photograph the nest with its sur-
roundings, but by the exercise of
much patience and ingenuity the
adult bird may be photographed
while on the nest. Pictures may

also be made of the young birds,

103

TEE. OMe DL CCAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

From nature by E. G. Tabor.

From negative in Dept. of Publi

elected to the
office of Presi-
dent and Miss
E. H. Lock-
wood to that
of Secretary-
Treasurer,—
and addresses
by Hon. Charles
R. Skinner, Dr.
T. S. Palmer,
William Dutch-
er, and Frank
M. Chapman.
Mr. Skinner
spoke of the
‘Educational

Value of Bird

Instruction.

NEST AND EGGS OF GREEN HERON.

showing their condition at various
ages and development from day to
day.

Bird and nest photography is as
yet in its infancy, but the camera
has already proved of so great as-
sistance to the ornithologist that the
next few years will doubtless wit-
hess a great advance in apparatus as
well as in methods. FE. M. C,

Tue Frirra Annuat MEETING oF
THE AuDUBON Soctety of New York
State was held in the large lecture
hall of the Museum on March 8,
1901. Morris K.
Jesup, presided.

The President,

The exercises included the an-

nual election,—Mr. Jesup being re-

Study,’ which,
with the study of the more com-
mon forms of animal and plant
life about us, he characterized as of
more importance than the study, in
a foreign tongue, of events which
transpired 2000 years ago. He em-
phasized especially the elevating,
purifying influence of contact with
nature, and heartily endorsed all
educational work which would tend
to give us a practical knowledge of
creatures with which we might daily
come in contact.

Dr. Palmer, who is in charge of
the enforcement of the Lacey Act,
the federal law regulating the im-
portation, transportation, and sale of
animals, spoke of the necessity for
laws designed to protect non-game

104

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

as well as game birds, and explained
in detail the relation of the federal
to state laws; the most important
provision of the federal Jaw mak-
ing an animal subject to the laws
of whatever State or Territory it
chances to be in.

Mr. Chapman reviewed the work
of the Audubon Societies and com-
mented on the remarkable results
they had accomplished with very
limited means.

Mr. Dutcher exhibited a series of
slides, made by himself, on the
Maine coast during July, 1900, and
showing certain of the larger col-
onies of Herring Gulls which had
been protected from the demands of
feather hunters by wardens whose
services Mr. Dutcher had secured
by means of the Thayer Fund.

AMONG THE
ARCH Z0LOGI-
CAL SPECIMENS
from a mound
in St. Clare
County, I11., pre-
sented by Mr.
Bertrand Bell, a
life member of
the Museum, is
the pottery ves-
sel here figured ;
which is of a
well-known
type, represent-
ing a beaver.

From nature by E. G. Tabor.

TO5

The beaver is indicated by the head
with prominent incisor teeth, gnaw-
ing a rounded stick, the ends of
which are grasped by the paws ; the
hind legs are on the sides of the ves-
sel near the rim, the characteristic
flat tail of the beaver forming a pro-
The col-
lection also contains a large number
of fine flint implements, and five ear

jection opposite the head.

ornaments made of stone, covered
with copper.

Mr. Ernest VoLxk is now at the
Museum arranging for exhibition the
archzeological material which he has
found in the glacial deposits and in
several Indian sites near Trenton, N.
J. One of the many bits of pottery
obtained from the Indian site .on
the lowlands near Trenton is here

From negative in Dept. of Public Instruction.

NEST AND YOUNG OF GREEN HERON.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOT Nate

was fitted over this vessel while the
clay was still moist. Such specimens
enable the archzeologist to study the
prehistoric fabrics of the eastern
United States for comparison with
those of living tribes. Thus, on this
insignificant fragment of a broken
pot, we have impressed the size of the
mesh and of the twist of the cord and
the sort of knot that was used. These
features are well brought out in the
impression made by the specimen in
soft clay, as illustrated in the left-
hand figure. As pointed out ina
former note in this journal,* such
fragmentary specimens are often of
more evidential value than
and beautiful objects.

entire

Mr. M. H. Savirtze, in charge of
the Museum explorations at Mitla
in the State of Oaxaca, Mexico,
writes to Professor Putnam under

* Vol. I, No. 3, p. 46.

date of February 3, 1901, as fol-

lows:

“T have telegraphed to Mr. Jesup in-
forming him of the discovery which I have
just made of basement galleries under
one of the largest edifices at Mitla. This
is perhaps the most important discovery
I have yet I have
finished excavating the courtyard of the

made in Mexico.
quadrangle of the subterranean galleries
(see Stevens’ work) and the work has
been very successful from the scientific
standpoint. Until had no
knowledge of the substructures of Mitla
(see Bandelier’s work), and on account of
the debris which filled the courtyard, the
buildings have presented a flat dwarfed

now, we

appearance placed on rude mounds. Now
that the court of this group is cleared,
the buildings are ‘at last seen placed on
substructures of the same height as the
edifices, with platforms and sloping faced
walls of stone beautifully laid and reached
This
court is absolutely square,—117 feet N.
and §., and W. The
bases are in correct proportion to the size
the.
buildings appear elevated to their proper

by graceful flights of stone steps.
and the same E.

of the ‘palaces, and as cleared

100

THE

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

FRAGMENT OF POTTERY FROM AN ANCIENT INDIAN SITE NEAR TRENTON.

height above the cement floor of the court.
In several places where the lower steps
have been injured, they had been re-
paired with cement. The base was coy-
ered with a thin coating of cement painted
red, and the courtyard floor was also
painted red, as well as the buildings
themselves.
form galleries is in the floor of the court
at the point which I have marked in the
photograph. I shall have a full series of
views, later, of the court and different

The entrance to the ecruci-

buildings, as well as flash-light views of
the interior of the ‘Tomb.’ It is about
45 feet long and 45 feet from the end of
one arm to the end of the other. The
door faces the west, sealed by a large
stone which had been thrown there by
the Spaniards; but no vandalism had
been committed, so that the chambers
are in a perfect state of preservation.
The grecque panels show one new de-

107

sion.

: The cross proper is nearly 9 feet
in height. President Diaz has expressed
his pleasure at the discovery in a tele-

gram to Batres. 2

VOLUME XIII OF THE
SHUM BULLETIN.
(Continued. )

ze RT. XVII.*— Cruci-
| form Structures near
Mitla. By M. H. Sa-
ville. (Plates VIII-
XVII and 8 text fig-

MU-

ures. )
Although
tion had been accomplished at the

considerable explora-

* Arts. XIII-XVI are here placed after Art.
XVII.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

ruined city of Mitla, in the State of
Oaxaca, Mexico, very little had
been done toward excavating the
structures underground, until the
American Museum began the work
which it has been carrying on un-
der the terms of an agreement with
the Republic of Mexico. This paper
deals with only a single feature of
the Mitla remains, namely the cruci-
form structures or tombs of the
ancient priests, which are by far the
most elaborate and important burial
chambers found in the New World,
both in size and in beauty of stone

Bulletin A. M. N. H., Vol. XIII, Pl. XI.

work. Four of these are described
and figured. The curious mosaic
patterns on some of the walls recall
similar mosaic work on certain
Mayan ruins in Yucatan.

Art. XIII—A New Species of
Pleistocene Horse from the Staked
Piains of Texas. By J. W. Gidley.
(With 5 text figures.)

The type of this species (Aguus
scott?) was found in the Pleistocene
Equus Beds of Texas. This was
one of the last of the great line of
native horses in America, the evolu-
tion of which, from the smal] four-

Pern,

‘ ad,
AGE hey

A CRUCIFORM TOMB NEAR MITLA.

108

PH AMERICAN MUSEUM. SOURN AL

PALACE OF MITLA MENTIONED IN MR. SAVILLE’S LETTER SHOWING PRELIMINARY EXCAVATION IN THE PLAZA.

toed Hyracothere onward, is so well
illustrated in the Museum collec-
tions. This species was “an animal
with a head about the size of a large
draught-horse but with the height
of body and weight of limbs of an
ordinary western pony, witha length
of body very similar to that of the
zebra or quagga.” It is here com-
pared by description and illustration
with the Domestic Horse (Aguus
caballus).

Art. XIV.—List of Birds col-
lected in the District of Santa Marta,
Colombia, by Mr. Herbert H. Smith.
By J. A. Allen. As _ indicated
previously (Art. VIII.), the region is
peculiarly attractive as being almost

wholly unworked by zodlogists.
The list includes 388 species, several
being new to science. The collec-
tion was presented by Mr. Jesup.

Art. XV.—Note on the Generic
Names, Didelphis and Philander.
By J. A. Allen. <A critical analysis
and untangling of the confusion in
the use of names for the different
varieties of the American Opos-
sums.

Art. XVI.—Description of New
American Marsupials. By J. A.
Allen. Nine new species and sub-
species of opossums are recorded,
based on specimens from South and
Central America and on material
already in the Museum.

109

EU AGE Bel CVA

MUSEUM JOURNAL

Art. X VIIJ.—On Mammals col-
lected in Southeastern Peru by Mr.
H. H. Keays, with Descriptions of
New Species. By J. A. Allen.

Based on two small collections of
mammals made near Lake Titicaca,
at an altitude of about 6000 feet.
The collections number only 18
species but contain several not pre-
viously described and others of
special interest; among these are
the web-footed Opossum Chironectes
and a new species of the very rare
rodent genus Dactylomys.

Art. XIX.—Phylogeny of the
Rhinoceroses of Europe. (Rhinoe-
eros Contribution No, 5.) By Henry
Fairfield Osborn. (With 16 text
figures. )

This paper deals with the numer-
ous species of fossil Rhinoceroses of
Europe; besides setting forth a
hypothesis of descent it is a prelim-
inary statement of very interesting
results in the classification and com-
parative anatomy of the different
phyla or genealogical lines of this
extensive and confusing group;
which results were obtained by
visits in 1898 and 1900 to all the
principal museums of Europe. The
study was undertaken preparatory to
the writing of Part IL of the author's
memoir on the extinet Rhinoceroses
of America on account of the very
close and puzzling relations between
the types of the New and Old
Worlds. The author

makes con-

stant use of his long investigations
on the time-relations between the
many geological horizons of the
Tertiary or Age of Mammals in
Europe and America; some new
conceptions are worked out in the
classification ; upwards of 25 species
are described and assigned to their
proper chronological and systematic
position, and several new species
are established; the fundamental
idea being that the different known
rhinoceros groups have not been
evolved the but
that they preserve their separate

one from other
identity as far back as the known
eological record runs.

Art. XX.—Oxyena and Patrio-

er
oO

felis restudied as Terrestrial Creo-

donts. By Henry Fairfield Osborn.
(Plates XVIII and XLX, and 4 text
figures.)

Two very interesting creodonts or
primitive carnivores from the Lower
Middle Eocene period had
been described by Dr. Wortman in

and

previous volumes of the Bulletin.
The shghter form, Oxryana, from
the Lower Eocene, if not the direct
ancestor, at least stood very close to
the line of the stouter Patriofelis
the Middle Eocene. The
skeletons of both these forms, hav-
ing been restudied with the results
outlined below, are now remounted
and placed on exhibition; they are
here figured in the plates. “ After
a searching comparison he [ Dr.

from

Ito

THE

AMERICAN N

LUSEUM JOURNAL

Wortman| concluded that Patrio-
Felis was probably aquatic in habit
and possibly ancestral to the modern
Pinnipedia [aquatic Carnivora, 7. ¢.,
Sea-bears, Walruses, Seals]. A
careful restudy of the entire evi-
dence led the writer to the opposite
conclusion that these were power-
ful terrestrial or partly arboreal
animals, analogous to the cats in
habits of feeding.” In working out
this conclusion a new method of de-
termining the angulation of the foot
bones is applied, much new light is
thrown on the remarkable dentition,
and a further analysis of the ana-
tomical characters shows that the
resemblances of these forms with
the Pinnipedia do not indicate any
direct relationship, but are a com-
mon inheritance from a much older
parent stock.

Art. XXIJI.— Bilateral Division
of the Parietal Bone in a Chimpan-
zee; with a Special Reference to
the Oblique Sutures in the Parietal.
By Ales Hrdlicka. (With six text
figures. )

The Chimpanzee “Chico,” form-
erly exhibited in the Central Park
Menagerie, the mounted skin of
which can now be seen at this
Museum, was found to possess a
skull with unique parietal sutures,

“The divisions of the parietal bones
which the specimen presents are not
only the first complete divisions of the
parietal observed in a chimpanzee, but

are also unique in character, no divisions
of the same nature having been observed
before, either in man, in apes, or in
monkeys.”

The three possible ways in which
such a suture can have arisen are
discussed with reference to similar
cranial variations in the higher apes,
in human embryos and in adults.

Art. XXIJ.—A Study of the
Genus Sturnella. By Frank M.
Chapman. (With six text figures.)

The Meadowlark ranges from
northern South America to the
Plains of Saskatchewan and_in-
cludes two types or forms, one
of which is dark, the other light
The former, Sturnella
magna, has a very wide distribu-
tion and varies considerably in color

in color.

and size, giving rise to local races,
which are here enumerated with
their The second form,
Sturnella magna neglecta, is subject
to comparatively little variation ; it
is smaller and lighter in color than
magna. The relationships of the
two forms to each other have long
constituted one of the leading prob-
lems in the classification of North
American Birds, and its solution is
the object of the present paper; the
greatly increased collections from
previously unrepresented areas now
giving the investigator opportuni-
ties which have before been lack-
ing. After settling the character-
istics of the different races of these

ranges,

IIl

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

two forms, the author approaches
the subject of their relationships by
an examination of specimens from
the area where their ranges come
together. A small part of the con-
clusions suggested by the present
material is thus expressed :

* Assuming that the Meadowlarks origi-
nated in the humid tropics, we have as
the ancestral form a dark bird, which,
spreading northward along the coast and
over the Mexican table-lands, retained
The

originated, therefore, in

its dark colors in humid regions.
neglecta type
arid portions of the table-lands of Mex-
ico, where its range is bounded on the
south by the humid valley of Mex-
ico. a

Wo Ge

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NATURAL, DISTORY,

(Continued. )

=i mineral collection,
| which defi-
with the
purchase of the Bai-
ley Collection in 1874,
stored at the Arsenal,
and finally transferred to the Geo-
logical Hall of the present building
in 1882. Its attractive features:
the beauty of crystalline outlines,
the variety of coloring, and the
numerous combinations of species,

assumed
nite form

was first

besides some partial economic and

industrial aspects involved in it,—
made it a cynosure of visitors in
the midst of its less brilliant sur-
roundings. Through many gifts and
constant purchases, it has expanded
much beyond its first limits.

Three significant incidents in its
history, under the presidency of
Mr. Jesup, have been the munificent
donation by Mr, J. Pierpont Mor-
gan of the Tiffany Gem Collection,
the donation by the Copper Queen
Consolidated Mining Co, of Arizona,
of the incomparable suite of velvet
Malachites and Azurites and copper
ores, and the increase and general
improvement through the purchase
of the Spang Collection in 1891.
All these events in the history of
the collection and its growth formed
a natural preparation for the sud-
den and most remarkable transform-
ation in its character through the
acquisition of the Bement Collec-
tion, another of Mr. Morgan’s great
gifts. This last accession is so ex-
traordinary that little more than the
record, in this history, of its present
possession by the Museum need be
made. In addition to this accession
the Museum received in 1900 the
second great gem collection pre-
pared by Tiffany & Co. This also
Mr. Morgan. A
the character and
these new collee-
tions will be offered later under a
separate title.

was donated by
eareful survey of
contents of both

I1l2

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM

JOURNAL

THE GEOLOGICAL HALL AS IT APPEARED IN 1895.

The conchological section of the
Department of Geology was in1-
tially represented by the Jay (Wolfe
Memorial) collection of shells. This
was more than doubled by the pur-
chase in 1893 of the famous Haines
cabinet, and by the donation of the
Crooke collection of land _ shells.
The addition of this enormous mass
of new material has reopened the
labors of assimilation and catalogu-
ing, by no means as yet completed.

It seemed fitting that the dest.
nation of the magnificent cabinet of
shells of Mr. Haines should be in
the Museum which his zeal and inde-

fatigable attention has so
This addition

raised the quality and scope

greatly
assisted. cer-

tainly

has

of the shell cabinet almost beyond
To-day the speci-
mens number over 100,000, embrac-

ate |

computation.

ing more than 15,000 species.
D. Jackson Steward in 1890 pre-
sented his private cabinet of shells.

They had been selected with ref-
erence to their beauty; Mr. Stew-
ard’s love of color and his very

just appreciation of perfection in a
specimen led him to prize esthetic
rather than scientific features. The
collection is kept separate from the

re]

THE
main collection, and it is hoped to
develop from it an illustration of
the Lamarckian system of nomen-
clature.

The collection of univalves, ma-
rine and land, to which there have
lately added the lamelli-
branchs, as now installed on the
fifth floor of the central south build-
ing presents a very attractive and

been

almost brilliant display of color and
form.
not an elastic one, has the merit, in

The system adopted, while

popular appreciation, of beauty and
distinction.
The section of Invertebrate Zo-
ology, in the Department of Ge-
ology, except in regard to shells,
developed slowly through the first
years of the Museum’s life, and is

Nat-

urally oifts of corals, crabs, lobsters,

yet most imperfectly formed.

sponges, and sea-urchins would very
quickly find their way to a museum
of natural history, and before the
Museum collection left the Arsenal
the Medary corals from Florida
were purchased. But the founda-
tion of the present exhibit was laid
in a collection of corals presented
by Mr. Percy R. Pyne, a beautiful
gift of one hundred and twenty-
five specimens, from Florida and
the Pacific Ocean. When upon the
death of Dr. Holder this collection
and the miscellaneous material asso-
ciated with it came under the con-
trol of Professor Whitfield, the

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

A EE A

latter secured some room for it, and
a sort of provisional installation.
Professor Whitfield added exten-
sively to it by purchase and _ collec-
tion during his trips in the Bahamas
and to the Bermudas, and to his
zeal the superb examples of Madre-
pora palmata and Orbicella stellaris
are due.

A very important addition was
made by Mr. William E. Dodge in
1898, in a gift of exquisitely pre-
pared specimens of marine life from
the Zodlogical Station at Naples,
secured there by Dr. E. O. Hovey.
These beautiful objects, the flowers
of the animal world, were received in
glass jars, and formed a suggestion
of the almost boundless possibilities
in beauty and instruction that this
department may eventually realize,

The wonderful variety of the hy-
drozoans and actinozoans, embracing
the medusas, acalephs, jelly-fishes,
sea-anemones, and sea-pens, with all
the added wonders of the sea worms,
tunicates, molluscs, and crustaceans,
reveal to the mind a field of museum
exploration almost inexhaustible,
This field, now under the care of a
separate department, remains to be
appropriated,

Three departments have practi-
eally arisen under the administration
of Mr. Jesup: that of Entomol-
ogy, Vertebrate Palzeontology, and
Archeology and Ethnology.

Among the first interests of the

114

THE

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURN

vA L

Museum was that in insects, when
Baron R. Osten Sacken, Coleman T.
Robinson, and R. A. Witthaus, Jr.,
became donors of large collections
which were afterwards enlarged by
eifts from Lord Walsingham; but
the misfortunes of pest invasions
had seriously impaired the value of
these, and, until Mr. Beutenmiiller’s
appointment as Curator of Ento-
mology in 1889, the collection of

insects, while of interest and not
inconsiderable in numbers, was

abortive and rudimentary.

Mr. Jesup felt an especial interest
in the stability and advance of this
department, as its close connection,
in its economic aspects, with the
Department of Forestry and the
Jesup Collection of Woods was un-
mistakable. At the meeting of the
Executive Committee (February 8,
1899) it was resolved: “That in the
opinion of this Committee it is very
important for the proper develop-
ment of the Museum that it should
include a Department of Entomol-
ogy and that such a department be,
and is hereby established.”

In accordance with this resolution
Mr. William Beutenmiiller was made
Curator, and since his instalment
the additions by purchase, by re-
markable gifts, and by his own
activity have given it an enviable
reputation.

L. P. Graracap.

(To be Continued. )

graphs in the ‘ Memoirs,’

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERI.
CAN MUSEUM OF NAT.-
URAL HISTORY.

I.—ANTHROPOLOGICAL SERIES.

eee. Bathe this anes of
anthropological con-
tributions it will be
of advantage to touch
upon the principal expeditions and

tis

ett

4 a hevete see EDS

explorations maintained by the Mu-
seum, which furnish the collections
and data treated of in the ‘ Memoirs’

the ‘ Bulletin.’
and aim of these undertakings are

and in The scope
partially indicated by the great col-
lections, illustrative of the laws gov-
erning the growth of human culture,
that are resulting from them.

The Jesup Nortn Pacreic Expr-
DITION was organized for the investi-
gation of the tribes, present and
past, of the whole coast region of
the North Pacific Ocean. Part of
the vast quantity of material already
brought together from this expedi-
tion is displayed in the ethnologi-
eal halls, forming an exhibit of the
highest educational and_ technical
value. The culture and_ physical
characteristies of the tribes of Alaska
and British Columbia as thus far in-
vestigated by the Expedition has
been the subject of eight mono-
and of a

‘Ethnographical Album,’ of

serial

115

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

which Part I, containing twenty-
eight plates, was issued last year.

The RrsrarcuEes oN THE Nort
American InprAns have as a special
object the description and interpre-
tation of the vanishing customs both
of the Indians of the Plains and of
several important, rapidly diminish-
ing tribes of California and Wash-
ington. Recent volumes of the
‘Bulletin’ have contained some of
the first fruits of this work.

The Hype SourHwestERN EXPre-
DITION carries similar methods and
aims into the region of the Pueblo
tribes and cliff-dwellings, where it is
conducting a general archeological
and anthropometric survey.

The Mexican and CENTRAL
American EXPEDITIONS are pouring
into the Museum halls a great
stream of material for exhibition and
research, which is contributing to
the solution of many fascinating
problems presented by the ancient
civilizations of Mexico and Central
America. <A part of the work done
in Mexico is represented by Dr.
Lumholtz’s memoir on the ‘Symbol-

ism of the MHuichol Indians,’
which is elsewhere treated in this
number.

The Peruvian Exprepririon: The
extensive collections made by Dr.
Bandelier in Peru and Bolivia illus-
trate the highest stage of civilization
attained in prehistoric time in South
America.

Bearing in mind this partial enu-
meration of the mainsprings of
American Museum studtes in An-
thropology we may take up in turn
the different Memoirs.

Anthropology I, Part I—Facial
Paintings of the Indians of North-
ern British Columbia. By Franz
Boas. 24 pp., 4to., Pll. I-VI.

This paperis the first of the
series on the Jesup Expedition.
The introduction gives an exposi-
tion of the main purposes of the
expedition, which is of such impor-
tance and interest as to warrant our
quoting it at some length.

* Anthropology has reached that point
of development where the careful investi-
gation of facts shakes our firm belief in
the far-reaching theories that have been
built up. The complexity of each phe-
nomenon dawns on our minds, and makes
proceeding more cau-
tiously. have seen the
features common to all human thought.
Now we begin to see their differences.
We recognize that these are no less im-
portant than their similarities, and the
detailed studies becomes ap-
parent. Our aim has not changed, but
our method must change. We are still
searching for the laws that govern the
growth of culture, of human
thought ; but we recognize the fact that
before we seek for what is common to all
culture, we must analyze each culture by
careful and exact methods, as the geolo-
gist analyzes the succession and order of

us desirous of
Heretofore we

value of

human

deposits, as the biologist examines the
forms of living matter. We see that the
growth of human culture manifests itself
in the growth of each special culture.

116

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

Thus we have come to understand that
before we can build up the theory of the
growth of all human culture, we must
know the growth of cultures that we find
here and there among the most primitive
tribes of the Arctic, of the deserts of
Australia, and of the impenetrable forests
of South America; and the progress of
the civilization of antiquity and of our
own times.
reconstruct the actual history of man-
kind, before we can hope to discover the
laws underlying that history.

We must, so far as we can,

“These thoughts underlie the concep-
tion of the Jesup North Pacific Expe-
dition. Its aim is the investigation of
the history of man in a well-defined area,
in which problems of great importance
await solution. The expedition has for
its object the investigation of the tribes,
present and past, of the coasts of the
North Pacific Ocean, beginning at the
Amoor River in Asia, and extending
northeastward to Bering Sea, thence
southeastward along the American coast
as far as Columbia River.

“The peculiar interest that attaches
to this region is founded on the fact
that here the Old World and the New
come into close contact. The geographi-
cal conditions favor migration along the
coast line, and exchange of culture. Have
such migrations, has such exchange of
culture, taken place ? This question is of
great interest theoretically. The Ameri-
can continent is widely separated from
the land area of the Old World, so that
the geographical conditions are in favor
of the presumption that in the New
World culture developed uninfluenced by
causes acting in the Old World. Through-
out the Old World migrations have
brought the peoples of the most distant
areas into hostile or peaceful contact, so
that there is hardly a tribe that might be

considered as uninfluenced by others. If
the development of culture in the New
World has been quite independent of the
advances made in the Old World, its cul-
ture will be of the greatest value for pur-
poses of comparison. Therefore it is
necessary to investigate with thorough-
ness all possible lines and areas of contact,
and among these the North Pacific coast
is probably the most important.”

The author then goes on to ex-
plain that while the general charac-
teristics of the native American race
are fairly uniform, a number of dis-
tinct and relatively little-varying
types have developed, differing in
color, in form of head, and in pro-
portions of the body ; this implies a
long period of occupancy of our
continent and a long development
of distinct lines of growth in cul-
ture. Later on came a mixture of
blood and cultural achievements,
and there is much evidence for be-
heving that the tribes of the North
Pacific Coast have passed through
a long and varied history.

The author continues:

“The types of man which we find on
the North Pacific Coast of America,
while distinctly American, show a great
affinity to North Asiatic forms ; and the
question arises, whether this affinity is
due to mixture, to migration, or to gradual
differentiation. The culture of the area
shows many traits that suggest a com-
mon origin, while others indicate diverse
lines of development.”

“ What relation these tribes bear to
each other, and particularly what influence

117

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

the inhabitants of one continent

have exerted on those of the other, are

may

problems of great magnitude, Their so-

lution must be attempted by a careful
study of the natives of the coast, past
and present, with a view of discover-
ing so much of their history as may be
possible.”

The introduction is followed by
a sketch map of British Columbia,
showing the field of operation of
the expedition in 1897, and by an
account of the work accomplished
in that year.
the paper, namely, the Facial Paint-
ings of the Indians of British

The special subject of

Columbia, is then introduced.

“The art of the Indians of northern
British Columbia shows a peculiar devel-
opment, that has for a long time attracted
W hile

among most primitive people we find a

the attention of investigators.

tendency to the development of geomet-
ric designs, the Indians of northern Brit-
ish Columbia use for decorative purposes
rin

The

animal forms are highly conventional-

almost exclusively animal motives.

ized, and may be recognized by a number
of symbols characteristic of the various
animals that the artists try to represent.
The Indians
method of adapting the animal form to
the field,
deavor to represent the form by means of

have adopted a peculiar

decorative There is no en-
perspective, but the attempt is made to
adapt the form as nearly as possible to
the decorative field by means of distor-
tion and dissection, ‘The more clever an
artist is in designing methods of distortion
fill the decorative

and dissection which

field and bring into view all the im-
portant parts of the animal body, the
greater is his success. It will be seen,

therefore, that the greater the differ-
between the form of the decor-
ative field and the form of the animal
to be represented, the greater will be
the difficulty of adaptation. When an
animal is to be represented on a bracelet,
it is shown as though it were cut from
head to tail, and as though the arm were
pushed through the opening, the whole
animal thus surrounding the wrist. The
same method is followed in the decora-
tion of dishes, where the sides of the ani-

ence

mal are shown on the sides of the dish,
while the opening of the dish represents
the back of the animal, its bottom the
W hen the ani-
mal form is to be shown on flat surfaces,

lower side of the animal.

the body is generally represented as split
in two, and spread in both directions, so
that it appears like two profiles placed
side by side.

DESIGN REPRESENTING A BEAR.
The body is represented as split in two and spread out flat.

Bulletin A. M. N. H., Art. X, p. 149, fig. 44.

“ The peculiarities of the conventional-
ism of these tribes appear most clearly
where the difficulty of adaptation of the

118

PH BAM BT CLAN

subject to the decorative field is greatest.
I concluded, therefore, that if I could ob-
tain a series of representations on very
difficult surfaces, the principles of con-
ventionalism would appear most clearly.
No surface seems to be more difticult to
treat, and to adapt to animal forms, than
the human face. For this reason I re-
solved to make a collection of facial paint-
ings such as are used by the Indians when
adorning themselves for festive dances.
“The subjectsthat are used for this pur-
pose are largely the crests of the various
families.
blue, and green ; the colors being mixed

These are laid on in black, red,

with grease, and put on with the fingers,
with brushes, or by means of wooden
stamps cut out for this purpose.”

The collection which is discussed
in the present paper was obtained
from a Haida chief, one of the most
famous artists of the tribe.

The author concludes as follows:

“ The explanations given here show that
while a considerable series of facial paint-
ings are no more conventionalized than
the paintings found on other objects, the
intricacy of the decorative field has led
the Indians to develop geometrical de-
signs, although no other cases are known
in which such designs are applied by
these tribes to symbolize animal forms.
It is of importance to note that the same
decorations may symbolize a variety of
objects. Thus the design for the whale’s
eye, and that for the after-image of the
sun, are identical. The head of the eagle,
and the evening sky, are expressed by the
same painting. The ribs of the bear,
the rock-slide, and the stratus cloud are
so much alike, that, without a statement
on the part of the Indians, it would be
impossible to know what ismeant. The

MUSEUM JOURNAL

collection is of theoretical interest mainly
because it shows that the difficulty of
adapting the subject of decoration to the
decorative field has been a most power-
ful element in substituting geometrical
forms for less conventional designs, and
in showing a series of important transi-

tional forms. tee

Anthropology I, Part II—The
Mythology of the Bella Coola In-
dians. By Franz Boas. Pp. 25-128,
Pll. VII-XII. The Bella Coola are
a small] tribe inhabiting the coast of
British Columbia, in about latitude
52° north, as shown on the accom-
panying map. ‘The nearest tribes
are the Carrier and Chileotin to the
east and southeast, the Tsimshian to
the northwest, and the Kwakiutl to
the southeast. The language spoken
by the tribe belongs to the Salishan
family, more particularly to the
group of dialects spoken along the
coast of Oregon, Washington, and
British Columbia.
larity between the Bella Coola and
the other Coast Salishan tribes leads
the author to assume that at one
time the tribes speaking these dia-
lects inhabited contiguous areas.
At the present time the Bella
Coola are separated from the other

The great simi-

tribes speaking Salishan languages
by aconsiderable stretch of country,
which is inhabited by tribes of
Athapascan and Kwakiutl lineage.

The Bella Coola have developed
a complex mythology, which is well

119

(TLE Aer Oa

MUSEUM JOURNAL

MODELS ILLUSTRATING HEADS AND FACIAL PAINTINGS.

Designs illustrate (x) Ribs of the Bear ; (2) The Halibut; (3) Holes made in tree by Woodpecker.

illustrated by the collections made
by the author in the course of his
investigations for the Jesup Expe-
dition.

* All the collections which have been
made heretofore do not bring out clearly
the principal characteristic of the myth-
ology of the Bella Coola. The tribes of
the North Pacific coast consider the Sun
as the most important deity, but at the
same time they believe in a great many
For this
reason their whole mythology is very un-
systematic. The Bella Coola, on the
other hand, have developed a peculiar

beings of supernatural power.

mythology, in which a number of super-
natural beings have been co-ordinated.
A system has been evolved which justi-
fies our terming the supernatural beings
The general features of this
system are as follows : —

‘ deities.’

“ The Bella Coola believe that there
The

middle one is our own world, the earth.

are five worlds, one above another.

Above it are spanned two heavens, while
below it there aretwo underworlds. In the
upper heaven resides the supreme deity,
a woman who interferes comparatively
little with the fates of mankind. In the
centre of the lower heaven, that is, in the
zenith, stands the house of the gods, in
which reside the Sun [Senx] and all the
other deities. Our own earth is an island
The underworld
is inhabited by the ghosts, who are at lib-

swimming in the ocean.

erty to return to heaven, whence they
may be sent down again to our earth.
The ghosts who die a second death sink
to the lowest world, from which there is
no return.”

The master of the house of the
gods (‘House of the Myths’) is

I20

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

3 TT,

410
a
fe
S
~
oO
va
) fl

SKETCH MAP OF BRITISH COLUMBIA, SHOWING THE FIELD OF OPERATIONS OF THE JESUP NORTH PACIFIC
EXPEDITION IN 1897, AND THE LOCATION OF THE HAIDA, BELLA COOLA, KWAKIUTL, COAST SALISH,
AND OTHER TRIBES.

Mem. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. II, Anthropology I. The Jesup North Pacific Expedition. (Opposite page 7.)

Senx, the Sun, who is also called deities live there who have particn-
‘Our Father’ and ‘The Sacred lar charge of the religious winter
One.’ Itseems that he is the only ceremonial; this is called ‘kusiut’
deity to whom the Bella Coola pray. and is of the greatest importance
There is a second deity in the House for an understanding of the social
of the Myths of equal importance life and mythology of the Bella
with Senx. A number of inferior Coola; it corresponds to a similar

I21

THE: AMERIGAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

FIG: 2:

ceremony of the Kwakiutl, from
which tribe the Bella Coola doubt-
less adopted it. The ceremonials
performed during the kusiut are
mostly dramatic representations of
the myths referring to the various
deities, and to the part played by
them in the initiation of members of
various clans into the “ Cannibal ”

and other secret societies. Other
deities are more immediately con-
cerned with the affairs of the

world; a great many more, such as
the spirit that protects the moun-
the being that
causes the tides by swallowing the

tain-goat hunter,

MASK REPRESENTING THE SUN GOD.

ocean twice a day, the Thunder-bird,
are perfectly well defined individu-
ally, but ditiicult to characterize in a
single sentence. Masks represent-
ing the deities are used in the cere-
monials.

All these deities and correspond-
ing traditions are common to the
mythology of the whole tribe, and
are tolerably consistent in character.
In addition to these, however, there
is a group of very contradictory
and conflicting traditions that were
developed as clan traditions by the
nine village communities
the Bella Coola were

twenty -
into which

THE AMERICAN

FIG. 3.

MUSEUM JOURNAL

DOUBLE MASK REPRESENTING THE GUARDIAN OF THE HOUSE OF THE MYTHS.

(Opened, closed, and profile of outer mask.)

divided, and jealously guarded as
secrets by each clan. After analyz-
ing them the author concludes:

“Although a considerable amount of
contradiction is inherent in all the myth-
ologies of the north Pacific coast, they
nowhere reach such a degree as among the
Bella Coola ; andI presume the fact that
the traditions are kept secret by the va-
rious families accounts for this curious
condition.” [Pp. 125-126. ]

There are also a number of tra-
ditions which furnish important

points of view for an investigation
of the origin of the mythology of
the whole tribe.

The author’s analysis of the social
organization, traditions, and lnguis-
tie peculiarities of the Bella Coola,
shows that they are closely related
to the Coast Salish tribes, and at the
time of their emigration from that
region must have resembled their
congeners in general culture. At
the present time a striking differ-
ence in the laws of intermarriage of

123

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOUR An

these tribes is that while among the
southern Coast Salish there is a
tendency to exogamy, the Bella
Coola have developed a system of
endogamy.

“The question then arises, How did the
peculiar endogamic system and the re-
markable mythology of the Bella Coola
originate from the much simpler forms
that we find among the Coast Salish ?”

The author answers this question
as follows,

“One of the most remarkable features
in the inner life of the tribes of the
northern coast of British Columbia is the
great importance of the clan legend,
which is considered one of the most valu-
able properties of each clan or family. It
is carefully guarded in the same way as
material property, and an attempt on the
part of a person not a member of the clan
to tell the tradition as his own is consid-
ered one of the gravest offences against
property rights.
tradition is felt by the Indian to be one
of his most important prerogatives.
When, therefore, the Bella Coola settled
on Bella Coola River, and were thrown
into contact with the Coast
tribes [especially the Kwakiutl], the lack
of a well-developed clan tradition must
have been felt as a serious drawback. It
seems very likely that the jealousy with
which the ownership of a clan tradition
was guarded by the Coast tribes was very
early introduced among the Bella Coola.”

The possession of a clan

northern

But at that time, since the social
organization of the Bella Coola was
very probably similar to that of the
Coast Salish, a child was supposed

to belong to the families of both
parents, and had the right to use the
traditions of either family ; conse-
quently in the course of a few gen-
erations the traditions acquired by
each family would have spread
practically over the whole tribe.
The only probable way in which
this unwelcome spread of clan tradi-
tions over the whole tribe could be
prevented was by confining mar-
riages to members of the same clan
(endogamy). In the words of the
author,

“'The curious social system of the Bella
Coola developed through the influence
of the customs of the Coast tribes upon
unit of the Salish vil-
lage community. The possession of clan
traditions was felt as a great advantage,

the loose social

and consequently the desire developed
to possess clan traditions. These were
acquired partly by intermarriage with the
Coast tribes, as is shown by the fact that
many of these traditions are borrowed
from these tribes, partly by independent
invention. The desire to guard the tradi-
tions which were once acquired led to the
development of endogamic institutions, in
order to prevent the spread of the tradi-
tions over the whole tribe.”

The final conclusions of the au-
thor are particularly instructive.

* Notwithstanding the numerous con-
tradictions contained in family legends,
the conception of the and the
functions of the various deities are so
well defined that we must consider the
mythology of this tribe vastly superior
to that of the neighboring tribes. While

world

124

fb a Bly

AMERLOAN MOUSE UM: JOURNAL

El —EaEaEaE—E—————————————————————————————;;

the latter believe in a great many spirits
which are not co-ordinated, we have here
a system of deities. The existence of a
systematic mythology among the Bella
Coola proves that under favorable condi-
tions the advance from the lower forms
of beliefs to higher forms may be a very
rapid one.

“Our analysis shows that this system
cannot be considered as an importation,
but that it probably developed among the
Bella Coola themselves. After they re-
moved to their new home, a mass of
foreign ideas had come into their posses-
sion through contact with their new
neighbors. While these new ideas were
being remodelled and assimilated, they
stimulated the minds of the people, or of a
few members of the tribe, who were thus
led to the formation of an elaborate con-
cept of the world.
they have developed agrees in all its main
features with those created by men of
other zones and of other races. The mind
of the Bella Coola philosopher, operating
with the class of knowledge common to
the earlier strata of culture, has reached
conclusions similar to those that have been
formed by man the world over, when
operating with the same class of knowl-
edge. On the other hand, the Bella Coola
has also adopted ready-made the thoughts
of his neighbors, and has adapted them to
his environment.

The concept which

“Our inquiry shows that safe conclu-
sions can be derived only by a careful
analysis of the whole culture. The
growth of the myths of the Bella Coola
can be understood only when we consider
the culture of the tribe as a whole. And
so it is with other phenomena, All traits
of culture can be fully understood only in

connection with the whole culture of a
tribe. When we confine ourselves to
comparing isolated traits of culture, we
open the door to misinterpretations with-
out number.”

We, KE Ge

ANTHROPOLOGICAL COL.
LECTIONS FROM NORTH.
ERN MEXICO.

SN THE vground floor of
—| the West Wing of the
Museum have recent-
ly been arranged the
collections obtained
by Dr. Carl Lumholtz during his
three expeditions to Mexico, under-
taken under the auspices of the
Museum. These expeditions ex-
tended over the period from 1890
to 1898. Dr. Lumholtz visited the
tribes in parts of northwestern
Mexico which up to the present.
time are difficult of access. During
the first years he spent much time
among the Tarahumare and Tepe-
huane; but his principal work was
done among the Huichol Indians,
who inhabit a mountainous region
in the State of Jalisco. The tribes
of this area are of very considerable
interest, because they have _pre-
served their ancient customs and
beliefs comparatively uninfluenced
by contact with the Spaniards. The
country of the Huichol was con-
quered by the Spaniards during the

125

THE’ AMERICAN MUSEUM JOUERRAL

seventeenth century, but mission-
aries did not gain influence among
them until much later. The whole
tribe of the Huichol numbers about
four thousand souls. ‘They live in
small villages, but spend the greater
part of the year on their ranches,
where they raise corn, beans, and
squashes. They dress in garments
of their own manufacture, decorated
with elaborate and artistic designs.

Dr. Lumholtz’s collections among
these tribes not only cover the
whole range of their industries, but
illustrate in a most exhaustive man-
ner the beliefs and ceremonials of
the people. Their country is com-
paratively arid, and their food-
supply depends largely upon the
regularity of the periodical rainfall.
For this reason most of their cere-
monies are intended to propitiate
the gods of rain, and all the objects
they use in their ceremonial worship
are covered with symbols indicating
Most of their gods have con-
In each

rain.
trol over clouds and rain.
village there is a large temple, and
around the temple stand a number
of small houses sacred to the vari-
ous deities. In these are deposited
the offerings made by the people.
Woven shields are sacrificed as
prayers for health and good luck.
These bear designs of the symbols
of the deities to whom they are
offered. On others are shown the
animals sacred to the deity and a

pictorial representation of the ob-
ject of the prayer. A man who
prays for the health of his wife
will make an offering on which the
figure of a woman is represented
in weaving or painting. When he
prays for the welfare of his herds,
figures of cattle or sheep are repre-
sented on his offering. A woman
who prays for skill in any kind of
handiwork sacrifices a sample of it.
No offering is made more frequently
than that of arrows, which convey
the idea that the arrow is to take
the prayer to the deity. For this
reason a symbol of the prayer is
attached to the arrow. The arrow
is frequently stuck into the thatched
roof of the temple, and is supposed
to take its course towards the deity,
carrying the wishes of the supph-
cant. In the temples are also found
chairs in which the god is supposed
to sit. Symbols of prayers are
often attached to their seats, where
they will at once attract the atten-
tion of the deity.

The Huichol do not subsist on
the products of the soil alone, but
they are also hunters, the deer being
the principal game. A number of
deities preside over the deer-hunt.
The people believe that there is a
god of the deer in each quarter of
the world, and to him they pray for
success in hunting. After the first
deer of the season is killed, a great
feast is celebrated, during which

126

"SNVIGNI TOHOINH 4O AONVYVAddVY GNV 3YNLINO ONILVYLSNTATI dnoub

Zin a) th

Tae VAS MARR Cuan)

the Indians partake of mescal, an
intoxicating beverage made of a
particular kind of cactus. This
plant plays a very Important part
in the ceremonials of the Huichol.
It does not grow in their own
country, and every year they un-
dertake a long pilgrimage for the
purpose of gathering ity his -pul-
grimage 1s connected with import-
ant ceremonies. A certain ritual is
prescribed for it, and the travellers
are sent out in sacred procession.
The most interesting industry of

the people is weaving. The women

and
pouches, one of which is represented

belts,

make hair - ribbons,
in the accompanying cut, of cot-
ton and The and
sashes are ornamented with most
beautiful designs, all of which have
a symbolic meaning.

wool. ribbons

The designs
are often so much conventionalized

MUSEUM JOURNAL

that it is difficult to understand
what the makers intended to repre-
sent. Star-like figures are intended
Double tri-
angles represent gourds used as

to represent flowers.

water-bottles ; zigzag lines, serpents.
The figures of animals are very
much distorted, in order to bring
about a pleasing decorative effect.

During his travels, Dr. Lumholtz
also collected a large amount of
archeological material. In the ex-
treme northern part of Mexico he
obtained a great deal of pottery of
great beauty, the decoration of
which is somewhat similar to that
on pottery found in the ancient
pueblos of the Southwest Terri-
tories. He also secured a series of
very curious realistic clay figures,
many of which represent the oceu-
pations of the people of ancient
Mexico.

The materials obtained by Dr.
Lumholtz illustrate in a very ex-
haustive way both the archeology
and ethnology of the people of a
little-known portion of Mexico. The
customs which he found prevailing
at the present day give us an in-
sight into what the culture of
northern Mexico may have been at
the time of the Conquest.

American Museum Journal

Volume I

APRIL-MAY, 1901

Numbers 9-10

BRAHMA-A CONCHIFERA.

One of the specimens in the Schaus Collection.

THE PRESERVATION OF THE SCHAUS
collection of exotic moths has been
assured by the transference of the
specimens into new, specially con-
structed, vermin-proof cases. Inas-
much as other indications of the
valueof the SchausCollection appear
in the article on the development
of the entomological department, a
few supplementary statements would
now seem timely.

The five thousand-odd specimens

of the collection, representing the
principal known genera of Old
World moths, were gotten together
as a study collection, for comparison
with New World forms, by Mr.
William Schaus, the describer of
many new Lepidoptera, himself an
ardent collector, and now the owner
of the most complete collection of
New World moths in existence.
The study collection of Old
World moths was presented by Mr.

I29

THE AMERICAN MU SM =J 0:0 i NeAs

Schaus in 1897; partly in recogni-
tion of the scientific value of the
aift, the Trustees soon after made
the donor a patron of the Museum.
The collection is especially rich in
representatives of the LBombycidw
(Spinners ), octuide ( Owlets),
Geometride, Hepialide. It contains
many type specimens and species
authentically determined by com-
parison with British Museum types.
This feature of authenticity makes
the collection highly useful to
specialists and students, who are
further benefited by its accessibility
in the American Museum.

AS MORE OR LESS DETAILED REFER-
ences to the Museum collections of
moths and butterflies are made from
time to time in these columns, it
may be permissible to indicate
briefly the chief characters of the
Lepidoptera and the differences be-
tween moths and butterflies; per-
haps in strictness rather an affair of
the text-books.

The members of the order Lepi-
doptera have four wings, which
are membranous and covered with

overlapping — scales. The seales
are modified hairs. The mouth

parts are adapted not for biting,
as in primitive insects, but for
sucking.
complete.

The order is often considered as
being divided into two sub-orders :

The metamorphosis 1s

the Moths (Heterocera) and the
Butterflies (Rhopalocera); the Moths
being designated in a general way as
the Nocturnal Lepidoptera, the But-
terflies as the Diurnal Lepidoptera.
The moths on the whole are the less
specialized in structure. When at
rest most moths hold the wings
horizontally, whereas typical butter-
flies hold them in a vertical position.
However, many of the Skippers
(family L/esperide, the most primi-
tive butterflies) present an inter-
mediate condition, in that the fore-
wings are held vertically, while
the hind-wings are extended hori-
zontally.

The antennse of moths are of
various forms (whence the term
Heterocera), though usually thread-
like or feather-like; those of butter-
flies have (typically) a knobbed
extremity (whence the term Rho-
palocera).

Most moths have a frenulum or
bristle attached to the first rib of
the hind-wing near the base, which
passes through a loop on the under
side of the fore-wing, thus assuring
the simultaneous action of the fore
and hind pairs of wings in flight. In
all the butterflies and in the more
specialized moths, this device is
superseded by the overlapping of
the hind-wings by the fore-wings.
In both moths and butterflies, as
well as in other insect orders, the

ribs or veins of the wings are

130

AAYVILS VIGALO 1dz

Se)

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURS

characteristic in number and
rangements. These characters are
of great importance in classification.
The abdomen of moths is stout,
that of butterflies slender, the Skip-
per butterflies, however, resembling
the moths in this respect also. In

al-

correlation with the slow, waving
flight of most moths and butterflies,
the segments of the thorax are not
closely consolidated, except in the
hawk-moths and others, where the
flight is strong and rapid.

The illustration on page 131 shows

one of the Australian hepialids or

Swifts. The Swifts (family L/epia-
lide), and the very minute JMJicrop-
terygide, differ from all other moths
and butterflies, first, in the great sim-
larity of the fore- and hind-wings,
both in form and inthe number and
arrangement of the veins (an exceed-
ingly primitive feature); second, in
the possession of a small lobe or
jugum on the inner margin of the
fore-wing near its base. The jugum
extends under the costal margin of
the hind-wing, while the greater part
of the inner margin of the fore-wing
overlaps the hind-wing. As does the
frenulum of other moths, this de-
vice secures the simultaneous action
It is,
however, a fundamentally different
structure; taken in connection with

of all four wings in flight.

the primitive character of the wings
and with the wide geographical sep-
aration of the different species of the

two families, it is thought to indicate
that these genera are the remnants
of what was in time past a numer-
ous group, perhaps comparable in
number and variety with the but-
terflies or moths of the present.

Wo Kee.

Mr. Freprerick A. ConstaBLe has
presented to the Department of
Conchology a very large selection
of shells from his private cabinet.
Neither the number of separate
specimens nor the number of species
has been exactly determined, but of
the former there are probably some
25,000 and of the latter 5000.

The classification and arrange-
ment of these shells must be delayed,
owing to the pressure of other work ;
but a glance over these specimens
shows their admirable preservation
and careful mounting. Identifica-
The univalves
are by far the most largely repre-
sented, and amongst these many
minute species are conspicuous. The
Neritide, Turbinide, Ampullaride,
Melanide, Lymneide, Chitonide,
Kulimide, Calyptreide, Bulimide,
Hlelicide are numerously — repre-
sented. Minute forms are common;
thus Columbella minuta Gld., from
Hongkong, Hulima Hemphilli Dall,
from Florida, Cingulinas from the
Pacific, minute Tornatinas and Cy-
lichnas, are seen in a hasty imspec-
tion.

tions are complete.

132

LHR AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

In view of accessions such as
this it is impossible not to empha-
size the growing need of a large,
commodious, and properly spaced
shell hall. A very considerable
proportion of the General Collec.
tion, including all the Unios, is
now hidden from view in drawers
under the desk cases. <A different
method of installation, especially of
the small shells now exhibited,
is necessary.

A small experimental aquarium
containing pond gasteropods_ will
soon be placed on exhibition.

Pee POG.

Important Girr ro THE Liprary.
—General Egbert Viele, a member
of the Museum, has recently en-
riched the library by the donation
of 1200 volumes, 960 numbers of
serial publications, 1833 pamphlets,
and 66 valuable maps. The bound
volumes include works on Travel,
Biography, Natural History, Geol-
ogy, Mineralogy, History, Commerce.
The scientific periodicals will be of
great use in supplying missing num-
bers of publications already in the
library. The old maps are valuable,
for instance in local archxological re-
search. The Topographical Atlas
of New York (1874) is the work
of the donor, General Viele; it
marks the original character of the
land, revealing the great extent of
made land in this city.

Mr. Ernest Schernikow, another
member of the Museum, has donated
forty-six volumes on Mineralogy, in-
cluding crystallographie atlases, and
a series of mineralogical manuals,
which illustrate the development of
the science.

IN THE LAST NUMBER OF THIS
JourNAL, through an omission in
transcription the name of Hon.
Abram 8. Hewitt did not appear on
the list of Trustees constituting the
Nominating Committee,

Five spEcmmENS or Musk-Oxen
collected by Lieut. R. E. Peary,
U.S. N., in Grinnell Land (Arctic
America, opposite the northern coast
of Greenland) have been mounted
and placed on exhibition in the Hall
of North American Mammals, The
specimens will ultimately be brought
together into a group, which will
form one of the series illustrating
the mammalian fauna of North
America. The material belongs to
a new form of Musk-Ox recently de-
scribed as Ovibos moschatus wardi,
The name was proposed by Mr.
Richard Lydekker of the British
Museum, in a brief note in Nature,
It was based on two specimens from
East Greenland.

In a recent contribution to the
Museum Bulletin,* entitled “The
Musk-Oxen of Arctic America and

* Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., Vol. XIV, Art.
VII, pp. 69-86. Author’s Edition, Mar. 27, 1901.

133

7 EL. A NO RT Coal

MUSHUM JOUR NA

ONE OF THE NEWLY MOUNTED SPECIMENS OF OVIBOS WARDI.

Greenland,” Dr. Allen shows that
the new form differs from the typi-
cal Ovibos moschatus not only in the
possession of “a large whitish patch
on the face as well as in certain
other details of coloration ” (Lydek-
the
shape of the basal portions of the

ker) but more markedly in

horns, and in the size and contour

of the hoofs. The adult males
of the new form also possess a

characteristic “saddle mark” of
light brown on the middle of the

back. These differences are thought

sufiicient to mark Ovibos moschatus
ward? as a distinct species (O.ward?)
instead of as a variety.

Dr. Allen’s review of the reports
of explorers and others shows that
the range of the new form extends
from Ellesmere Land of northern-
most Arctic America, across Smith
Sound and Robeson Channel to the
west coast of Greenland, as far south
as Melville Bay; thence stretching
northeastward along the north coast
down the east
coast as far as King Wilham Land.

of Greenland and

134

THE AMERICAN

MUSS.UM TOU RNAL

The present range of Ovibos moscha-
tus, on the other hand, is limited to
the Arctic Barren Ground region to
the eastward of the Mackenzie River.
Although its eastern limit cannot be
positively stated, the range of Ov7-
bos moschatus appears to be sepa-
rated from that of Ovibos wardi by
a broad zone of insular areas and
estuaries. The author infers that
“when Musk-Oxen ranged far to the
southward of their present limits [as
shown by the occurrence of fossil
remains of Musk-Oxen as far south
as Kentucky] they doubtless had a
continuous distribution over a large
part of North America, and have
beeome differentiated- in compara-
tively recent times through separa-
tion in their gradual retreat north-
ward.”

The occurrence of Musk-Oxen in
Alaska is fully discussed. It is
shown by abundant evidence that
while the range of Ovibos moschatus
formerly extended across Alaska,
the recent specimens alleged to have
been taken west of the Mackenzie
River have really been brought to
trading posts on the Alaskan coast
by whaling ships coming from the

east. W. K. G.

IN ORDER THAT THE EDUCATIONAL
value of the great collections already
in the Museum may be increased,
there is needed a much further de-
velopment of the principle exempli-

fied by the mounted groups in the
departments of zoélogy and anthro-
pology. The tribal groups show
material elements of the culture of
a race not as isolated facts but in
relation to each other and to man.
The groups of mammals and birds
represent the living creatures not
as mere stuffed skins, but in rela-
tion to each other and to their
natural surroundings.

This principle will no doubt be
worked out ultimately in manifold
ways, as fast as the means are pro-
vided by citizens of New York.
Recently the Museum has been for-
tunate in receiving two important
gifts for the development of such
particular suites of specimens in
the departments of ornithology and
ethnology. As to these, more spe-
cific statements will be made later,

Future donations of this charac-
ter will, it is hoped, provide for
the preparation of various series
of mounted specimens illustrating
the structure and adaptations of the
skeletons of the back-boned ani-
mals. A brief series of disarticulated
skeletons, symmetrically arranged,
illustrating in a broad way the com-
parative anatomy of fishes, batra-
chians, reptiles, birds, and mammals,
would form a proper introduction to
sets of mounted skeletons of these
different vertebrate classes, repre-
senting the principal families and
genera. The specimens would be

135

f Bala 0

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

grouped zodlogically, each one
mounted in a characteristic attitude,
with frequent diagrams showing the
relations of the skeleton to the body,
and with careful, artistic drawings
of the living animals. The classifi-
cation of the vertebrates would be
explained in guide cards that refer
to the specimens.

But there is apparently no limit
to the fascinating topics of osteology
that with even moderate resources
can be illustrated in this way.
There might be various series show-
ing the development, evolution, and
adaptations of the teeth in verte-
brates; the evolution and adapta-
tions of the limbs, especially as
organs of flight; the adaptive modi-
fications of the skull and of its parts,
as, for example, of the beak in birds.
Of prime importance is the illustra-
tion of the far-reaching natural
laws discussed in “The Variation
of Animals and Plants under Do-
mestication,” and in similar great
works. The beauty and extreme
instructiveness of such exhibits is
well proven in the British Museum
and in the United States National
Museum at Washington. W. kK. G.

A SERIES OF SPECIMENS illustrating
the culture of the ancient Indian
inhabitants of New York has been
placed on exhibition in the Hall of
North American Indians. The speci-
mens are selected mainly from those

gathered during the course of the
local archzeological investigations
carried on by the Museum. The
exhibit is carefully arranged on
glass shelves in two “ A” cases, and
the general effect is both compre-
hensive and artistic.

The specimens in the first “A”
case suggest the mode of life of the
ancient Algonquin tribes of this
region, while those in the second
bring out the art and the special
characteristics of their conquerors,
the Iroquois. Noteworthy are the
stone pipes of elaborate design, the
arrowheads, celts, and “ banner
stones.” The pottery vessels, care-
fully reconstructed from numerous
fragments, are particularly valuable.
They show geometric ornamenta-
tions, consisting for the most part
of oblique parallel lines, and, occa-
sionally, conventionalized representa-
tions of the human face. Evidences
of later contact with white men are
trade pipes and hatchets of early
English and Dutch types. Some
slate knives closely resemble those
now used by the Esquimaux. A
stone celt in its original wooden
handle is unique—at least here in
the eastern States.

The exploration of Indian sites in
the vicinity of the city is being con-
tinued. It is hoped that the ex-
penses of the formation of this
important local exhibit will be met
by special gifts and contributions.

136

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

A NEW RACE OF THE GREAT
BLUE HERON.

ee e)N ethnological collec-
: | tion brought to the
American Museum of
Natural History from
Queen Charlotte Is-
land, B. C., by Dr. Franz Boas, in
1888, contained the heads and necks
of two Great Blue Herons so re-
markable in their intensity of color
as to suggest that the Great Blue
Heron, like many other Northwest
Coast birds, had been affected ineolor
by the humid climate of that region.

Since the date named, although
frequent efforts have been made to
secure a complete specimen of the
Great Blue Heron from this region,
the attempt was not successful until
February, 1901, when at Skidegate,
Queen Charlotte Island, John R.
Swanton, of the Jesup North Pacific
Expedition, whose services in this
connection were enlisted through
the kind codperation of Dr. Boas,
procured a very beautiful adult ex-
ample. This specimen fully con-
firms the suspicions aroused by the
heads and necks previously men-
tioned, and shows the Great Blue
Heron of the northwest coast
region to be a strikingly differen-
tiated form, which, in recognition of
his services to the zodlogy of the
region it inhabits, has been named
Ardea herodias fannini after Mr.

SET he

John Fannin, Curator of the Pro-
vincial Museum at Victoria.

This Heron differs from the Great
Blue Heron chiefly in its darker
colors, the upper parts, for exam-
ple, being slate-black instead of
bluish gray, and it is therefore a
further and, because of the Great
Blue Heron’s comparatively slight
variation in color throughout a wide
range, exceedingly interesting illus-
tration of the effects of
on the colors of animals.

As is well known the rainfall of
the Northwest coast, from Oregon
northward, is heavier than that of
any other part of North America,
an annual precipitation of over 100
inches being not infrequent. Asa
result of the humid climate of this
region the animals inhabiting it are
of exceptionally dark or saturated
color. Thus, among birds, over
thirty subspecies or climatic varieties
have been described from the north-
west coast and without exception
they are darker, more richly colored,
or more heavily barred or streaked
than any other representatives of
their respective genera. Their char-
acteristics are well shown by com-
parison with their allies of arid
regions. For instance, the Song
Sparrows of the Northwest Coast are
rich deep umber in the color of the
upper surface while those of the
arid Great Basin region of Arizona,
where the rainfall rarely exceeds

climate

THE«cAMPRIC AN, MUS Ua yO Vik weAe

Left-hand figure. Study specimen of Song Sparrow
(Gnelospiza melodia guttala) from the humid Northwest Coast.

Right-hand figure. Study specimen of Song Sparrow
(melospiza melodia fallex) from the Arid Great Basin.

six or eight inches, have the same
parts of a light sandy tint, as is indi-
cated by the accompanying photo-
graphs of specimens from both
regions. So different are these birds,
in fact, that even to the untrained
eye they would appear to be distinct
species ; but in passing from the

138

range of one to that of the other it
will be found that the changes in
climate encountered are paralleled
by related changes in the colors of
the Song Sparrow. In other words,
as the climates intergrade so do the
birds. Ornithology furnishes many
similar cases and they constitute
eloquent exemplifications of the
evolution of species by environ-

ment. F. M.C.
THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE
AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NATURAL HISTORY.

(Continued. )

4)N 1889, after a proper
k review of the material
in hand, Mr. Beuten-
miller under Mr. Jes-

up’s encouragement began the prep-
aration of specimens for the ‘ Jesup
Collection of Economie Entomol-
ogy, which by the end of the year
1890 contained forty groups, large
and small. These were exhibited
with the Jesup Collection of Woods.
Together with a score of carefully
prepared water-color illustrations,
they represent the life histories of
insects injurious to forest and shade
trees and show the nature of the
injury done to the leaves and wood.

In 1890 the collection of insects
which had been gathered, or, more
properly, bred, by Dr. S. Lowell
Elliot, was presented to the Mu-
seum by his widow, Mrs. Margeritha

LHE.AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

Schuyler Elliot. The collection was
a remarkable one, and consisted of
one hundred and forty cases, con-
taining about six thousand six hun-
dred specimens of butterflies and
moths in absolutely perfect condi-
tion. Almost all the butterflies and
moths were bred specimens, and
many of our rarer Lepidoptera are
represented by entire broods, show-
ing the variation and intergrada-
tion of the species. The suites of
Datanas and Limacodes were at
that time the largest and finest that
had ever been brought together.
Almost all the specimens in this col-
lection were obtained in New York
City and vicinity.

The material for study and exhibi-
tion increased with great rapidity.
The curator himself added thou-
sands of specimens, and the Museum
became the possessor, almost simul-
taneously, of two great collections
of butterflies: the James Angus and
the Harry Edwards collections, num-
bering respectively thirteen thou-
sand and two hundred and _ fifty
thousand specimens. The Harry
Edwards Collection contained hun-
dreds of type specimens and was one
of the largest private collections in
the world. There were also added
numerous examples of insect archi-
tecture, of insect mimicry, and of
the destructive effects of gall in-
sects on plants. By these acquisi-
tions the entomological interests of

the Museum were raised at one step
to a really prominent position.

The period of these material ac
cessions was also marked by the
successive entomological contribu-
tions prepared by the curator for
the Museum ‘Bulletin. Gradually
the representatives of the great
orders Coleoptera, Hymenoptera,
Hemiptera, Orthoptera, Neuroptera,
assumed their proper relations in the
public halls, the insect ranks having
been greatly augmented by the
valuable gifts of Mrs. William H.
Bradford, Dr. Francis Child Nicho-
las, Mr. J. W. Drexel.

Especially noteworthy is the col-
lection of exotic Lepidoptera pre-
sented by Mr. William Schaus. The
five thousand specimens in this col-
lection include numerous types and
cotypes, and many African, Indian,
and Australian moths of preéminent
beauty and rarity.

The most sumptuous gift of re-
cent years, which, through the sus-
tained enthusiasm of the donor, has
not yet ceased expanding, is the col-
lection of butterflies presented by
the Very Rev. Eugene August
Hoffman, D.D., LL.D., etc. The
specimens have been most critically
selected and attractively mounted.
Dr. Hoffman began with the butter-
flies found in America north of
Mexico, and purchased a collection
of 475 species and 1650 specimens.
Continuing his patronage, Dr.

232)

THE

AMERICAN

MUSEUM: JOU aA

Hoffman authorized the curator to
extend the limits of the collection
so as to include the more important
species of the world, and a begin-
ning has been made in the securing
of specimens from the rich collecting
grounds of Mexico, Central and
South America, Europe, Asia, Africa,
Indo-Australia, and Australia. The
final installation of the collection
in the new quarters assigned to
the Department will bring out the
morphological and geographical re-
lations of the different families with
diagrammatic clearness.

While the growth of the Entomo-
logical Department has been en-
couraging, and while no pains have
been spared to develop both the sci-
entific and popular features of the
collections, there is still great need
in certain directions—notably in the
matter of the local collections, which
show only the adult stage instead of
the complete life history of the
insects. Very much to be desired
also is a series of diagrams and dis-
sections illustrating insect anatomy
and the characters used in classifica-
tion.

L. P. GRATACAP.

(To be continued.)

THE portion of the Hoffman Col-
lection already on exhibition has
recently been transferred to the new
gallery in the East Wing.

EXTRACTS FROM THE RE-
PORTS OF FIELD PARTIES

SENT BY THE DEPART-
MENT OF VERTEBRATE
PALAONTOLGGA as

SEARCH OF FOSSIL MAM-
MALS AND REPTILES, 1900.

ROM the report of Mr.
J. W. Gidley, who
conducted an expedi-
tion into the Loup
Fork (Upper Mio-

cene) and Blanco beds of Texas,

we excerpt the following:

“The party [including Mr. Hans W.
Zinsser of Columbia University] left
Clarendon on the 26th day of July travel-
ling south, crossing Mulberry Creek and
Prairie Dog Town Fork of Red River
east of the plains and ascending the eastern
escarpment of the plains by a very steep
and rugged trail. From this point
[where the escarpment again turns south |
we abandoned all trails and travelled along
the edge of the plains south-southwest,
keeping as near the escarpment as possi-
ble, always sending the wagon around the
heads of the numerous deep, short
canons cutting back into the plains, whose
side walls are so steep and rugged that
many of them cannot be crossed even on
horseback and none of them with a
wagon. With the of the saddle
horses we explored the ‘ breaks’ between
camps, thus finding that a large region
could be explored with the loss of very
little time.

“The exposures examined by our party
along this region—which are evidently
Loup Fork Beds—seem to be entirely

use

140

PHE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

STRIPPING THE BONE-BEARING LAYER IN SEARCH OF FOSSIL HORSE REMAINS. SHERIDAN BEDS OF TEXAS.

WE #2 te

THE NEW MASTODON SKULL IN PROCESS OF EXCAVATION, SHOWING RIGHT TUSK, UPPER TEETH AND
LOWER PART OF SKULL. BLANCO BEDS OF TEXAS.

I4I

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOD Ee

Therefore after fol-

lowing along the escarpment in the man-

barren of fossils.

ner described for a distance of about forty

miles, we

turned away from the ‘ breaks’
and started by as direct a route as possi-
ble to Mount Blanco where we arrived
August 2d. The prospects here seemed
rather discouraging, for it was soon seen
that the fossil bearing beds were very
limited in area, being less than two square
miles in extent, and they at first seemed
not to be rich in any but very frag-
mentary fossils; however our diligent
search was rewarded by the discovery of
several very valuable specimens, much
the most important of which was a skull
nearly complete, and lower jaws, five
cervical vertebra, a scapula, fragments
of the bones of one fore limb, and several
more or less complete ribs, all belonging
to one individual of a primitive species
of Mastodon which is probably new to
science, and which promises to throw
some light on the very obscure ancestry
of modern and pleistocene elephants. All
of this valuable specimen that was visible
on the surface, was a small quantity of
rib fragments and part of a limb bone,
which the writer discovered protruding
and scattered down the slope
of a steep bank of sandy clay, very near
the bottom of a little canon or gully.
Following up the ‘lead’ the writer soon
exposed the point of a tusk from which
Tra-
cing it back into the bank about two
and one-half feet it was discovered that
the proximal end was still held in its
socket in the skull.
rejoicing in camp that night for at one
stroke we had discovered a specimen of

from

the matrix was carefully removed.

Great then was the

such rare value (it being the first skull of
its kind ever found) that we felt we were
amply rewarded for all the hardships we
had already undergone and the labors we

were likely to encounter for some time
to come.”

The report of Mr. Barnum Brown,
who conducted an expedition into
the Ceratops Beds (Upper Creta-
ceous) of South Dakota and Wyo-
ming, reads, in part, as follows:

“‘[ Near Cheyenne River]... I found
specimen No, 8 ., a nearly complete
skeleton of Diclonius ( Claosaurus 2 =);
consisting of skull, lower jaws, vertebral
column, ribs, and petrified tendons, em-
bedded in stratified sandstone resembling
a concretion. The extreme caudal end
of this specimen was gone, having been
eroded by recent rains, A femur, a few
petrified tendons, and the pubes of Liclo-
nius, together with a complete carapace
and plastron of a turtle and a Triceratops
pubis were found in soft sand surrounding
the hard sandstone matrix of the skeleton.
This specimen was taken up in five large
sections encased in plaster jackets, two of
them weighing over two tons apiece.

“In the sandstone matrix surrounding
this specimen and in sandstone close
by were found impressions of leaves, ferns,
palms, rushes, and grasses,—a veritable
herbarium of this period, in which I made
and collected different
species. I respectfully point out the pos-
sibility of reproducing this foliage in wax
for a foreground, when this specimen

out nineteen

is mounted. While working this speci-

men I discovered No. 12, a carnivorous

dinosaur. The bones of this speci-
men were disassociated and scattered,

necessitating the removal of a bank of
clay, forty feet along the face of the ex-
* Claosaurus, a beaked dinosaur of medium

height (10 + feet) resembling the Jguanodon of
Europe.

PELE AME RICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

posure, and back into the hill a distance
of fourteen feet. In many respects this
interesting specimen resembles Cerato-
saurus* of the Jurassic formation. It
consists of lower jaws (having the large
foramen characteristic of Ceratosaurus),
serrated teeth of uneven height, joined by
cartilage not anchylosed. Numer-
ous plates varying from a half inch to
six inches across, always found closely
associated with ribs, formed the dermal
armature. ... Among the bones were the
teeth of Hadrosaurus, + Palwoniscust...
scales of fish and small bones,—all evi-
dences of the animal’s last meal. .

“In conclusion I wish to mention the
finding of three much worn pebbles in
the matrix surrounding the cervical ver-
tebre of Claosaurus, preserved in the
collection. These stones are metamor-
phic, about the size of an egg, and are
never found in the Ceratops Beds to my
knowledge. There seems little doubt
that these stones were in the flesh of this
specimen when entombed and were prob-
ably used in the mastication of food.$.. .”

The total thickness of the Cera-
tops deposits was determined by a
trigonometrical method to be about
3066 feet, the data being: the dip
of the strata, the elevation of the
topmost stratum at a given point,
and the length of a base line.

* Ceratosaurus, a horned carnivorous dino-
saur,

+The Duck-billed Dinosaur.

¢t An extinct genus of ganoid fishes.

$Mr. Brown regards the non-masticatory
character of the teeth as in harmony with the
hypothesis that Claosaurus had a bird-like
gizzard. Moreover, similar stones are fre-
quently found associated with the remains of
Mosasaurs (marine saurians).

An expedition under Mr, Walter
Granger was sent into the Jurassic
region of Colorado and Wyoming.
Many miles of escarpments in Colo-
rado were thoroughly prospected

but without success. However,

“only a comparatively small area
has so far been examined, and
although success has not yet at-
tended the efforts it is not impossible
that valuable deposits may be found

in the future.” In Wyoming the

expedition resumed work at the
famous Bone Cabin Quarry * and in
the Como Bluffs, with much better
success.

“The first cutting was made at the
point where the work was abandoned on
the year previous, v7z. - the northwest cor-
ner. During the season three separate
strippings were made uncovering an area
of 1400 sq. ft. of the bone-bearing layer.
A small section of this area proved barren,
but for the most part bones occurred in
fair abundance and averaging in quality
better than those uncovered in former
seasons in the quarry. With very few
exceptions all inferior bones were dis-
carded ; these represent about one third
of the whole number excavated, None
of the soft blue clay in which all of the
collection of 1898 was found was en-
countered, the bones occurring in sand-
stone of various degrees of hardness.
The more noticeable features of the third
collection from the Bone Cabin Quarry
are the absence of any complete feet and
the presence of considerable skull material

*So named from the fact that the walls of a
sheepherder’s cabin had been built out of

boulder-like fragments of dinosaurs found on
the ground near the quarry.

143

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM J0U 5 Ree

PACKING.DINOSAUR BONES, ENCASED IN PLASTER, AT THE BONE CABIN QUARRY.

and parts of small dinosaurs of the Hal-
lopus type. The usual methods of col-
lecting were followed except that more
care was exercised in covering the ex-
posed surface of the bones with tissue
paper to prevent the adhesion of the
plaster bandages. The experiment was
tried of using, under the plaster, a cover-
ing of paste bandages. This was found
to be practicable in dry weather and it is
undoubtedly of advantage in working out

delicate bones such as vertebrie and
skulls.
“In the Como Bluff exposure Mr.

a connected series of
seven cervical and nine dorsal vertebrie

Thomson located

of the great herbivorous dinosaur Diplo-
docus, together with seven loose dorsal
ribs and several pairs of cervical ribs in
position.

“The work of excavating was rendered
somewhat arduous, first from its occur-
rence at a point of the bluff rather diffi-
cult of the
steepness of the bluff directly over the

access, and second, from
prospect, necessitating a vertical cut of
over 20 feet, which had to be done en-
tirely by hand.

144

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

“The entire season’s collection in this
vicinity amounted to 47 boxes, of which
27 were from Bone Cabin Quarry, 11 from
the Diplodocus Quarry, and 9 (mostly
small) miscellaneous collections, repre-
senting a gross weight of 21,000 lbs.

“Diagrams of both Bone Cabin and
Diplodocus Quarries were made, and a
geological section from near the mouth
of Sheep Creek to the southern side of
the Como Anticlinal was drawn by Dr.
Loomis. Mr. Thomson obtained a series
of some fifty negatives from both Colo-
rado and Wyoming, illustrating the geol-
ogy, work in quarries, camp life, etc.”

In the months of October and
November, 1900, another expedi-
tion, under Mr. G. R. Wieland of
Yale University, made a reconnois-
sance of the Jurasso- Cretaceous
Rim of the Black Hills, South Da-
kota. Among the material secured
were: portions of the skeleton of
Morosaurus,* a femur of Campto-
saurus, portions of the skeleton of
Brontosaurus,+ a portion of the
shield of some armored saurian pre-
sumably allied to Stegosaurus. t
Important stratigraphic results were
worked out; the report is accom-
panied by tables showing the char-
acter and thickness of the strata of
various sections. mW AKeG.

* A large herbivorous dinosaur with a short,
deep lower jaw, and a short, high skull.

+ One of the largest of the herbivorous dino-
saurs.

t Adistinctive feature of Stegosaurus was the
high, arched back, with a double row of more
or less triangular plates set vertically on each

side of the backbone, continuous with which
were a double row of pointed spines on the tail.

MEMOIRS OF THE AMERICAN
MUSEUM OF NATURAL
HISTORY.

II.— ANTHROPOLOGICAL SERIES.
(Continued.)

s|N the previous section
| of this review there
was given a summary
of the principal an-
thropological explora-
tions and expeditions maintained by
the Museum, which furnish material
for exhibition and research. The
object of the Jesup North Pacific
Expedition, namely, the investiga-
tion of the tribes of the whole coast
of the North Pacific Ocean, was ex-
plained; the first two papers on
the Jesup Expedition, “ Facial Paint-
ings of the Indians of Northern
British Columbia,” and “The Myth-
ology of the Bella Coola Indians,”
both by Dr. Boas, were reviewed.

These papers offer definite an-
swers to certain circumscribed
problems: first, the relation of the
geometric to the less conventional-
ized designs in the art of the North-
west Coast; second, the origin of a
Northwest Coast mythology. They
are more or less complete in them-
selves, and of especial interest to the
layman as illustrating the nature of
ethnological investigations.

But the full meaning and value
of these and of the other contri-
butions to the series are, of course,

145

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

cumulative. One should not lose
sight of the simple fact that the laws
back of natural phenomena cannot be
inferred until after the phenomena
have been described and classified
adequately. “We see that the
growth of human culture manifests
itself in the growth of each special
culture. We must, so far
as we can, reconstruct the actual
history of mankind, before we can
hope to discover the laws underly-
ing that history.”* Accordingly
these papers are largely descriptive
and historical. One ought not to
be disappointed because they do not
seem to contain great generaliza-
tions.

The paper on the facial paintings
referred to certain tribes,—Tlingit,
Haida, Tsimshian, Nootka, Kwa-
kiutl, which, although speaking
different languages, have many well-
marked traits of culture in common ;
for example, the peculiar method of
adapting the animal subject to the
decorative field by means of distor-
tion and dissection. These are the
typical “tribes of the North Pacific
Coast.” The Bella Coola,

mythology was discussed in

whose
the re-
view of the second paper, resemble
the neighboring tribes of the coast
in culture, but are not closely re-
lated to any of them.
fact, a Salish tribe.

They are, in

*Franz Boas, quoted in this journal, Vol, I,
Nos. 7-8, 1901, pp. 116, 117.

The principal Salish tribes are the
Coast Salish, Lillooet, Shuswap, Bel-
la Coola, Ntlakapamuk (Thompson
Indians), Okanagon.* The territory
of the Salish tribes may be said in a
general way to le to the southeast
of that of the North Pacifie Coast
tribes, both on the coast and, in the
interior, along the banks of the
Fraser and Upper Columbia rivers.
On the northeast, Salish territory
once extended to about the fifty
third parallel. On the southeast it
extended into Montana. Salish
tribes were also to be found in the
southeastern part of
Island. Although these tribes were
characterized by a “considerable

Vancouver

diversity of customs and a great
diversity of language,” + there is
sufficient similarity between the
word-roots of the different dialects
to show that they should be classed
together under a single linguistic
family or stock, the Salishan. It
may be well to state that among the
hative tribes of America north of
Mexico there are generally recog-
nized about fifty-eight such linguistic
stocks, all of which seem to be inde-
pendent of each other in origin. An
investigation of the culture of the
tribes speaking Salishan languages
is one of the objects of the Jesup Ex-
pedition. The memoir of Mr. James

* See map in previous number of this journal.
+J. W. Powell, Ann. Rept. Bureau of Eth-
nology, 1885-86, p. 104.

146

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

Teit on the Thompson Indians, the
fourth paper of the series, illustrates
very fully the culture of an impor-
tant Salish tribe.

Anthropology I, Part IV.—The .

Thompson Indians of British Col-
umbia. By James Teit, pp. 163-
392. Pll. XIV—-XX.

Dr. Franz Boas, the editor of the
memoir, gives preliminary information as
follows :

“The following description of the
Thompson Indians is based on two manu-
scripts prepared by Mr. James Teit,—the
one a description of the Upper Thompson
Indians . . . ; the other a de-
scription of the Lower Thompson Indians,

: as a result of work done by
Mr. Teit for the Jesup North Pacific Ex-
pedition. To these manuscripts have
been added notes furnished by Mr. Teit,
explaining the uses, and methods of manu-
facture, of specimens which he collected
for the expedition. Other information
was furnished by him in reply to inquiries
of the writer concerning questions that
seemed of interest. The detailed descrip-
tions of methods of weaving, and the
patterns for costumes, are based on exam-
ination of specimens inthe Museum. The
chapter on art and the conclusion were
written by the editor. The former is the
result of his study of specimens and
photographs, and of personal inquiries
conducted with the assistance of Mr. Teit.

“Mr. Teit is fully conversant with the
language of the Thompson Indians, and,
owing to his patient research and _ inti-
mate acquaintance with the Indians, the
information contained in the following
pages is remarkably full. Physical char-
acteristics, language, and the mythology

and traditions of the people, are not in-
cluded in the present description.”

The habitat of the Thompson Indians
is “the southern interior of British Col-
umbia, mostly east of the Coast Range,
but it extends far into the heart of that

range. It is about a hundred miles in
length, by ninety in breadth. Through
this territory flow three riv ‘raser

River ; its principal tributary, Thompson
River; and a smaller tributary of the
latter, Nicola River. In the valleys of
these rivers, or in close proximity thereto,
are found the principal villages of the
tribe, while the country on either side is
their hunting-ground.”

The country of the Lower Thompson
Indians is extremely rugged. The rain-
fall is abundant, and the whole country
is clad with heavy timber, mostly fir and
cedar. Game is scarce, so that the In-
dians depend mostly on the products of
the streams for their livelihood. The
country of the Upper Thompson Indians
is far less rugged. The valleys are cov-
ered with sagebrush and other evidences

of a dry climate, the mountains with
grass and scattering timber. Game,

especially deer, is much more abundant.
These different environments have to
some extent reacted differently on the
culture of the inhabitants, the Lower
Thompsons being expert canoeists and
fishermen, and the Upper Thompsons bet-
ter horsemen.

Formerly deer, salmon, roots, and ber-
ries were the staple food of the tribe.
Deer was more important to the upper
division, while salmon was the principal
food of the lower division. In those days
a large portion of the tribe lived in the
mountains during the greater part of the
year, moving about from one root-dig-
ging or deer-hunting ground to another,
according to the harvest-time of certain

147

THE A MER TCA N

MUSEUM J0U ERAS

SMALL ETHNIC GROUP ILLUSTRATING THE LIFE OF THE THOMPSON RIVER INDIANS.

roots and berries, or as the deer changed
their feeding grounds during the seasons.
The men engaged in hunting and trapping,
while the women attended to the gather-
ing and preparation of roots, berries, and
other food. Only when winter set in did
they return to their winter houses.

Most of the implements and utensils
of the Thompson Indians were made of
stone, bone, wood, bark, skins, matting,
or basketry. Work in stone, bone, and
wood was done by the men, while the
preparation of skins, matting, and bas-
ketry-work fell to the share of the women.
There was a certain amount of division of
labor, inasmuch as workmen skilled in
any particular line of work exchanged
their manufactures for other commodities.

For work in wood a number of tools
Trees were cut down by
elk-antler,

in with stone hand-

were used.

means of wedges made of
which were driven
hammers. (See cut on following page.)
‘The houses of the tribe were similar
to those of the Shuswap and Okanagon.
Like all the southern tribes of the interior,

they used a semi-subterranean . . hut as

a winter dwelling. These winter houses
were generally built in the valleys of the

principal rivers, within easy distance of
water, and were inhabited by groups of
families related to each other, who, al-
though scattered during the hunting and
fishing seasons, dwelt together during the
winter. The size conformed to
the number of people (from fifteen to
thirty) to be

with loose soil

accommodated. A spot
was selected for the site
of the underground house. The person
who desired to build the house asked all
his neighbors to assist. Frequently
twenty or thirty people came, so that the
building was sometimes completed ina
single day.”

The summer houses were lodges, like
those of the Indians of the Plains. An
important structure was the “sweat-
house,” wherein the people fasted on cer-
tain occasions, It was semi-ovoid in
shape, the framework being made of light
willow wands.

The dress of the Thompson Indians,
before their intercourse with the Hudson

Bay Company, was made almost entirely

148

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

of dressed skins, with or without the hair.
The skins were scraped and softened in
the manner illustrated in the ethnic
groups in the exhibition halls of the Mu-
seum. The principal articles of clothing
were shirts, trousers, and robes.
Basketry-making is an important in-
dustry among this tribe. The people

STONE HAND-HAMMER AND WEDGE MADE OF ELK-
ANTLER.

make various baskets of birch-bark and
beautiful coiled baskets of cedar-twigs.
Mat-making, weaving, and netting were
also practised.

The men played a number of games, in-
cluding lacrosse. There were many chil-
dren’s games. Games of chance were
popular. Dice were made out of beaver-
teeth.

The weapons of the Thompson Indians
were bow and arrow, spear, knife, war-
club, and tomahawk. For defence,
shields and armors made of wood or of
hide were used.

Before the arrival of the fur-traders,

the Thompson Indians often engaged in
war-expeditions, Regular tribal wars, in
which one whole tribe was arrayed against
another, wereveryrare. Most of their war-
fare was for the sake of plunder, adven-
ture, orrevenge. War parties numbered
from five or six individuals to companies
A man who refused
to join in these war-expeditions lost the
respect of his fellows. Though many
of the chiefs favored peace rather than
war, yet there was seldom much difficulty
in obtaining men for these expeditions,
many joining for the sake of the spoils,
others merely from love of adventure or
to obtain distinction, War parties were
not highly organized. Slaves were taken,
but were often ransomed by their friends,

of several hundred.

or after some years were allowed to es-
cape. Excepting in the case of the so-
called Frazer River War of 1858, the

relations of the tribe with the whites
have been peaceful.
The Thompson Indians had neither

hereditary chiefs nor a recognized nobil-
ity. The rank of each person was de-
termined by his wealth and his personal
qualities. Their “ chiefs” were therefore
men of the tribe noted for wealth, wisdom,
oratorical powers, or prowess in war.

When at the same time wise and wealthy,
they exerted a very great influence over
the people, who willingly obeyed them.
Some of them were looked upon as
the chief men of certain large districts,
the people negotiating through them
with strangers; yet they seldom or never
acted in matters of public interest without
obtaining the consent of all their people.
Wealthy persons also held prominent
positions in the tribe. The more liber-
ally they gave of their riches, the more
highly they were thought of ; hence pub-
lic feasts and presents were frequently

given. They made a point of treating

149

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM J0UR Reese

strangers well, that they might become
known among the people of other tribes.

Under these conditions the title of
“chief” could not be hereditary ; but
the fact that a man was the son of a chief
gained him a certain amount of popular-
ity. If, however, he failed to attain the
necessary qualifications, he was not called
“chief,” nor would he be considered in
any way different from the mass of the
people.

The hunting territory seems to have
been considered the common property of
the whole tribe. The berrying and root-

digging grounds were also common
property.

Blood relationship was considered a tie
which extended over generations, both in
the male and female line. The relatives
of a person killed by a member of some
other tribe had to avenge his death by
a war-expedition against the offending
If they failed to do so, they were

Time

tribe.
called ‘‘ women.”
count in this vendetta; and old scores
were sometimes paid off after the lapse

was of no ac-

of ten or twenty years, or even after the
death of the originators of the feud.

This idea of the unity of the family is
most strongly brought out in the heredi-
tary names of the Indians. Each family
had certain names, and no one but mem-
bers of the family was permitted to use
them,

In domestic affairs each male member
of age had a right to express his opinion
or give his advice, although in most cases
the father’s or eldest son’s advice was
taken. The father and eldest son seem to
have been looked upon as the highest au-
thorities, although custom required that
they should not do anything of impor-
tance to the family without first consult-
ing its other male members.

It was considered the man’s duty to

hunt, to trap, to fish, to snare, to fight, to
make all the tools and weapons, to fell
trees, to instruct and advise his children,
especially his sons, to help look after the
horses, to look after the hunting-dogs, to
be energetic, to protect his wife, and to
beat her if she were lazy, or admonish
her, ete.

Married women had to do almost all
the work of the house. Some men, how-
ever, helped their wives in the tanning of
buckskin, putting-up of lodges, ete., and
often articles for them,
such as root-diggers, ete. It was consid-
ered the woman’s duty to carry all fire-
wood ; erect the lodges, keep them clean
inside, and light the fire; gather and
carry brush for beds, etc.; make all kinds
of mats, baskets, sacks, and bags, as well
as all clothing, including moceasins ;
wash and cook; dig and cure or cook
roots, and gather and cure berries ; help
to clean and dry fish, to carry meat or
game shot, and to look after the horses ;
dress all skins for clothing, ete.; fetch
water ; look after and nurse the children ;
and educate her daughters to be diligent
in their work, and faithful and obedient

manufactured

to their husbands ; ete.

The Indians have always been fond of
gathering for feasting and talking, as
they are at the present day. Feasts of
all kinds took place in the winter, when
the Indians were in their winter houses.
Many feasts were simply social gather-
ings, where one family who had a large
supply of food invited the neighboring
families to partake of their abundance
and spend a day or so in feasting or con-
versation. This kind of feast showed
the good will and liberality of the donor.

“Although the Thompson Indians,
when the white miners first came among
them, had the reputation of being treach-
erous, they cannot be so characterized at

150

RAE. AWE RICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

WOMAN DIGGING ROOTS.

the present day.
people, there are both good and_ bad
among them ; but on the whole they are
more honest and industrious, intelligent
and receptive, than other Indian tribes.
They are quiet, sociable, and hospitable ;
yet combined with the last two qualities
are often pride and suspicion. Some are
of a jocular, humorous temperament ; and
some are courageous, determined, and
persevering, although the last-named
quality is not a characteristic of the tribe
as a whole. Some show it, however, toa
marked degree when hunting or fishing.
Being proud, they are easily offended,

As with every other

but seldom = allow
their wrath to get

the mastery of them.
As a rule, they are
not vindictive. They
admire a man who is
athletic, active, en-
ergetic, industrious,
strong to endure,
brave, hospitable,
liberal, sociable, and
kind. They are fond
of the wonderful, of
oratory, gambling,
story - telling, hunt-
ing, and horseback-
riding. ‘They are not
as proud-spirited as
they were, nor do
they take as much in-
terest in games, ath-
letic exercises, and
fun as formerly. Dis-
ease and the knowl-
edge that they are
doomed to extinction
are the chief causes
for this; while
change of pursuits,
and the acquirement
of new ideas, also have their effect.

“ At present these people, both socially
and otherwise, may be said to be in a
state of transition from the customs and
modes of life of the past, to those at pres-
ent in vogue among the surrounding
whites. Although some of the old people
cling tenaciously to many of the old hab-
its and traditions, the one idea of many
of the younger people is, to advance their
material condition, and to copy and vie
with the whites in many lines of indus-
try, as well as in customs and dress.

“Ethical Concepts and Teachings.—
It is good to be pure, cleanly, honest,

I51

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM J0U Ries

truthful, brave, friendly, hospitable, en-
ergetic, bold, virtuous, kind-
hearted to friends, diligent, independent,
modest, affable, social, charitable, religious
or worshipful, warlike, honorable, stout-
hearted, grateful, faithful, revengeful to
enemies, industrious.”

It is bad to be the opposites of these,
the practice of virtue implying praise and
reward, of
requital,

liberal,

vice, ridicule, censure, and

Some elderly man of a household would
often speak to the people until late at
night, admonishing and advising them,
especially the young of both sexes, how
to act and live with one another ; telling
them the benefits of being good and the
results of being evil, also giving his ideas
of the future life, ete. ; thus teaching
them and guiding them by his knowledge
and experience. In winter many nights
were spent in speech-making of this kind,
in relating stories of war, hunting, and
other experiences, and telling mythologi-
cal stories,

The mythology and traditions of the
people are not formally treated in this
volume. However, the author shows that
while certain prayers and customs sug-
gest that a general animism is the funda-
mental principle of their religion,
the ceremonials that were formerly in use
suggest that a vague worship of nature
formed also a prominent part of their
beliefs.

There were many formal observances
and practices, relating especially to birth,
childhood, puberty, marriage.

“The principle of decorative art of the
Thompson Indians is quite distinct from
that of the Coast tribes. The former
have the conception of animals adapting
themselves to the use of man, and assum-
The whale
becomes a canoe, the seal a dish, the crane

ing the form of implements.

aspoon. The latter adopt this idea very
rarely, but decorate their implements
with symbolic designs placed on a suita-
ble surface, but without any immediate
connection with the form of the imple-
ment. Inthe former, the decoration de-
pends upon form ; in the latter, form and
decoration have no intimate connection.
Comparatively few designs are primarily
decorative. Their fundamental idea is
For this reason by far the
greater number of designs may be de-
scribed as pictographs rather than as
decorations. Nevertheless the symbol is
often used for purposes of decoration.
“The symbols are mostly painted,
etched, or etched and filled with colors.
The Thompson Indians have not devel-
oped any great skill in graphic art. Their
designs are largely attempts at a realistic
representation, but the difficulties of ex-
ecution have led them to adopt a number
of conventional expedients to express cer-

symbolic.

tain ideas. They use a number of con-
ventional designs, the meaning of which
is always understood.”

In the
that :

“In a general way, we may say, there-
fore, that the Thompson Indians are in
appearance and culture a plateau tribe,
influenced, however, to a great extent by
their eastern neighbors, to a less extent
by the tribes of the coast. Their whole
social organization is very simple ; and
the range of their religious ideas and

conclusion the editor states

rites is remarkably limited, when com-
pared with those of other American tribes.
This may be one of the reasons why, in
contact with other tribes, the Salish have
always proved to be a receptive race,
quick to adopt foreign modes of life and
thought, and that their own influence has
been comparatively small.”
W.Ac

American Museum Journal

Volume I

OCTOBER, 1901

Number 11

NOTES AND NEWS.

desire to call particu-
1 Jar attention to the
supplement issued
with this number of
the Journat. This
a “Guide Leaflet” to
the Bird Rock Group recently in-
stalled in the southwest corner of
the gallery of the north wing of the
Museum. The leaflet has been pre-
pared by Mr. Frank M. Chapman,
the associate curator of the depart-
ments of Mammalogy and Orni-
thology, and is intended to assist
the unprofessional student as well
as the casual visitor in understand-
ing not only this group, but also its
relations to other exhibits in the de-
partment of Ornithology and else-
where in the building.
Separate copies of this leaflet may
be obtained from the floor attendant,
or at the entrance to the building.

consists of

THe past summer has been a
season of great activity, especially
in the several departments of the
Museum that send expeditions into
the field for the collection of speci-
mens. Some notes of the results of
the work of the various parties will
be found in the present and future
numbers of the JouRNAL.

LECTURES.

Tue Department or Pustic I[n-
STRUCTION announces the following
lectures for the first half of the en-
suing season :

To Teachers of the Public Schools,
Saturday mornings at 10:30:

Oct. 26th Nov. 2?d.—The
American Exposition of 1901.

Nov. 9th and 16th.—London ; The City
and the Thames.

Nov. 23d and 30th.—London: Its Mu-
seums and Galleries.

Pan-

and

Dee. 7th and 14th.— London : Its En-
virons.
The Members’ Course will be

given Thursday evenings at 8:15,
with the following programme:

Noy. 21st.—The Pan-American Expo-
sition of 1901.

Dec. 5th.—London: The City and the
Thames.

Dee. 12th.
Galleries.

Dec. 19th.—London :

London : Its Museums and

Its Environs.

Proressor Bickmore had_ the
honor of being appointed a juror
on the entire United States exhibit
at the Pan-American Exposition,
and therefore was accorded special
privileges for photographing the
government exhibits at the Fair.
The illustrations form a_ special

Ie.

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURRAS

feature of his official report, and
slides from the same negatives are
to be used in his lectures.

The negatives for Professor Bick-
more’s three new lectures on London
have been prepared by Messrs. J.
H. Abegg and Henri Hoffer, who
also prepared the wonderful illus-
trations of Paris and the Universal
Exposition which were used for the
lectures last year. These gentle-
men received special privileges in
London, particularly the British Mu-
seum and the Museum of Natural
History, and also the National Gal-
lery; they had permission also to
photograph the interior of palaces
and private grounds of particular
interest in and near the Metropolis.
Thus there has come to the Ameri-
can Museum an especially valuable
and complete set of views of Lon-
don, which will no doubt be appre-
ciated as much as was the set of
last year on Paris.

Tue Pusriic Lectures given under
the codperation of the city Depart-
ment of Education with the Ameri-
can Museum of Natural History
began Tuesday evening, October
8th, with the following programme
for successive Tuesday evenings
until the middle of December :

October 8th.—Russia, by Peter Mac
Queen.

October 15th.—Scotland and Burns, by
Peter Mac Queen.

October 22d.—The Passion Play, by
John C. Bowker.

October 29th.—A Tramp through Swit-
zerland, by E. C. Chorley.

November 5th.—Saunterings in Merrie
England, by Thomas Edw. Potterton.

November 12th.— The American in

_ Holland, by Dr. Wm. E. Griffis.

November 19th.—The Castle-Bordered
Rhine, by Thomas Edw. Potterton.

November 26th.—Imperial Berlin and
other German Cities, by Prof. H. E.
Northrop.

December 3d.— Constantinople, by
Jesse L. Hurlbut.

December 10th.—Rome, by Wm. Free-
land.

December 17th.—Cities of the Baltic,
by G. R. Hawes.

The popularity of the Tuesday
evening courses in the past few
years has been such that a new
course for Saturday evenings under
the same auspices has been inaugu-
rated this year. It began October
19th with the following programme:

Six lectures on Astronomy by
Prof. Robert W. Prentiss—

October 19th.—The Sun ; Its Phenom.
ena.

October 26th.—The Sun; Spectrum
Analysis, Light and Heat.

November 2d.—The Moon; Its Ap-
pearance, Motions, Scenery, and Physical
Condition.

November 9th.—The Planet Mars ; Is
it Inhabited ?

November 16th.—The Planets ; Their
Telescopic Appearance and Physical Con-
dition.

November 23d.—Comets and Meteors ;
Their Mutual Relations.

154

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

Three lectures on Nature Study
by Edward F. Bigelow—

November 30th.—J ourneysabout Home
Roadsides, Fields and Forests.

December 7th.—Travels in a Swamp.

December 14th.—Haunts of Nature.

All of these lectures are profusely
illustrated by stereopticon views.

CONVENTIONS.

Tere will be a meeting of the
American Ornithologists’ Union in
the large lecture hall of the Museum
from the 12th to the 14th of No-
vember inclusive. Various papers
and illustrated lectures will be pre-
sented, and the general public is
cordially invited to attend the ses-
sions. All who are interested in
birds and bird-lore will find much

of value in these meetings.

On the 14th of November the
national conference of the Audnu-
bon societies of America will be
held at the Museum. As the meet-
ing of the Ornithologists’ Union
occurs at the same time and place,
the conventions of the two bodies
will be merged for the time being.
A cordial invitation is extended to
the general public to attend the
sessions.

DEPARTMENTS OF MAMMALOGY
AND ORNITHOLOGY.

Dr. J. A. Atuen, Curator of the
Department of Mammalogy and

Ornithology, has recently returned
from a three-months’ trip abroad,
the purpose of the trip being scien-
tifie study at foreign museums, par-
ticularly at the British Museum.
He took with him for comparison
with the type specimens and other
historic material quite a collection
of mammals from South America.
His work abroad was principally at
the British Museum (South Ken-
sington), where five weeks were
spent in studying the rich collection
of South American mammals, which
contains the types of many species
described by Waterhouse, Bennett,
Tomes, Gray, Thomas, and others.
Thanks are due to the Curator of
the Department of Mammals at
the British Museum, Mr. Oldfield
Thomas, for the freest access to the
collections and for valuable personal
assistance,

_ The material taken abroad by Dr.
Allen included a complete suite of
the mammals of Patagonia, collected
by the Princeton Expeditions, and
through the opportunities available
at the British Museum the species
were all satisfactorily determined.
Also much original work was done
on the South American Opossums
of the genus Dvzdelphis, and on
various genera of the family Octo-
dontide.

The recent additions to the De-
partment of Mammalogy and Orni-
thology include a large and very

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

important collection of mammals
and birds from the State of Vera
Cruz, Mexico, which contains good
series of specimens of several species
not before represented in the Mu-
seum collection. The Museum has
also received from the Duke of
Loubat a valuable collection of
mammals, collected chiefly in the
State of Jalisco, which adds much
valuable material. A third collec-
tion of mammals and birds has been
received from Venezuela, collected
by Mr. Klages; and a final instal-
ment of birds and mammals of the
H. H. Smith Collection from the
Santa Marta District of Colombia
has also come to hand.

Each of these shipments includes
a number of very desirable speci-
mens available for mounting for
exhibition, as well as important ma-
terial for the investigation of South
American mammalogy.

Durine the past summer, Mr.
Frank M. Chapman, the associate
curator of the Departments of Mam-
malogy and Ornithology, made an
extended trip in the western British
Possessions. In Manitoba he se-
cured material for groups of cor-
morants, Wilson’s phalarope, and
the yellow-headed blackbird. Inthe
Selkirk Mountains he secured the
specimens needed for a group
of the American dipper or water-
ousel.

DEPARTMENT OF GEOLOGY.

Tue DerpartTMENT oF GEOLOGY
sent Dr. E. O. Hovey, the associate
curator, into the Black Hills region
of South Dakota and Wyoming
during July and August to collect
fossils from the marine Jurassic
beds exposed there. He obtained
a large amount of valuable material
illustrating species heretofore al-
most entirely unrepresented in the
Museum. A _ portion of what was
sent in is now on exhibition in
Alcove No. 14, on the west side of
the Geological Hall (No. 405) and
in one of the Cretaceous cases in the
centre of the hall.

Dr. A. C. Hannon, Professor of
Anthropology in the University of
Cambridge, England, is spending
several weeks in the United States
studying the collections in that
branch of science. While in New
York he is the guest of the Mu-
seum.

AN ICHTHYOSAUR WITH
YOUNG.

=\HE American Museum
has just received aroyal
gift from the Museum
of Stuttgart, Wirtem-
berg. It comes through
Prof. Eberhard Fraas, who made a
long tour of exploration in the fos-
sil beds of the Rocky Mountain

156

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

region with Professor Osborn last
spring. The fossil is a superb
specimen of an Ichthyosaur, from
the Jurassic quarry of Holzmaden,
a little town not far from Stuttgart,
which is famous for its Ichthyosaur
remains, The specimen just. re.
ceived by the Museum is on a slab,
9 feet 3 inches in length and 2 feet 5
inches in breadth. It is a perfectly
preserved example of the Species
Ichthyosaurus quadriscissus. ch:
thyosaurs, or marine, externally fish-
like fossil reptiles, have been found
in abundance both in Germany and
in England, but what renders this
specimen unique is the fact that it
contains indications of several young
animals within the body-cavity of
the mother, thus giving a beautiful
demonstration of the fact that the
Ichthyosaurs were viviparous, bring:
ing forth their young alive. The
young animals are surprisingly
large, the head of the largest being
93 inches long, or half as large as
that of the mother Ichthyosaur.
The backbone and paddles of the
young are well developed and prove
that they were abundantly able to
swim and take care of themselves
immediately upon birth. This is
one of the most remarkable features
of the adaptation of the Ichthyo-
saurs to marine life. The ancestors
of these animals undoubtedly lived
upon land and were oviparous—
but as they became more and more

ICHTHYOSAURUS QUADRISCISSUS QuensTepT.

4
4
50
Pee

eS es
pa pein aah Su

157

TEE ACM eG Aon

MUSEUM JOURNAL

sea-faring in habit there must have
been a gradual retention of the
young in the abdominal cavity un-
til a later and later period of. de-
velopment. The visits of marine
animals to the land for the purpose
of egg-laying are very hazardous, as
is shown by the life of the marine
Turtles, which also live far out at
sea and are always obliged to re-
turn to the seashore to deposit their

Lor Ors
eggs.

THE DUKE OF LOUBAT'S RE.
PRODUCTIONS OF THE
ANCIENT MEXICAN CODI-
CES.

pea HH Museum has just re-
If ceived from the Duke
of Loubat his latest
reproduction of Mexi-
can codices, the Codex
Ferjevary-Mayer. The original is
in the Free Museum of Liverpool,
having been purchased by Mr.
Mayer from the collection of M.
Ferjevary of Budapest. Its where-
abouts seems to have been lost to
students until about six years ago,
when it was noticed by Mr. M. H.
Saville in the back of a basement case
It is
reproduced in Kingsborough’s great
work, but the pages are not given in
their proper sequence. The present
edition (Loubat’s) is an exact fac-

in the museum in Liverpool.

simile of this most important codex,
which was made on deerskin, and
not maguey-paper as has been gen-
erally supposed. The pages are
nearly square, measuring 62 x 64
inches. It contains two blank
pages forming the covers, the work
being folded screen fashion, and
forty-four pages of paintings in
colors. The book comes to us with
a short introduction by the Duke
of Loubat, but a study of the codex
by the eminent Americanist, Pro-
fessor Seler of Berlin, is now in
press, and will soon be issued.

This is the seventh of the magnifi-
cent reproductions—copies of which
are now on exhibition in our Mexi-
can Hall—which the student of
American antiquities owes to the
liberality and intelligence of this
patron of science.* They are as
follows :

Codex Vaticanus, No. 3773, published
1896.

Codex Borgia, published 1898.

Codex Cospiano, published 1899.

Codex Telleriano-Remensis, published
1899.

Codex Vaticanus, No. 3738, published
1900.

Tonalamatl Aubin, published 1900,

Codex Ferjevary-Mayer, published
1901,

* In addition, we should include Codex Bor-
bonicus, published in 1899 by Leroux of Paris,
through the initiative of the Duke of Loubat,
who made its publication possible, and who
presented the Museum with the copy on exhibi-
tion here.

158

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

SUMMER WORK OF THE DE-
PARTMENT OF VERTE-
BRATE PALZONTOLOGY.

SSSSSEqOUR expeditions for
i PAs] fossil vertebrates
Hs were sent out by the
4 Department. The
season opened inaus-
piciously with the failure of the ex-
pedition to the Black Hills region
for Dinosaurs, all the prospects
which had been located proving
worthless. But the subsequent
successes in other fields were so
brilhant as to more than compen-
sate for this early failure.

The old Bone Cabin Quarry
which was discovered in 1898, and
has been worked on an extensive
scale for two years past has yielded
remarkable results. The shales of
the quarry gave place to sandstones,
which were more rich in skull ma-
terial. In the season of 1900 two
skulls were found, both unique, one
of a carnivorous Dinosaur and one of
the herbivorous Sauropod Moro.
saurus. During the past summer
another equally complete carnivo-
rous Dinosaur skull with lower jaws
has been found, also a less perfect
skull, believed to belong to Lronto-
saurus, and portions of three others.
These, however, while the most im-
portant discoveries, represent only a
small part of the splendid Dinosaur
material found in this quarry, which

a}
yale
4
ol
ys

€

[SSSSSSSSaSSS SESS

filled 50 boxes. Toward the end
of the season the fine collection
found by Mr. W. H. Reed, the well-
known collector, was secured, to-
gether with all the rights of two of
his prospects; one of them is a
quarry which promises very well.
This party, consisting of Messrs.
Granger and Kaisen, returned about
October 15th.

The signal event of the year is
the gift of the special fund of $15,-
000 for the exploration of fosssil
horses, by a generous friend of the
Museum who desires his name to be
withheld for the present. The
Museum already has a fine collec-
tion of fossil horses, secured through
the purchase of the Cope Collection
and through expeditions sent out
since 1890. But this liberal gift
has enabled the curator to plan
for exhibition and exploration on
an unprecedented scale; so the evo-
Jution of the horse can be demon-
strated to the public not only by
means of the feet and skulls, as at
present, but by a long series of
mounted skeletons. Complete fos-
sil skeletons are most rare, and it is
therefore a cause for congratulation
that the Eastern Colorado expedi-
tion, led by Dr. Matthew and Mr.
Brown, and including Mr. Thomp-
son of the Museum and Dr. Loomis
of Amherst, secured a perfect skele-
ton of Anchitherium, a collateral
ancestor of the horse, and materials

159

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL

for a complete composite skeleton of
Protohippus, believed to be one of
the true ancestors of the horse, be-
sides much comparative material.
Almost equal good fortune attended
the Texas expedition for fossil
horses led by Mr. J. W. Gidley.
The first day’s exploration resulted
in the discovery of the remains of a
small herd of Protohippus, includ-
ing eight skulls and other parts of
the skeleton; these, though some-
what crushed, are very complete.

The expeditions for fossil horses
are not precluded from bringing in
other materials which are found en
route, and noteworthy discoveries
have been made by both parties of
fossil mammalian contemporaries of
the horses, especially Amphicyon,
the giant dog of the period, the
skull of a Mastodon, and the shell
and tail of a Glyptodont related to
Floplophorus of the Brazilian bone
caves, Altogether 20 boxes were
sent from Texas and 32 boxes from
Eastern Colorado, the latter contain-
ing remains of 110 animals belonging
to numerous species, including Cam-
els, Rhinoceroses, and Oreodonts.

In the spring an extensive trip
through the Jurassic of Colorado
was made by Professor Osborn, ac-
companied by Professor Eberhard
Fraas of Stuttgart. The latter has
shown his friendship for this Mu-
seum by presenting in exchange a
magnificent specimen of Jchthyo-

nal cavity.

saurus quadriscissus nearly nine
feet in length, and containing several
young icthyosaurs in the abdomi-
This is believed to be
the most interesting specimen of its
kind which has yet reached this
country ; and the Museum is greatly
indebted to Professor Fraas for its
selection.

Three important purchases have
been made. (1) The collection and
quarry of Dinosaurs from Mr. Reed,
alluded to above. (2) A magnifi-
cently preserved predaceous fish
from the Kansas Cretaceous, com-
monly known as Portheus molossus.
It is a few inches under 16 feet in
length and lacks only the central
portion of the spines and ribs, the
vertebral series, head, and tail being
complete. It was found by a well-
known explorer of the fossil verte-
brates, Mr. Charles H. Sternberg.
The specimen will be appropriately
mounted in the Marine Reptile cor-
ridor, immediately over the contem-
porary Mosasaur skeleton from the
same region. (8) The skull of a
fossil Mammoth from Texas, with
tusks 11 ft., 4} in. in length. This
will the series of fossil
proboscidean skulls, which now
comprises two complete primitive
Mastodon skulls, one very primitive

Elephant skull (4lephas mirificus

crown

Leidy) and two fine Mammoth
skulls including the one above
mentioned. H. F..0.

160

AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

She
Bird Rock Group

Frank M. Chapman

Associate Curator of Mammalogy and Ornithology

SUPPLEMENT TO AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL
VOL. I, NO. 11, OCTOBER, 1901

BIRD ROCK FROM THE SOUTHWEST.
Distant about one half a mile.

(From “ Bird Studies with a Camera,” by permission of D. Appleton & Co.)

spaiq €4 surejuoo pux *ysty soyour OF 39aj 9 ‘Suoyjsoyout 9 399} Zr st dnoad ayy,
*dNOYO NOOY Guid SHL

KEY TO THE BIRD ROCK GROUP.

t. 6, Puffin, 7, Leach’s Petrel.

-billed Auk. 4, Kittiwake Gull. 5, Ganne

3, Razor

1, Common Murre.

“dNOYD 3H1L JO SIVH 14357

ee
* \

A DESCRIPTION OF THE BIRD ROCK GROUP ON
EXHIBITION IN THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NATURAL HISTORY, REPRESENTING A_ POR-
TION OF A “BIRD ISLAND” OF THE NORTH AT-
LANTIC AND THE NESTING-HABITS OF ITS
OCCUPANTS.

By FRANK M. CHAPMAN,

Associate Curator of the Department of Mammalogy and Ornithology.
ISLANDS AS BIRD PROTECTORs.

To the preserving influence of island-life we owe the continued
existence of many birds which have long ceased to live, or, at
least, to nest, on the mainland. This is true of the great oceanic
islands as well as of the sand-bars, reefs, and rocks on which sea-
birds rear their young, and even of the tiny islet of reeds or
vegetable mould which forms the nest of the Grebes (see Group
of Pied-billed Grebes in the Main Bird-Hall). In every instance,
however, whether the island be a thousand square miles or one
square foot in extent, it owes the preservation of its bird-life to
the same cause, and this cause is the entire or comparative ab-
sence of bird enemies.

Oceanic islands, or those which have had no connection with
the mainland, are, as arule, without terrestrial mammals, and con-
sequently destructive animals such as wolves, foxes, cats, both
wild and domesticated, minks, weasels, etc., are wanting, even
when the conditions are favorable to their existence, while the
barren rocky islets, reefs, and sand-bars are uninhabited, not
only by these predaceous species, but also by the birds’ worst
enemy—man.

Thousands of instances could be cited to illustrate the im-
portance of the part played by islands in protecting birds, but we
need go no farther than our Atlantic coast to be convinced that
were it not for islands we should long ago have lost a number
of birds which now never nest on the adjoining mainland. For
example, practically all our remaining Terns or ‘‘ Sea Swallows ’’
now breed only on islands, the remaining large colonies of these
birds off the New York and Massachusetts coasts being found on

6 The Bird Rock Group.

Gardiner’s, Fisher’s, Muskeget, and Penikese Islands. Martha’s
Vineyard, between the two last named, contains the sole survivors
of the Heath Hen or Eastern Prairie Chicken (see gallery, case J).
Certain islets along the coast of Maine form suitable homes for
Herring Gulls (see gallery, case B), and going farther north,
into the Gulf of St. Lawrence, we find several rocky islets, which,
either because of their isolation or precipitousness, are ideal
resorts for sea-fowl. Chief among these is

Birp ROcK.

Bird Rock, and its neighbor Little Bird Rock, belong to the
Magdalen Group, and are situated fifty miles northwest of Cape

+ Bird Rocks
*

MAP SHOWING LOCATION OF THE BIRD ROCKS.

Breton, the nearest mainland, and twelve miles east of Bryon
Island, the nearest member of the same group. It is 351 yards
long, from 50 to 140 yards wide, and rises abruptly from the sea
to a height of from 80 to 140 feet. Its vertical rocky walls are
weathered into innumerable ridges, shelves, and crevices — fit
sites for the nests of the sea birds which for centuries have made

WEST OF THE CRANE.

(From “ Bird Studies with a Camera,” by permission of D. Appleton & Co.)

NORTH SIDE OF THE ROCK,

8 The Bird Rock. Group.

the Rock their home. The birds, furthermore, have found an
abundance of food in the surrounding waters.

Bird Rock is the home during the summer of seven species of
birds. Named in the order of their abundance they are: Com-
mon and Briinnich’s Murres, Razor-billed Auks, Gannets, Kitti-
wake Gulls, Puffins, and Leach’s Petrel. Gannets are known to
nest in only one other place in this country, Bonaventure Island,
about 150 miles northwest of Bird Rock, and the remaining six
species rarely or never nest on the mainland; facts which illus-
trate how well the Rock has filled its office of bird protector. We
shall see, however, that owing to man’s agency the inhabitants
of Bird Rock have greatly decreased in numbers since its
discovery.

History or Bird Rock.

The history of the Bird Rocks begins with their discovery by
Jacques Cartier, the venturesome French navigator, in June,
1534. Cartier wrote: ‘* These islands were as full of birds as any
meadow is of grass, which there do make their nests, and in the
greatest of them there was a great and infinite number of that
that we called Margaulx that are white and bigger than any
geese, which were severed in one part. In the other were only
Godetz and Great Apponatz, like to those of that island that we
above have mentioned. We went down to the lowest part of the
least islands, where we killed above a thousand of those Godetz
and Apponatz. We put into our boats as many as we pleased,
for in less than an hour we might have filled thirty such boats of
them. We named them the islands of the Margaulx.’’

The birds Cartier called ‘‘ Margaulx’’ were undoubtedly Gan-
nets; his ‘‘ Godetz’’ were probably Murres and Razor-bills;
while there is every reason to believe that his ‘‘ Great Apponatz,”’
which he had previously found and unmistakably described, were
the now extinct Great Auk. It is also of interest to know that at
this time, during the proper season, the Rocks were the home of
Walrus.

Audubon, whose energy in exploration no ornithologist has
surpassed, was the first naturalist beholding Bird Rock to leave
us a description of its wonders. On June 14, 1833, during his
cruise to Labrador, in the Schooner Af/ey, he wrote in his journal
the following graphic account of the day's experiences: “‘ About

The Bird Rock Group. 9

ten a speck rose on the horizon, which I was told was the Rock.
We sailed well, the breeze increased fast, and we neared the
object apace. At eleven I could distinguish its top plainly from
the deck, and thought it covered with snow to the depth of

GANNETS ON NESTS.
Photographed from nature by F, M. Chapman.

(From “ Bird Studies with a Camera,” by permission of D. Appleton & Co.)

several feet; this appearance existed on every portion of the flat
projecting shelves. Godwin [the pilot] said, with the coolness
of a man who had visited this Rock for ten successive seasons,
that what we saw was not snow but Gannets. I rubbed my eyes,

10 The Bird Rock Group.

took my spy-glass, and in an instant the strangest picture stood
before me. They were birds we saw—a mass of birds of such
size as I never before cast my eyes on. The whole of my party
stood astounded and amazed, and we came to the conclusion
that such a sight was of itself sufficient to invite any one to come
across the gulf to view it at this season. The nearer we ap-
proached, the greater our surprise at the enormous number of
these birds, all calmly seated on their eggs or newly hatched
broods, their heads all turned to windward and toward us. The
air above for one hundred yards, and for some distance around
the whole Rock was filled with Gannets on the wing, which, from
our position, made it appear as if a heavy fall of snow was
directly above us.”’ '

After this description one can readily imagine Audubon’s dis-
appointment when the freshening wind prevented his landing on
the Rock, and we therefore must turn to the account of Dr.
Henry Bryant as that of the first naturalist to set foot on Bird
Rock. This was on June 23, 1860, when, after a climb which
he characterized as both ‘‘ difficult and dangerous,’’ Dr. Bryant
reached the top of the Rock. In addition to the birds found
living on the sides of the Rock, he states that its entire northerly
half was tenanted by Gannets, and after measuring the area they
occupied, he estimated that this one colony alone contained no
less than 100,000 birds, while the number living on the sides of
the Rock and on Little Bird he placed at 50,000.”

Bryant was followed by Maynard, Brewster, Cory, Lucas, and
others, but in the meantime a change had occurred which made
the Rock more accessible and at the same time greatly reduced
its feathered population. In 1869 a lighthouse was erected on
its summit and within three years the colony of Gannets nesting
there decreased from 100,000 to 5000 birds; while nine years
later only 50 birds remained.

This practical extermination of the summit-nesting birds was
due in part to the light-keepers, who evidently did not care for
the close companionship of 50,000 pairs of by no means sweet-
voiced birds, and, later, to the use of a cannon, which, during
the fogs so prevalent in this region, was discharged at short

1 Audubon and his Journals, I., p. 360.
2 Bryant, Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1861.

GANNET (FLYING OVER), MURRES PUFFINS, AND RAZOR-BILLED AUKS.
Photographed from nature by F. M. Chapman.

(From “‘ Bird Studies with a Camera,”’ by permission of D. Appleton & Co.)

12 The Bird Rock Group.

intervals to warn vessels of their proximity to the Rock. To the
use of this cannon is also in part attributable the diminution in the
ranks of the other birds inhabiting the Rock, and, writing of his
visit in 1881, Mr. William Brewster remarks: ‘‘At each discharge
the frightened Murres fly from the Rock in clouds, nearly every
sitting bird taking its egg into the air between its thighs and
dropping it after flying a few yards. This was repeatedly

THE LANDING AT THE BASE OF THE ROCK, SHOWING CRATE.
(From ‘‘ Bird Studies with a Camera,”’ by permission of D. Appleton & Co.)

observed during our visit, and more than once a perfect shower
of eggs fell into the water about our boat.”’ ’

BirD) Rock To=Day

In spite of the great decrease which has occurred in Bird
Rock’s population, it still remains one of the ornithological
wonders of our Atlantic coast. Unfortunately, however, the

1 For a further history of Bird Rock see pei Proc. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist., 1883. Lucas,

“The Auk’’—New York—V., 1888, PP- 129, 278 ; also, in connection with the identity of Ap-
ponatz, Hardy, /é7d., 380, Chapman, *‘ Bird Studies with a Camera.”’

The Bird Rock Group. 13

wholesale collecting of eggs and wanton killing of birds by
fishermen, combined with the results of firing the gun-cotton
bombs, which have superseded the cannon, are causing a con-
tinued diminution in the number of birds inhabiting the Rock,

THE LANDING ON TOP OF THE ROCK, SHOWING CRANE.
(From “ Bird Studies with a Camera,” by permission of D. Appleton & Co.)

and unless the Canadian Government soon takes proper steps to
afford them protection, it is quite probable that in time only a
fraction of their present numbers will remain. To make, there-
fore, a permanent record of this characteristic phase of island life

14 The Bird Rock Group.

the writer visited the Rock in July, 1898, and procured for the
American Museum of Natural History the material and photo-
graphs which made possible the preparation of this group.

It is quite as difficult to land on Bird Rock to-day as it was in
Audubon’s time, but good fortune brought us to the spot during
calm weather, and the boat in which the light-keeper met our
schooner was readily beached on the hand’s-breadth of shore
constituting the only port of entry. Once landed, however, the
top is now easily reached in a small crate which is hoisted by
means of a crane and windlass, operated by the keeper of the
lighthouse. The experience of passing so near nesting Murres
and Kittiwakes that they may almost be touched is not the least
interesting part of a journey through space which it is believed
most visitors to the Rock will find possessed of more or less
novelty. Alighting on the grassy summit of the Rock, one sees
that it contains, in addition to the light- and bomb-houses, a
small collection of buildings for the storage of supplies which are
brought only twice each year, and for the accommodation of the
keeper, his family, and three assistants. With the exception of
a few Puffins and Petrels, which live in burrows, no birds now
nest on top of the Rock, but they crowd the jutting ledges or
eroded shelves of the precipitous faces of the island. In places
one can easily clamber down to these ledges and there he will be
surrounded by curious groups of sea-fowl, some fearlessly stand-
ing, while others whirl by in an endless procession.

In view of the years of persecution to which these birds have
been subjected, they are still remarkably tame, and, to a bird-
lover, it is an especially grateful experience to be at once received
into their ranks. No one, indeed, who has not had the experience
can imagine the peculiar sensations which possess the naturalist
when, for the first time, he visits a bird island where essentially
primeval conditions prevail, and where the birds are so abundant
and so unsuspicious that one seems to have reached the heart of
the bird world and found existing there the ideal relation between
man and the lower animals.

THe BIRDS OF THE ROCK.

Murres (Uria lomvia et Uria troile). The Murres, together
with the Razor-billed Auk and the Puffin, are members of the

‘ueudey) "Wa Aq (od 8 uojajddy ‘gq jo uorsstuiiod Aq)
sinjeu Woy poydvssojoyg "SLSIN NO ONNOA GNV SAYNVMILLIM _{eouIeg v YIM saIpnag parg ,, Woy)

16 The Bird Rock Group.

family Alcide, a group of sea-birds found only in the North
Atlantic and North Pacific. (Several allied species may be found
in the general collection of North American Birds, see gallery,
Case A.) Everywhere they are island-nesting birds, indeed some
of the largest bird islands in northern seas are inhabited almost
entirely by Murres:—the Farne Islands off the eastern coast of
northern England, the Farallones at the entrance of San Francisco

COMMON MURRE AND EQQ@.,
From the Group.

Bay, and St. Paul Island in Bering Sea, are tenanted by countless
individuals of these birds. Murres feed on fish, which they se-
cure by diving, using both wings and feet in propelling themselves
while under water. Their note is a hoarse call sounding somewhat
like the syllable mw77e, whence their common name. They make
no nest, but lay their one peculiarly shaped and colored egg on an
exposed ledge of rock or in a similarly unprotected place. The
shape of the egg is supposed to be an adaptation to the require-
ments of the nesting sites, from which a more elliptical or spheri-

The Bird Rock Group. 17

cal egg would roll and fall. The pear-shaped Murres’ eggs,
however, when moved by the bird or wind, revolve about their
own point, practically without change of position. The wide
variation in the colors of Murres’ eggs, no two of which are
alike, is ‘thought to aid the birds in recognizing their own eggs.

BRUNNICH’S MURRE.
From the Group.

When hatched the Murres are covered with a sooty black down.
In some instances they are taken to the water when still very
young; in others they acquire the power of flight before leaving
their birth-place.

Murres’ eggs are edible, and for this reason they are often
gathered in large numbers by fishermen, or, when they can be
disposed of, by “eggers’’ who make a business of visiting the

18 The Bird Rock Group.

haunts of the birds during the egg-laying season. It is stated
that some twenty years ago 30,000 dozen Murres’ eggs were gath-
ered annually on the Farallone Islands and sold in the San Fran-
cisco markets. Asa result of this wholesale robbing, the birds
decreased in numbers so rapidly that the United States Govern-
ment forbade their further molestation. It is greatly to be hoped
that the Canadian Government will soon take steps to afford simi-
lar protection to the Murres of Bird Rock.

Two species of Murres inhabit Bird Rock, the Common Murre
(Uria troile) and Briinnich’s Murre (Uria lomvia). To the
casual observer the differences distinguishing them are not at
once apparent, and the presence of two such closely related
birds, of similar habits, in the same place, is an interesting illus-
tration of the retention of specific differences under circumstances
unusually favorable for interbreeding.

The Common Murre has a longer, more slender bill and
browner head than Briinnich’s Murre, which has a relatively
short and thick bill with the basal edges of the lower mandible
grayish and swollen, and the head dark. The downy young of
the Common Murre are sooty black, sprinkled with white; those
of Briinnich’s Murre are decidedly browner. The Common
Murre breeds in the North Atlantic from Bird Rock and the
British Islands northward. In winter it ranges southward to
the coasts of Massachusetts and northern Africa.

Briinnich’s Murre breeds from Bird Rock northward, but is
rare in the eastern Atlantic. In winter it is found occasionally
as far south as New Jersey, and, sometimes it reaches the interior
states as far west as Michigan, by way of the St. Lawrence River
and the Great Lakes.

Some Murres have a white ring around the eye extending
backward in a white stripe behind it. They are known as
‘“Spectacled Murres,’’ but whether they constitute a distinct
species, or are merely an individual variation, is as yet unknown.
One individual of this kind is shown in the group.

Razor-billed Auk (4/ca torda). The Razor-bill is the nearest
existing relative of the extinct Great Auk, which it resembles in
general appearance, but from which it differs in possessing the
power of flight. This species lays its single egg, which is more
elliptical than that of the Murres, in natural cavities or other-

The Bird Rock Group. 19

wise protected places, and the young are born covered with a
brownish down.

The accompanying illustration of the Razor-billed Auk and
Great Auk is of interest not alone because the former is and the
latter was an inhabitant of Bird Rock, but also because it permits
of a comparison of two closely allied birds, one of which has
retained, while the other has lost, the power of flight. The Great

FE yey

GREAT AUK AND RAZOR-BILLED AUK. SHOWING COMPARATIVE SIZE.
From specimens in the American Museum.

Auk, unlike the Razor-bill, nested on low islands to which it
could gain access by means of the feet alone. It fed on fish,
migration was unnecessary, and as a result of disuse it evidently
lost the power of flight, its wings serving only as paddles for pro-
pulsion under the water. Hence it fell an easy victim to fisher-
men, who, landing on the islets to which it resorted, killed it in
great numbers for its flesh. The last living Great Auk was seen
in 1844, and all that remains of the myriads described by the
early voyagers is some 77 skins, a few skeletons, and 70 eggs.

20 The Bird Rock Group.

(See especially in this connection the skin, skeleton, and cast of
the egg of the Great Auk in the Main Bird-Hall.)

The Razor-bill breeds from the Bird Rocks and British Isl-
ands northward and in winter is found as far south as Long Island
and the Mediterranean.

KITTIWAKE GULL ON NEST.
From the Group.

Kittiwake Gull (Avssa ¢ridacty/a). From six to eight hun-
dred Kittiwake Gulls nest on Bird Rock. They place their nests
of sea-weed on the less accessible ledges and doubtless for this
reason are less preyed upon by man than are the Murres. Kitti-
wakes are the only birds on the Rock which lay more than one
egg; their nests containing two or three. The young are born
covered with down, and during their first winter differ from
adults in having the tip of the tail and hind neck black. The
birds of this species feed on fish and drink salt water in prefer-
ence to fresh. Their name is derived from their singular call,

The Bird Rock Group. 21

which resembles the syllables 47¢-##-wake, several times repeated.
Kittiwakes nest from Bird Rock and the British islands north-
ward, and in winter range southward to Virginia and the
Canaries.

During their winter wanderings Kittiwakes are true sea-gulls,

rarely visiting our inner harbors and bays, where the common
winter gull is the Herring Gull, the adults of which, though
much larger, are not unlike adult Kittiwakes in color; those born
the preceding summer being grayish. (See gallery, case B, for

this and other species of American gulls. )
Gannet (Su/a dassana). Gannets nest on certain small islets

off the British coast, in the Faroes, and in Iceland, but in Amer-
ica breed only on Bird Rock and Bonaventure, 150 miles
west. In the winter they range southward, keeping usually well

22 The Bird Rock Group.

off-shore, to northern Africa and the Gulf of Mexico. Of the
100,000 Gannets which were estimated by Mr. Bryant to be nest-
ing on the top of Bird Rock in 1860, no mention being made of
those occupying the sides, only about 1,500 remain. Gannets
are remarkably impressive birds when on the wing, possessing in
an unusual degree power and grace of motion. They secure their
food of fish by diving, often from a height of forty feet or more,
half closing their wings and plunging into the water with terrific
force. The young are born naked, but their black skin is soon
covered by white down, which, before they leave the nest, is re-
placed by gray plumage.

Gannets are the only representatives of their family in northern
waters, the remaining species of the group being found in the
tropics, where they are known by the name of Booby. When-
ever found, however, they are island-nesting birds, not one species
of Gannet, so far as known, nesting on the mainland. (For other
species, see gallery, case C.)

Puffins (/ratercula arctica). Not more than two hundred
Puffins breed on Bird Rock. They place their nest, with its
single white egg, at the end of burrows which they excavate near
the summit of the Rock. When captured, the birds make every
effort to use their singularly formed bill, and as a weapon of
defense they can inflict a dangerous wound with it.

When walking or perching they stand erect on the toes, while
the Murres and Razor-bills rest on the whole foot. Puffins are
called ‘‘ Paroquets’’ by the French Canadians, and both in ap-
pearance and actions they resemble those birds. The call of the
Puffin, however, is a hoarse grunt, instead of the shrill squawk
emitted by the Paroquet.

Closely allied species are found in the North Pacific (see case,
this hall), where they are an important article of food among the
natives, who also employ their singularly formed bill in the
ornamentation of their ceremonial garments. Aprons with Puffin
bills attached to them to produce a rattling noise as the wearer
danced, may be seen in hall No. 106, on the ground floor of
the Museum.

Leach’s Petrel (Oceanodroma leucorrhoa). Puffins sometimes
share their burrows with the Leach’s Petrel or “ Mother Carey’s
Chicnke,’’ but these interesting little birds also excavate burrows

The Bird Rock Group.

to
(oS)

of theirown. They make their nest of grasses and feathers and
lay therein a single white egg.

Although diurnal at sea, where they are a familiar sight as in
their search for food they course to and fro over the wakes of
vessels, Petrels are nocturnal on land, visiting their nests only

PUFFIN.
From the Group.

at night to feed their young or change places with their mate,
who has passed the day upon the nest. At birth the young are
so thickly covered with gray down that they have little re-
semblance to birds. Their nocturnal habits have led to the
general belief that Petrels never visit the land and that they
hatch their egg beneath their wing.

Petrels are relatives of the Albatross, which, with other mem-
bers of the same order (Tubinares, or tube-nosed birds, in

24 The Bird Rock Group.

reference to the peculiar shape of the nostrils), may be found in
gallery, case C, and main Bird Hall, case B.

THE MAKING OF THE GROUP.

In the accompanying group the preceding seven species of
birds are shown with their nests, eggs, and young. While the
attempt to bring them within the comparatively narrow limits of
a museum case has necessitated the combination of typical sec-

LEACH’S PETREL AND YOUNG IN NEST.
From the Group.

tions of the Rock, the birds nevertheless have been arranged with
due reference to their association in life, and it is believed that
when taken in connection with the photographs from nature dis-
played on top of the case, the group correctly represents the con-
ditions of bird life prevailing on Bird Rock.

The birds were mounted and their surroundings prepared,
under the writer’s direction, by Mr. H. C. Denslow of the
Museum’s Department of Taxidermy.

aly

f
a ee ee ee Oe

7
Dao

= &
‘
'
Pa
:
s
v= '
{
-
rte
, s
‘
® J
— 3
=
iz =n
i
—— = oe ay
. a 7 £ 2 & | A ay
a 2 =r c &,

Privileges Enioyed by Members.

Free admission to Museum on Mondays and Tuesdays.

Free admission to Special Courses of Lectures.

Four complimentary Lecture Tickets are sent to each Member.
Four complimentary Admission Tickets are sent to each Member.
The journal is sent free to Members.

Guide Leaflets are given free to Members.

The use of the Library is enjoyed by Members.

The Study Collections may be consulted by all Members.

The Museum is open to the public WEDNESDAYS, THURSDAYS, FRIDAYS
and SATURDAYS and on all LEGAL HOLipAys, from g A. M. to 5 P. M. On
SunpDAyYs from I to 5 P.M. On TUESDAY and SATURDAY EVENINGS from 7 to
10 o'clock.

On Monpays and TuEspays, Members, Pupils (accompanied by teachers),
Special Students and Artists are admitted free. Others are admitted on the
payment of twenty-five cents.

American Museum Journal

Volume I NOVEMBER-DECEMBER, 1901 Number 12

EXHIBITION HALL, DEPARTMENT OF VERTEBRATE PALAZONTOLOGY.

THE DEVELOPMENT OF THE AMERICAN MUSEUM OF
NATURAL HISTORY.
(Continued. )
=) HE Department of Ver- established in 1890, and Professor
| tebrate Paleontology Henry Fairfield Osborn was given

has been developed its curatorship at about the time
entirely during Mr. he was leaving Princeton to take

Jesup’s administra- the chair of biology at Columbia
tion. Its very rapid growth, which University.
has been practically achieved since Professor Osborn’s work and in-
1890, has not in the main resulted vestigations in the evolution of the
from purchases or donations, but mammalian life of the American
from the energy with which ex- continent were well known. His
peditions have been organized for analytical and descriptive studies
field work. The Department was embraced a wide range of subjects

161

LHE, AMERICA N MOUS: EU M, J-O Up eae

connected with the fossil mammal-
ian faunze of the Tertiary deposits
of the West. He had written ex-
tensively upon the development of
the mammalian tooth, while on the
interesting question of the evolution
of the ungulate foot, on the correla-
tion of Tertiary horizons in America
with those of Europe, as well as
on the systematic position of nu-
merous new species of fossil Un-
gulates, Carnivores, and Dinosaurs,
he had also studied and written at
length. Professor Osborn has re-
cently assumed the charge of the
vertebrate paleontology of the
United States Geological Survey,
and in this capacity has succeeded
Professor O. C. Marsh.
Appreciation of popular needs,
and qualifications as an exhibitor
under the restraining sense of scien-
tific precision, taste and judgment,
were necessary on the part of the
curator to meet the problem of in-
stalling this new type of objects
The field
presented fascinating possibilities.
Here in America the researches of
Marsh and Cope had revealed to
the world a series of extinet ecrea-
tures which throughout—in their

to the best advantage.

reptilian and mammalian characters,
and their evident progressive modifi-
catlions—presented new facts in evo-
lution. Professor Osborn proposed
to supplement the unfinished work
of Marsh and Cope and to bring

it all to the recognition of the
New York public in his exhibition
halls, while at the same time incor-
porating the scientific results in the
publications of the Museum. This
object has been and is still being
accomplished.

The first step essential to this
end was the organization of ex-
peditions to the West, to the great
lake basins where the
members of these extinct faunze were
afterwards found in such unexam-
pled numbers and variety; also the
selection of a competent collector
and the elaboration of adequate
methods in shipping the specimens

continental

obtained.

Dr. J. L. Wortman, widely known
as the discoverer of some of the
most famous types described by
Professor Cope, and as the author
of a valuable treatsie on the teeth
of the Vertebrata and of numerous
less elaborate papers, was chosen to
lead these expeditions. Aided by
Messrs. Peterson, Granger, and Gid-
ley, his suecess surpassed expecta-
tion. Gradually there was evolved
under his direction a most satisfae-
tory method of taking up the speci-
them
were

mens, packing and removing
from the matrix. First, they
covered with thin sheets of muslin or
of tissue paper, stuck on with gum-
arabic water, over which strips of
geunny sacking were bound; these
were covered over with plaster and

162

PE AMERICAN

WUS HE IYM JO U RN AGL

the whole, thus rigidly retained,
was shipped without danger of
dislocation. While very small ob-
jects were not treated in this way,
of which, in this case, there was
no necessity, the large bones and
masses of articulating skeletons
were most admirably — preserved,
and were received at the Museum
almost or exactly as if removed
that instant from their original bed.
Mr. A. Hermann, as head prepavr-
ator, superintended their treatment
on arrival at the Museum, and de-
vised and executed the splendid
mountings which now give them
unique prominence. In 1894, Dr.
W. D. Matthew, a graduate of the
School of Mines, Columbia Univer-
sity, was appointed Assistant Cur-
ator in charge of the cataloguing
and arrangement of the exhibition
and study collections. Dr. O. P.
Hay was engaged in 1900, espe-
cially in connection with the Cope
collection.

Since 1890 every year has seen
its expeditions from the Depart-
ment fitted for the West, where
collecting and exploration have
been assiduously prosecuted. New
Mexico, Wyoming, South Dakota,
Nebraska, Utah, Kansas, Colorado,
have been visited in the diligent
search for fossil treasures. At the
present time the collection includes
over ten thousand specimens of
fossil mammals and seven hundred

of fossil reptiles, not including the
second Cope collection, consisting
of between five and eight thousand
specimens of reptiles, amphibians
and fish, which have been as yet
only partly catalogued.

in 1895 the famous collection of
North American Fossil Mammals
of Professor E. D. Cope was pur-
chased by the aid of several of the
Trustees, of friends of the Museum,
and of the Curator.

In 1897, this Department had ex-
traordinary success in the field; as
a result of four expeditions eighty
boxes were filled, requiring nearly
two freight cars for their transpor-
tation. Excavating in Wyoming
for the oldest type of mammals,
the exploring party made an un-
expected discovery, first of one,
then of two dinosaur skeletons, of
magnificent dimensions, and in a
remarkable state of preservation.
Thus was inaugurated the second
great division of the work, viz., the
history of the reptiles in North
Ameriea.

Besides the Dinosaurs found in
Wyoming, a good beginning was
made in eastern Kansas in the
search for Pterodactyles (flying rep-
tiles) and Mosasaurs (marine swim-
ming lizards).

The scientific results of these ex-
peditions cannot be epitomized here.
The series of fossil Rhinoceroses,
the Uintatheres (six-horned, sabre-

163

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

toothed, hoofed mammals), the
strange skulls and the stupendous
skeleton of the Titanothere, the
discovery in the Ganodonta of the
North American origin of the enor-
mous Ground Sloths of the ancient
pampas, the series illustrating the
evolution of the horse and the
camel, the recent additions of huge
Dinosaurs, and the practically com-
plete skeleton of the great marine
lizard, are palpable results and are
‘on a seale which all can appreciate.
Behind or with all this are the in-
numerable minute remains and diffi-
cult or intricate questions which
these expeditions have secured or
solved, which the initiated
alone understand.

The camera was carried into the

and

field, and an excellent group of
photographs obtained, some — of

which, enlarged into window trans-
parencies William
Stratford, are now so placed that
the visitor can obtain an exact idea
of the appearance of the beds in
which the fossils are found. Nor
is the visitor left to himself in the
visualization of the animals whose
bones are now the only evidence of
their past existence. Mr. Charles
R. Knight, an artist and enthusiast
in the study of animals, prepared
some sketches for Professor Osborn,
which showed unusual talent. Mr.
Knight was encouraged to continue
his promising efforts. From study

by Professor

164

of the skeletons, and under direce-
his trained imagination has
created a series of remarkable and
most interesting paintings. About
twenty-five of these water colors,
embracing both mammals and rep-
tiles, have been presented by J.
Pierpont Morgan, Esq., and now
decorate the hall. Photographie re-
productions of them have been fur-
nished to the museums of London,
Munich, Brussels, Oxford, Stuttgart,
Cape Town and other cities and
countries.

tion,

L. P. Gravacap.
(To be continued.)

RECENT WORK OF THE DE.
PARTMENT OF ANTHRO.
POLOGY.

ie a\eal all the field
: f| parties that have been
at work for the eth-
nological division of

the Anthropological
Department of the Museum have
returned.

A number of parties have been
at work for the Jesup North Pacific
Expedition. Mr. W. Bogoras has
returned from his expedition to the
Chukchee, Eskimo, and Kamtechadal
of eastern Siberia, and is on his way
to New York from St. Petersburg.
His collections from the Eskimo of
East Cape have arrived at the Mu-

seum. ‘They comprise a consider-

THE AMERICAN

MUSEUM JOURNAL

able number of skulls and many
specimens illustrating the culture of
the tribe. His studies bring much
new material relative to the lan-
guages, customs, folk-lore, and phys-
ical types of these tribes. A report
has been received also from Mr. W.
Jochelson, who went to Siberia with
Mr. Bogoras and who has been
working on the north coast of the
Sea of Okhotsk, and who is at pres-
ent on his way to the Yukagheer and
Yakut of eastern Siberia. Among
-the most interesting results of the
studies of these two investigators
are the definite proof that the cus-
toms and myths of the people of
northeastern Siberia are in many
respects quite similar to those of
Alaska and British Columbia and
the establishment of the fact that
an early connection between these
tribes must have existed. An ac-
count of the plans of this Siberian
expedition was given in the JouRNAL
for May, 1900.

The most important work of the
Jesup North Pacific Expedition on
the American coast has been done
by Mr. John R. Swanton, who spent
a whole year among the Haida In-
dians of Queen Charlotte Islands,
British Columbia. Mr. Swanton
has definitely cleared up the ques-
tion regarding the significance of
the totem poles and other carvings
of this people. His scientific col-
lections embrace a vast amount of

information about the tribe which
will be published in the memoirs of
the expedition. .
Encouraging reports have been
received from Captain George Co-
mer, who is collecting for the Mu-
seum among the Eskimo of Hudson
Bay. Investigations were made
also in regard to other Indian tribes
of North America. Work was ear-
ried on among the Sac and Fox
Indians by Mr. William Jones, who
made a valuable collection and se-
cured much ethnological informa-
tion. The work on the Shoshone,
which was inaugurated by Dr. A. L.
Kroeber in 1900, was carried on
during the present year by Mr. H.
H. St. Clair, Jr., who succeeded in
making a very interesting collection.
The publications of the Depart-
ment also have proceeded satisfac-
torily.
will soon be published.

A number of monographs
These em-
brace the results of the Huntington
Expedition to California, which was
in charge of Dr. Roland B. Dixon ;
the results of the Mrs. Jesup Ex-
pedition to the Arapaho Indians,
which was in charge of Dr. Kroeber ;
a description of the Eskimo of Hud-
son Bay by Prof. F. Boas, and a
description of the conventionalism
of the Huichol Indians by Dr. Carl
Lumboltz.

The publications of the Jesup Ex-
pedition (which are under way) em-
brace one volume of Kwakiutl texts

165

THE AMERICAN MUSEUM - JO UsE NeAgE

by Prof. F. Boas; a discussion of
the mythology of the Indians of the
west coast of Washington by Prof.
L. Farrand; a description of the
conventionalism of the Amur tribes
by Dr. Berthold Laufer, and a de-
scription of the antiquities of the
Lower Fraser River by Mr. Harlan
I. Smith.

LOCAL ARCHAOLOGICAL
WORK.

Tur New York archeological ex-
plorations, which have been carried
on under the care of Mr. M. R. Har-
rington during the past two summers
were resumed at Armonk, West-
chester Co., last spring. Several
“ rock-shelters ” in this region were
explored and many objects relating
to the life of the ancient inhabitants
were brought to light.

The work was then continued at
two ancient shell-heaps or “ kitchen-
middens” on the north
Long Island, in the vicinity of Oys-
ter Bay and Glen Cove. At these
points a very complete collection of
implements of bone, antler and stone
Potsherds, many of

shore of

were found.
them decorated with incised designs,
bones of numerous animals used by
the Indians as food and portions of
several humanskeletons werealso dis-
covered. Photographs and drawings
were made of all the sites examined.

The results as a whole have been
very satisfactory, though the lack
of human remains is a disappoint-
ment.

MEXICAN CARVED STONES.

=4 11K Anthropological
li Department of the
Museum is in receipt
of a very interesting
collection of Mexican
petroglyphs, found and secured in
1898 by Dr. A. Hrdlicka, while on
an expedition for the Museum. The
collection consists of twenty stones
of various sizes (the largest being
about two and a half feet square),
covered mostly on one, but in two
instances on both sides, by picto-
graphs. The stones are from the
ruins on the mesa of Totoate, in the
State of Jalisco. A few of the blocks
were found detached, but the major.
ity had to be laboriously chiseled
from the bed-rock by an ordinary
geological hammer, the only imple-

ment obtainable.

The carvings on the stones are
deep and unusually well executed.
In a number of instances the figures
represent a curve, possibly a coiled
snake; in other instances they are
composites of dots and curved and
straight lines. Coil-figures are met
with on the petroglyphs of the an-
cient Pueblo region, but the more or
less intricate dot-and-line figures are
thus far without any analogy and are

166

hah AMER EC AN MUSH UMes0-U RN AL

unintelligible. A most intricate and
interesting rock-carving covering
the surface of many square feet was
left zz stu in the hope that a cast
might be made in the future.

The collection has been detained
since 1898 by Mexican authorities, on
the supposition that it consisted of
valuable antiquities; but this point
having been satisfactorily settled, it
was eventually released. This result
is largely due to the kind assistance
rendered by the American Consul
at Ciudad Juarez and Mr. Woodside.
The collection forms a valuable ad-
dition to the other Mexican and
southwestern exhibits in the Mu-
seum. It will be supplemented by
two rock-carvings, one very large
and one small, both showing a coil
similar to that on some of the Mext-
can slabs obtained by Dr. Hrdlicka
in 1899 in the Navaho country.

A SOMATOLOGICAL
EXHIBIT.

VR. Anes HropuicKa has
begun the making of

a collection of hu-

man and other brains
for the purposes of

scientific comparison and_ study,
as well as for exhibition in the
Anthropological Department. The

series consists of the brains them-
selves, taken as soon as_ possible
after death and immersed, with all

their membranes, in a four per cent.
solution of formalin, which preserves
them indefinitely for study. Casts
in plaster of Paris of the brains and
of the brain cavities of the skulls
Three
lines of investigation are being fol-
lowed and will be illustrated in the
The first, or morphological,

are also used for exhibition.

cases.
series will show the degrees of de-
velopment of the chief nerve center
or the brain as completely as possible
from that of the simplest animal to
that of the most complex (man).
The second, or zodlogical series, will
take up each great subdivision and
show the typical brains of each.
The third series will illustrate the
degrees of development from the
lowest to the highest of individual
species, man in particular, but the
horse, the dog and others as well.
These series, when completed, should
prove of considerable scientific as
well as popular interest, since they
will have a very important bearing
on many phases of the question of
evolution in general.

Asa part of the proposed soma-
tological exhibit, of which the series
indicated above form a_ portion,
there has been arranged by Dr.
Hrdlicka, at the suggestion of Prof.
Putnam, a case of exhibits made up
from material collected for the Mu-
seum by Dr. A. F. Bandelier in the
vicinity of Lake Titicaca and show-
ing:

167

THE

l. Normal, undeformed ancient Pe-
ruvian ecrania.

2: The various kinds and degrees of
artificial deformation of the skull,
once practiced in Peru.

3. Mummified bodies.

4. Various kinds and ‘grades of tre-
panation of the skull. Trepan-
ning seems to have been practiced
as a religious rite as well as for
surgical reasons.

5. Crania with accidental defects
(the results of shots, fractures and
other artefacts) to contrast with
the trepanned skulls.

The case containing these inter-
esting series is No. 82, in the south-
east corner of the Peruvian Hall, on
the gallery floor of the west wing of
the Maen building.

CONVENTIONS.

Tue NINETEENTH Concress of the
American Ornithologists’ Union,
with Dr. C. Hart Whence as presi-
dent, was held in the Museum from
the 12th to the 14th of November,
with a large attendance. The pro-
gramme comprised twenty - one
papers.

Tue AnnuatL Convention of the
Audubon Societies of the United
States was held at the Museum
Thursday afternoon, November 14th,
under the presidency of Frank M.
Chapman. It was decided by vote
of the members present that the sep-
arate organizations throughout the
country ehoul d retain their individ-

AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURN

v AL

uality, instead of being merged into
a national body. Instead of a na-
tional society, the plan of having a
national conference committee was
adopted. Each organization is to
have one member on the general
committee. Annual conferences of
this committee will be held. The
prosecution of the objects of the
different organizations will in future
consist of separate efforts to get sat-
isfactory laws in each State, as has
already been done in the Federal
Congress. The work of the new
committee will be to see that the
existing United States laws for bird
protection are enforced, and that
none of them is repealed.

MEMBERS’ DAY

Tuesday, November 26, the Mor-

gan ott of gems and precious stones

and the Bement collection of min-
erals, also the gift of J. Pierpont
Morgan, Esq., were displayed to the
meme of the Museum and their
friends, prior to their opening to the
general public. The whole build-
ing, including offices and labora-
tories, was thrown open and many
persons availed themselves of the
opportunity to see the inner work-
ings of the institution. The atten-
tion of visitors was called to the
new acquisitions in all departments,
of which there has been an unusu-
ally large and important number
during “the past year. At four
o'clock Prof. Bickmore repeated his
illustrated lecture on the Pan-
American Exposition,

168

AMERICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY

The Saginaw Valley

Collection

FRAGMENTS OF ANCIENT POTTERY FROM SAGINAW VALLEY, MICHIGAN.

Harlan I. Smith

Assistant Curator of Archeology

SUPPLEMENT TO AMERICAN MUSEUM JOURNAL
VOL. I, NO. 12, NOVEMBER-DECEMBER, 1901

W. J. Melchers, Photo.

FOBEAR MOUND No. 1.

THE CULTURE OF THE PEOPLE ONCE INHABITING
A LIMITED AREA NEAR SAGINAW, MICHIGAN,
a LLLUSTRATED BY MATERIAL IN THE AN-
THROPOLOGICAL DEPARTMENT OF THE AMER-
ICAN MUSEUM OF NATURAL HISTORY.

By HARLAN I. SMITH,

Assistant Curator of Archeology.

Tue rude archeological objects found in the Saginaw valley,
Michigan, and exhibited in the American Museum of Natural
History show that the prehistoric people who lived in that area
were largely occupied with striving for the necessaries of life.
The region, although not at all desolate, was still too far north to
support a civilization that would leave traces of a culture so
largely given to art and ritual as those to be found in Mexico, the
Southern States or even in the Ohio valley. Such a collection
of rather rude implements and objects has value, however, in that
it gives evidence regarding the lives of the early inhabitants of
the country.

The objects from the Saginaw valley were found in such places
that we now know where there were a number of rather important
villages and a still larger number of small villages or camp
sites, besides what were probably scattered habitations and
burial-places—all of the early people of this region. It is quite
evident from areas where certain stray objects were found, and
from the scarcity of other evidences in such areas, that the peo-.
ple also made trips to points remote from the villages, probably
for fishing and hunting, the gathering of fruits and roots or the
securing of material out of which to make arrow-points and
pipes; and that the objects were lost on the way. It would
seem that the character of the country, with the scattered dis-
tribution of its products, was the cause of the segregation of the
people into small villages, and possibly of their establishing
small outlying camps for the purpose of being, at certain seasons,
near points suitable for such occupations as are above noted.

The importance of the collection exhibited in these cases is
chieflly that it indicates the character of the culture of the people,
the location of their habitations, burial-places, caches and

BUREAU OF ETHNOLOGY

PREHISTORIC WORKS PL x

C9) ATP Ah Zs
a bh / 1A

ARCHEOLOGIC MAP OF MICHIGAN

= = MOOND. + = UNDEFINED ANTIQUITIES.
G = tNCLOSURE. aw =) =~) CEMETERY,

A larger map of the cross-lined area will be found on page 8.

The Saginaw Valley Collection 5

mounds, as well as that it shows something of their resources, in-
dustries and customs. It is undoubtedly the largest archeological
collection from the Saginaw valley, and was made and presented
to the Museum by the writer, whose investigations of the region,
although supplemented by later work, were chiefly accomplished
during the period from 1883 to 1891. Practically all the objects
to be found on the surface of the particular sites from which the

W. Orchard, Photo. -

CELTS OR CHISELS.
Wedge Shaped. Adze Shaped.
About 2 Natural Size.

collection was obtained have been secured; but it is probable
that further search, especially below the surface and in the
neighboring fields, would bring to light other specimens of similar
nature.

The Saginaw valley, including the entire area draining into Sag-
inaw Bay, occupies the east-central portion of the southern penin-
sula of Michigan. It is a well-watered, level country, formerly
covered by dense forests of pine, oak, elm, ash, maple, hickory
and othertrees. The lowlands are occupied by swamps, which in
places are largely grown up with wild rice, known to botanists as

retire

Zizanta aquatica Linn, a staple produced by nature in such abun-
dance that it was of great importance to the primitive people of
the region. The streams which were of the most importance to
the prehistoric inhabitants of the valley were the Saginaw river and
its main tributaries, including the Shiawassee, Flint, Bad, Cass,
Tittabawassee and their branches, while the Pigeon, Sebewaing,
Kawkawlin and Rifle were not unimportant. Bordering the lower

4
W. Orchard, Photo.

CHERT NODULE IN LIMESTONE,
From Bay Port Quarries.

courses of the rivers there are numerous bayous with low sand
ridges scattered over the land between them. At the head waters
the streams flow more swiftly and undercut their banks, and large
bayous and swamps are less frequent.

Chert or impure flint was extensively quarried and chipped
into implements by the prehistoric inhabitants of the valley, and
in the chipped implements found on the village sites and hunting-
grounds this material largely predominates. A specimen of
limestone of Subcarboniferous age bearing a nodule of chert, ob-
tained at the modern quarries at Bay Port, Michigan, is illus-

The Saginaw Valley Collection 7

trated on the preceding page, and may be seeninthe case. This
outcrops in a nearly circular line cut by the head waters of the
Cass, Shiawassee and Tittabawassee and intersecting Saginaw
Bay near Point Lookout and Bay Port.

When white men first visited this region, it was inhabited by
the Ojibwa Indians. The name of this tribe is variously spelled,
as Chippewa, Otchipwe, etc. Their descendants preserve tra-
ditions that the Sauk or Sac Indians formerly occupied the valley
and were driven out by the Ojibwa and their allies, while the Sac
and Fox Indians of Iowa, for their part, have traditions to the
same effect. A collection from these Ojibwa Indians is shown

Fe ay -

W. Orchard, Photo.

SLATE TABLETS POSSIBLY ORNAMENTS.
About 2 Natural Size.

in another part of the Museum (Hall No. 106, on the ground
floor). They were found subsisting on a variety of natural
products, chief among which were wild rice, maple sugar, squash,
corn, wild fruits and game.

The prehistoric villages were located along the streams, be-
cause of the importance of water, wild rice, fish and the land
animals which frequented the river banks for food or visited
them for water. Furthermore, the canoe was an easier means
of transportation than the trail, and even trails were more easily
formed along the ridges parallel to the rivers or along the banks
than elsewhere. The outcrops of chert and pipestone also are

POINT LOOm OUT

=. WILD FOWL
NOWTH ISLANDER" nay

HEISTERMAN Sent:

PAISOU ISLAND. %
Be f
ey

+~)

J BAY CITY

ARCHAEOLOGICAL
MAP OF THE
SAGINAW VALLEY
MICHIGAN

° iy
*‘@seseser a8

ENLARGED MAP OF THE CROSS-LINED AREA ON THE MAP OF THE STATE
ON PAGE 4.

ARCHAOLOGICAL MAP OF THE SAGINAW VALLEY,
MICHIGAN, SHOWING THE PRINCIPAL
ANCIENT SITES.

SAGINAW BAY, EASTERN SHORE, Huron County.

1 North Island Workshops. 4 Bay Port Cache.
2 Heisterman Island Village Site. 5 Sharpsteen Village Site.
3 Bay Port Village Site. 6 Sebewaing Village Site.

SAGINAW RIVER VALLEY, SAGINAW Country.

7 Hoyt Camp Site. 12 Esterbrook Camp Site.

8 Wright Graves. 13 Mobray Camp Site.

g Saginaw Graves. 14 Ka-pay-shaw-wink Village Site.
1o Germain Village Site. 15 Green Point Mounds,

11 Ayres Camp Site.

SHIAWASSEE RIVER VALLEY.
16 Merrill Cache. 1g Albee Workshop.

17 St. Charles Graves. 20 Chesaning Mounds,
18 St. Charles Mounds.

FLINT RIVER. VALLEY.
21 Foster Village Site. 23 Stewart Cache.

22 Peonagowink Village Site. 24 Morse Cache No. 1.

CASS RIVER VALLEY.

25 Wille Cache. 30 Cass Village Site.
26 Fisher Village Site. 31 Bow Village Site.
27 Fobear Mounds. 32 Cook Village Site.
28 Andross Village Site. 33 Simons Prehistoric Cemetery.

29 Lull Earthwork.

TITTABAWASSEE RIVER VALLEY.

34 Little Camp Site. 37 Frazier Village Site.
35 Morgan Camp Site. 38 Tittabawassee Village Site.
36 Andrews Workshop. 39 German Camp Site.

‘ozIG TeaneN § anoqy
*SSNOLS-Y3SWWVH

‘o1OYd ‘pzeyuO “M

The Saginaw Valley Collection II

exposed by the rivers, while in other places they are covered
with soil. From such exposures canoes could easily descend to
villages along the rivers, while to carry the material by trail to
inland settlements would have been laborious. The evidences
from the numerous village sites and the burial-places, mounds
and other remains, indicate that the conditions of life in pre-
historic times were similar to those which existed when the
Indians were first met by white men. Fragments of pottery;
pebbles which have been burned and broken, probably while
used as supports for the round-bottomed pottery cooking-vessels;
ashes and charcoal ; the broken bones and shells of animals;
arrow, knife, spear, scraper and drill points of chert; points
made of bone for arrows or awls; celts or chisels; hammer-stones;
grooved axes; ornamental objects, etc.—all are to be seen in
this case. A number of such objects when found on the sur-
face of the ground at a particular place, especially if pottery is
present, constitute the evidence which proves the spot to have
been a village site. Charcoal and ashes alone are not conclusive
proof of a village site, since such remains may have been left by
white people of recent times.

PARTICULAR SITES.

North Island Workshops.—At the western limit of Wild
Fowl Bay is North Island, on the northern side or highest part of
which chert implements were found in all stages of manufacture,
from the nodular masses occurring in the substratum of the entire
island to the finished chipped points for spears, arrows, knives
and similar objects. Here also were found chips, flakes and
other discarded fragments of the same material,—the waste from
the processes of manufacture,—indicating the site of an ancient
workshop. Chipped implements of other material than chert
have not been obtained at this locality.

Heisterman Island Village Site.—The highest portion of
Heisterman Island is the northeastern side and there the sand
ridges slope to the marshes known as the Middle Grounds.
These marshes are frequented by fish, and wild fowl assemble
here in large numbers to feed on the wild rice. The rice alone,
which does not border other portions of the island, may have

*OIOU ‘PACYIG “AV

‘azig [vangen & inoqy
‘YAWANVH S3NOLS G3A00HD GNV SAXV 3NOLS Q3A00uD

The Saginaw Valley Collection 13

determined the site of this prehistoric village. The limestone
bearing chert suitable for the manufacture of arrow-points under-
lies the island and outcrops on its western shore within easy
access of this site. Hammer-stones, chipped points for arrows,
knives, spears, drills, etc., and chipped flint implements resem-
bling small hoes were gathered here, as well as fragments of pot-
tery and a piece of a pottery pipe. Many of the potsherds are
neatly ornamented, some by incised designs, others by designs
made by pressing twisted cord or twine into the clay while it was
soft. Another important locality is the one known as Bay Port
Village Site, from which the grooved stone hammer used for our
illustration was taken.

Near some of the villages hidden deposits or caches have been
found, fourteen in all having been discovered in the Saginaw
valley. The specimens from a number of these may be seen in
this collection. That the quarries from which the Indians ob-
tained their raw material have yet to be found is possibly because
signs of them may have been obliterated by modern quarrymen
or by the grinding of the ice or the beating of the surf against the
lake-shore outcrops during the many years which must have
elapsed between the time when the Indians abandoned the
quarries and the time when the first archeologist saw the site.
The caches seem to indicate that expeditions were made to these
quarries and a large number of the partly finished forms were
chipped, and that they were taken to the vicinity of the permanent
camp and cached in the earth, where the stone would be kept
from becoming weathered.

Bay Port Cache.—One cross-section of a chert nodule and
forty-seven “‘turtle-back’’ blank forms, constituting a cache,
were found two feet below the surface, in the muck jungle, about
a hundred feet from the shore of Wild Fowl Bay, and a quarter
of a mile east of the wharf at Bay Port. The place is between
the bay and the sand ridge on which the Bay Port village site is
located. The specimens in the cache were found in one long
row, overlapping one another somewhat like shingles on a roof.
It is probable that the material of which they were made was
obtained near the spot, since the outcrop of Subcarboniferous
rock, which occurs for some distance along the beach westward
from the wharf, bears concretions the material of which is similar

14 The Saginaw Valley Collection

to that of the cache specimens. ‘There are several outcrops of
this rock within a mile, especially along the beach to the west.
In this cache there were some blades of peculiar form, having a
straight beveled edge on one side. It seems probable that this
was caused by flaking the pieces for turtle-backs from a round
concretion. The first flake removed would be symmetrical, but
each of the succeeding flakes, if the material were used without
waste, would have one side beveled where the one before it had
been removed from the nodule. Not all of the flakes had been
subjected to sufficient chipping to remove the signs of this bevel.

W. Orchard, Photo.

SEGMENT OF NODULE, RUDE BLANK AND CHIPPED POINT.
From the surface of the Esterbrook Village Site.
About ? Natural Size.

More or less evidence has been found of the existence of a
number of village sites, burial-places, mounds and prehistoric
battle-grounds from Bay Port southward along the shore of Sag-
inaw Bay, on the western shore of the bay and along the lower
course of Saginaw River. There are Ojibwa traditions also
which tend to confirm the archeological evidence. From such
sites the quantity of material in this collection is not sufficient
to warrant a detailed description of it in this place. This, how-
ever, is given in asummary of the Archeology of Saginaw Valley,
Michigan, published in the American Anthropologist beginning
with Part II, r901. The fragments of pottery, arrow-points and

The Saginaw Valley Collection 15

other objects found on the surface of the sand ridges along the
eastern side of Saginaw River in the city of Saginaw, indicate a
number of village sites which were separated by bayous. From

one of the latter series
there has been obtained
one of the so-called
‘* bird-shaped ’’ stones
which is evidently in
process of manufac-
ture. The greater por-
tion of the surface
shows the pits caused
by ‘‘ pecking,”’ as it is
technically called, that
is, the bruising of the
surface of the stone
and the brushing away
of the crushed particles
until it has assumed
the shape desired. At
either side of what was
to have been the head,
the next process in the
manufacture had been
taken up, as is shown
by the rubbed surfaces.
It is probable that this
rubbing was done with
a rather coarse stone,
and that the implement
would have been fin-
ished by polishing.
Mobray Village
Site.—This site, which
is on the east side of
the river in South Sagi-
naw, had on its surface

Ww. Orchard, Photo.
““ELUTED”? OR CORRUGATED STONE CHISEL.
“Fluted ”’ celts are found only in Michigan and Wisconsin
and this form israre. Collected by Mr. Albert Barkels.
Natural Size.

a sandstone pipe decorated with neatly arranged pits. Rock
which outcrops in the bottom of the Cass river was mentioned as

16 The Saginaw Valley Collection

early as 1859 in the State geological reports as being material
used by the Indians of the region for their pipes. It is possible
that this pipe was made of similar material which was brought
down the Cass by canoe, that being the most natural way; an idea
which is strengthened by the fact that the early pioneers depended
on the canoe, at first, for transportation along the same route.

Ka-pay-shaw-wink Village Site.—This is a large village
site on the east bank of the Saginaw river, just below the junc-
tion of the Tittabawassee and
Shiawassee rivers. The ar-
cheological evidence found
at this locality coincides with
the Ojibwa traditions, which
state that in ancient times a
great villageof the Sac Indians
was located here. A cache
consisting of fifty-nine blades
was found about a foot below
the surface at this spot. The
implements found in it are
leaf-shaped, average about
one and one-fourth inches in
length and are of chert. One
of the blades had been special-
ized by notching at the base.
This cache is known as Golson
Cache No. 2. ‘There are two

Jarge dome-shaped mounds on

Br Pat Rie eae aii B hobo phe western side of the river,

Collected by John Rambow on the Mobray opposite the Ka-pay-shaw-

Camp Site. Natural Size. wink village site, and it is

related by the Indian tradi-

tions that a part of the exterminated Sacs were buried in
them. They are known as the Green Point mounds.

Wille Cache.— A cache consisting of two celts and about 175
chipped blades of triangular shape averaging an inch and a half
in length was found in a small marsh hole or periodic pond near
the north bank of the Cass river about three miles from Saginaw.
Specimens are shown, also, from various sites on the Shiawassee

The Saginaw Valley Collection 17

and Flint river, but, as in the case of many of the other sites in
the region, they must be here passed without further mention.
Fobear Mound No. 1.—A group of four mounds was found
on the land of Mr. Leonard Fobear on the south side of the Cass
river nearly opposite the Wille cache, or about four miles above
Saginaw. One of these was thoroughly explored in 1894 and a
number of skeletons, besides fragments of pottery, chips of chert
and other objects of like nature were found in it. Persons not
acquainted with archeological field-work often ask how the ex-
plorer knows where to dig, hence a brief outline of the begin-
ning of operations at this mound may be of some interest. On

Harlan I. Smith, Photo.
THE EASTERN OF THE GREEN POINT MOUNDS FROM THE SOUTH.

first visiting this locality, the author viewed it from several
directions and felt that the mound was of such slight elevation
and so much like the natural knolls in the same meadow with it
that it might be only a natural rise in the ground; but, on walking
over the middle of it, he noticed in the short meadow grass some
yellow soil which had been thrown up out of a woodchuck bur-
row. Such material must have come from below the reach of the
plow, since ail the surface soil was black. In the yellow earth
were several fragments of pottery, but such bits are to be found
anywhere in the surface soil of the neighboring fields. A human
tooth lying among the potsherds suggested the idea that a human

*L "ON GNNOW YV3asO4 NI GNNOS SV SNOL313xS

‘oqoyd ‘sey “f°
SSG ET

The Saginaw Valley Collection 19

skeleton might be underneath, and that the knoll was in reality
a burial mound and not a natural elevation, for human teeth have
not yet been brought up from the interior of natural knolls.
On excavating the mound, several human skeletons were found
near the base of the burrow. Thus the wood-chuck, of interest
to the student of mammals, was of assistance to a worker in
another department of science.

W. Orchard, Photo.

CASS CACHE No. 2,

Cass Cache No. II.—This cache, consisting of 22 blanks
and 12 pieces of nodules of chert, very similar to that of the
Subcarboniferous outcrop, was found just below the surface of
the earth, near the south bank of the Cass river, at a point about
four miles above Saginaw. The 12 pieces of raw material lay in
a pile and the 22 blades were spread out near them. Chips and

> a

THE ANDROSS URN.

a—

W. Orchard, Photo.

The Saginaw Valley Collection 21

flakes, also, were abundant near the cache, and it is possible that
this was a workshop, the raw material being piled in one place
and the worked rock in another, beside it. The blanks found
here included both forms described under Bay Port Cache.

Andross Village Site.—This site is at Bridgeport, about
six miles from Saginaw, and is one of the many which have been
found on the Cass river. It is worthy of note, because it fur-
nished the large pottery urn which is illustrated on page 20, and
which is, perhaps, the most interesting specimen in the collec-
tion. While a pioneer was plowing on the site, the foot of one
of his oxen suddenly sank into a hole. On investigation, the
farmer found that the ox had broken through the bottom of an
urn which had been turned mouth downward over the head of a
human skeleton. ‘This urn is three feet nine inches in circum-
ference and one foot eight inches in height, but before it was
broken it must have been at least two feet high. It is reported
that a number of similar urns have been found near Detroit, and
one was dug up at Point Lookout on the west side of Saginaw
Bay; but unfortunately all these specimens have been broken or
lost, so that the Andross urn is probably unique.

Andrews Workshop.—On the Tittabawassee river, as on
the other streams, we find a number of village sites and burial-
places. One is on a sand ridge east of the river, near Paine’s
Station, about five miles west of Saginaw. Here the wind had
blown under some buildings and removed the light sand, leav-
ing a deep hole of considerable area. Over the surface of the
sand remaining in this hole were left wagon-loads of chips and
flakes of chert, arrow-points in various stages of manufacture,
small hammer-stones and a few other objects, all indicating that
the place was once a workshop. ‘The hammer-stones are merely
pebbles that have been battered in pounding, or pebbles which
have been provided with a pit on either side, so that the thumb
and middle finger may grasp them more securely. These were
used in breaking up the pieces of chert and bringing them some-
what into the form of the chipped points for arrows and similar
implements. It is probable that a bone implement was used for
the finer flaking necessary to finish the object.

Some copper beads which were found on this site are of particu-
lar interest, since they show that the native copper from Lake

22 The Saginaw Valley Collection

Superior, was hammered into the form of beads which are alto-
gether different from those made of the thin rolled copper fur-
nished the Indians by the white people during more recent times.
These beads had evidently been at this place for a long time, a
circumstance indicated by the corroded condition of the copper.
The copper salts due to corrosion are of a preservative nature
and have kept from total destruction portions of the cord on

W. Orchard, Photo.

FRAGMENTS OF POTTERY FROM FRAZIER VILLAGE SITE.
Nearly Natural Size.

which the beads had been strung. Had these beads been of
shell or stone, or of any other material that did not produce
such a salt, the cord would not have been preserved, and we
should not have known that it was of vegetable fibre, but might
quite properly have supposed that the beads had been strung
upon a thong of buckskin.

Frazier Village Site.—This was a very large village site and
was located on the south side of the Tittabawassee river near
Paine’s Station, about five miles above Saginaw. It is mentioned
in the Ojibwa traditions as being the place where a large village
was captured by the invading force. At this spot some fragments
of pottery were secured which have decorations made with cords

The Saginaw Valley Collection 23

like those of the Heisterman Island pottery. A mound of un-
usually large size is said to have been located on this site and the
many human skeletons found here are supposed to have been
those of the unfortunate Sacs. This mound has been entirely
removed for the commercial purpose of obtaining the sand of
which it was con-
cemaected. It
seems possible
that the site was
really a burial
ground in a nat-
ural knollof sand.
A cache consist-
ing of over 300
pieces was found
about a foot be-
low the surface
on this site. In
the cache, which
was located
within afew hun-
dred feet of the
Frazier mound,
were found four
varieties of
blades: First,
large, black, leaf-
shaped imple-
ments, about 8
inches long,made
of black, concre-

. h d W. Orchard, Photo.
tonary chert an REPRESENTATIVE SPECIMENS FROM FRAZIER CACHE No. 1
havin g a very About 4 Natural Size.

delicate stem

formed at the tip of the base by two notches; Second,
similar implements, about 3 inches long, showing concre-
tionary structure very plainly, the centre being black and hard,
the tips grading off by successive rings to a comparatively soft
yellowish chert; Third, small forms made of yellow chert and

24 The Saginaw Valley Collection

evidently intended for specialization; Fourth, a few of the:latter
specialized by notching. Objects made of the same material are
only rarely found in the region, hence these were probably
brought from a distance. A cache, a few feet from the preced-
ing, consisted of one large, black, leaf-shaped implement, similar
to those of the last mentioned and surrounded, it is said, by
thirteen rubbed stones.

The foregoing description contains but a general indication of
the archeology of the Saginaw valley, as outlined by a single
collection. Those who care to pursue the inquiry further are re-
ferred to the more detailed descriptions published in the Amerz-
can Anthropologist, though even these are not supposed to ex-
haust the theme presented by this limited area alone. Thorough
explorations in the mounds, graves and village sites are neces-
sary to supplement what is now known from the surface evidence
and from the few explorations which have been made beneath
the surface.

Of the archeology of many other parts of Michigan still less is
known, and it is of the greatest importance that thorough work
should be done in several centres of culture, not only in the
Saginaw valley, but also in other parts of Michigan and in fact
throughout the Central States, in order to solve the enigmas that
have long puzzled the students of the early Americans. The
Mississippi and St. Lawrence valleys are rich in archeological
material, but it is almost useless to indulge in speculations de-
rived from scattered bits of evidence from widely separated parts
of the country. The time has come when our studies must be
based upon exhaustive and detailed investigations made in a
scientific manner, at one place. These may then be compared
with the results of similar studies carried on at all other parts of
the region of which knowledge is desired and substantial prog-
ress will be made toward unraveling the history of the early
Indian tribes in this country.

American Museum of Natural History.

WHAT IT IS DOING FOR THE PUBLIC:

Gives free admission to its halls on Wednesdays, Thursdays, Fridays, Saturdays
and Sundays.
Provides for free illustrated lectures on Tuesdays and Saturdays.
Provides for free illustrated lectures to teachers on Saturdays.
Provides instruction to school children when accompanied by teachers.

WHAT IT IS DOING FOR ITS MEMBERS:

Gives free admission at all times.
Provides special courses of illustrated lectures.
Gives free use of Library. Issues the Journal.
Distributes Guide Leaflets.

WHAT IT IS DOING FOR SCIENCE :

Maintains exploring parties in various parts of the United States and in :
Siberia, British Columbia, Alaska, Peru,
China, Mexico, Bolivia, Central America.

Maintains scientific publications :
Memoirs—eighteen numbers have been issued.
Bulletin—fifteen volumes have been issued.
Journal—twelve numbers have been issued.

What the Museum Needs.

Additional members.

Increased subscriptions to defray expenses of exploring expeditions.

Funds to make additional groups similar to those in the Bird, Mammal and
Ethnology Halls.

Small sums sufficient to preserve the records of the Indians of New York.

Means for collecting and preserving representative examples of animals on the

verge of extinction.
Means for collecting fossils and geological specimens.

Membership Fees :

Annual. Members;. <<... ....ccucssvcwvsccs $ 10.
Life. Members,....« 0. .«scss sew vcusiseietianialap b ole
Fellows) 5 ciscic 0c; sisson omen on = sienna em amie 500.
Patrons)... ccs. seeks cemng cones se Ceemem 1,000.

All money received from membership fees is used for increasing the collections.

INDEX

Abegg, J. H., 154.

Aérolite, 14.

African tribes, 56.

Agassiz, Louis, I, 2, 21, 58.

Alaska, Amer. Mus. Exploration, 51.

Alaska, tribes of, 115.

Alaskan moose, 51.

Alcolhuan, 9.

Algonquin tribes of New York, 64, 136.

Allen, J. A., articles by, 26, 31; references to, 81,

87, 93, 95, 109, 133-135, 155.

Alsea, 78.

Amazon tribes, 56.

American Museum Expeditions :

American Museum Journal (introductory note), I.

American Museum of Natural History, 1; archi-

tects, 36, 101 ; building, 18, 20, 23, 36, 48, 50,
Biase SA tor linances, 22; 23, 38, 40, 52°;
presidents, 17, 20, 37, 39, 52; relations of, to
city, 4, 18, 20, 36, 40; 49; trustees, 17, 21, 22,
23, 33, 39, 49, 52, 59, 97, 133, 163 ; vice-presi-
dents, 33, 39.

American Ornithologists’ Union, 155, 168.

Amoor River, 9, I17 ; province, 9 ; tribes, 165.

Amphicyon, 160.

‘Angus, James, 29, 139.

Ant-Eater (d/yrmecophaga), 62, 93.

Antelopes, rare African, 15, 45.

Anthropology, Dept. of, references to, 1, 22, 30, 43,

45, 47, 56, 60, 63, 64, 75, 82, 97, 102, 114,

TI5, 125, 135, 145-152, 158, 164-165, 166, 167—

168.

Collections: I. Archeology: See Algonquin,

Aztecs, Bandelier, Bell, Bolivia, Caddoe region,

Central America, Cliff-dwellers, Codices, Co-

lombia, Columbia River, Cooper, Davis, Doug-

lass, Fraser River, Gaffron, Harrington,

Huastecans, Imbabura, (Jacob) Knapp, Long

Island, Loubat, Lumholtz, Marquand, Mayas,

Mexico, Michigan, Mitla, Mixtecans, Mound

Builders, Nahuas, New York tribes, Peru,

Petroglyphs, Port Washington, Pueblo, Sag-

inaw Valley, Salish, Saville, Smith (H. I.),

Squire, Tarascans, Terra Cotta, Texcoco, Tor-

tonacas, Trenton Gravels, Thompson River,

Throggs Neck, Volk, Warren, Yucatan, Za-

potecan.

II. Ethnology: See African tribes, Alaska tribes,
Alsea, Amazon tribes, Amoor tribes, Apaches,
Arapaho, Asia, Basketry, Bella Coola, Bogoras,
British Columbia, Brown, California tribes, Car-

See Expeditions.

rier, Chilcotin, Chukchee, Comer, Dixon, Es-
kimo, Farrand, Fraser River, Gilyaks, Golds,
Haida, Huichol, Hrdlicka, Huntington Exp.,
Hyde Exp., Indian, Iroquois, (Mrs.) Jesup,
Jochelson, (Wm.) Jones, Kroeber, Kwakiutl,
Laufer, Maidu, Mexican Hall, Mexican tribes,
Moki, Navaho, Nootka, North Pacific, North-
west Coast, Oregon tribes, Pacific tribes, Pata-
gonian tribes, Plains Indians, Queen Charlotte
Is]., Quillayute, Rio Grande Pueblo, Saghalin,
Shoshone, St. Clair, Swanton, Tarahumare,
Tepecan, Teit, Terra del Fuego, Tlingit,
Tsimshian, .Utes, Van Couver Island, Villard,
Walsingham, Washington, Yakut, Yukagheer,
Zuni.

— Expeditions and Explorations: Sze Central

Hyde Southwestern Exp., (Mrs.)

Jesup, Jesup North Pacific, Mexico (Museum

America,

Explor. in), New York Indians, Plains Indians.

Anthropology, methods etc. 116.

Apaches, 45.

Arapaho Indians, 95.

Archeology, Amer. Mus., I, 7, 22, 34, 46, 47, 55,
56, 64, 72, 79,482, 95, 96, 97, 105, 106, 107,
116, 136, 158, 166-167. Szpplement to No. 12.

Arctic Mammal Club, 51.

Arctic Siberia, 62.

Armonck, archzology, 64, 166.

Arsenal) 4, 17, 18; 20, 21, 22, 23, 112.

Asia, peoples of northeastern: Sce North Pacific.

Auditorium, 49.

Audubon, John James, 82, 83, 84, 98.

Audubon, John James, jr., 84.

Audubon, Mrs. J. J., 84.

Audubon, John Woodhouse, 82.

Audubon, Miss Florence, 84.

Audubon, Miss Maria R., 82, 84.

Audubon Society, 67, 104, 155, 168.

Avery, Samuel P., 55.

Aztecs, 7, 35, 45-

Bandelier, Dr., 56, 79, 106, 116, 167.
Basketry: Sze Indian.

Bats, collection of, 85.

Beck, 2.

Beetles, collections of, g1—93.

Bell, Bertrand, 105.

Bella Coola, I1g—125, 145, 146.
Bensley, B. Arthur, 96.

Berdell, Theodore, 14.

169

INDEX

Beutenmiiller, William, 44, 115, 138, 139.

Bickmore, A. S., 4, 18, 22, 39, 40, 43, 46, 49, 72,
102, 153, 168.

Bird-Photography, 103-104.

Bird Rock Group, Supplement to No, 11.

Bird Study, educational value of, 104.

Birds, 27, 46; photographs of nests, 60, 67, 68, 103,
Supplement to No. 11.

Birds, Elliot collection of, 4, 18, 20.

Bishop, 58.

Black Hills, explorations in, 156, 159.

Bliss, Geo., 4.

Blodgett, Wm. T., 4.

Blue Ridge (N. C.) Butterflies, 44.

Boas, Franz, articles by, 60, 75; references to, 35,
61, 82, 116, I19, 125, 137, 146, 147, 152, 165.

Bogoras, W., 10, 30, 164.

Bolivia, archzological exploration in, 56, 116.

Bone Cabin Quarry, 143, 159.

Bradford, Mrs. William H., 139.

Brevoort library, 38, 54.

British Columbia, tribes of, 43, 46, 62, 115-125,
146-152.

British Museum, 133, 136, 155.

Brontosaurus, 145, 159.

Brown, Barnum, 47, 102, 142, 159.

Brown, James, 4.

Bulletin, Amer. Mus., 26, 32, 34, 51, 54, 71, 93-96,
risa, 162 Yo)s

Bumpus, H. C., 81, 97.

Butterflies, 15, 66, 98, 101, 129, 13C-132, 139.

Caddoe region, archeology of, 56.

Cadwalader, John L., 68.

Cady, Berg & See, Iot.

California, tribes of, 76, 116.

Carboniferous, fossil invertebrates, 60.

Caribou, Mountain, 93-94.

Carrier Indians, IIg.

Carson, Mrs. William Moore, 82.

Central America, archzology of, 7, I16.

Central America tribes, 7, 8.

Central Park, 3, 4, 18, 36, 39, 112. See a/so Arsenal.

Ceratosaurus, 143.

Chapman, F. M., articles by, 27, 70, 104, III, 137,
Supplement to No, 11; references to, 46, 67,
82, 89, 104, 105, III, 153, 156, 168.

ea (Chi Cosette.

Chilcotin Indians, 47, 119.

Chimpanzee, skull of, 111.

Chubb, S H., 86.

Chukchee, 30, 164.

Clausen, Geo. C., 49.

Cliff-dweller tribes, 45, 116.

Climate, effect of, on specific characters of animals,
137.

Codices, ancient Mexican, 35, 158.

Coler, Bird S., 49.

Colgate, Robert, 4.

Collections, miscellaneous : See Dodge Fossil
Fishes (10), Dodge Invertebrates (114), Fishes
(go), Iguana, Jesup Woods (51), Mangoun, Me-
dary Corals, New York Aquarium, Peary Corals
(94), Pyne Corals, Python, Reptiles (go), Sar-
gent. See also Anthropology, Conchology,
Entomology, Geology, Library, Mammalogy
and Omithology, Vertebrate Palzontology.

Colombia, archzol. col. from, 56.

Columbia River, 61.

Columbia University, 11, 96.

Comer, Geo. C., 165.

Conchologica] Exhibits and Halls, 49, 113-114, 132.

Collections : See Conchological Exhibits,

Constable (132), Crooke, Haines, Jay (21),

Lea, Steward.

Conrad, T. A., 58.

Constable, Frederick A., 132.

Constable, James M., 24, 31, 33. 51, 94.

Cooper, Theodore, 64.

Cope collection, 24, 159, 163.

Cope, ‘BE: Diy 245 945 762.

Copper Queen Consolidated Mining Company, 112.

Cortes, 7.

Cotheal, Alexander J., 55.

Cox. Miss Helen M., 87.

Cranium, artificial deformation of, 168.

Creodonts, T10.

Crooke, John J., 84.

Cruciform structures, 107-109.

Cummings, Amos, 35.

Davidson, 58.

Davis; BoG., 22%

Dean, Bashford, article by, 10; reference to, 168.
De Kay, 2.

De Keyserling, 58.

De la Béche, 58.

De Peyster, J. Watts, 84.

Devonian fishes, Ohio, ro.
Devonian fossil invertebrates, 60.
De Verneuil, 58.

Diaz, Porfirio, 55, 107.

Dinichthys, 10.

Dinosaurs, 47, 65, 87, 142, 159, 163.
Diplodocus, 47, 144.

Dix, Governor, 20.

170

—

INDEX

Dixon, Roland B., 76, 165.

Dodge, A. G. Phelps, 4, 17.
Dodge, William E., 12, 24, 97, 114.
Dodge, William E., jr., 3.
Douglass, Andrew E., 97.

Dresel’ J. W., 130:

Duck-billed Dinosaur, 143.
Dutcher, William, 104, 105.

Edentates, 25, 62, 63.

Education, N. Y. City Board of, 154.

Education, N. Y. State Board of, 41, 46.

Edwards, Harry, 55, 139.

Elgin Gardens, 3.

Elliot, 89.

Elliot, Mrs. M. Schuyler, 55, 139.

Elliott, D. G., 4, 26, 55.

Elliott, S. Lowell, library, 6, 55 ; insects, 138.
Entomology, Dept. of, references to, 15, 29, 44, 55,
66, 91-93, IOO-I0I, I14, 115, 129, 138.
— Collections: See general description, gI-93,

Angus, Beetles, Blue Ridge, Bradford, Butter-
flies, Drexel, Edwards, Elliot, Hoffman, Jesup
(138), Moths, Nicholas, Osten-Sacken, Robin-

son, Sachs, Schaus, Walsingham, Witthaus.

Erie Canal, 59.

Eskimo, 30, 56, 164, 165.

Ethnographical Album, 43, II5.

Ethnological Hall, 56.

Evolution : Camels, 164; Creodonts, 110-111; Di-
nosaurs, 164; Edentates, 63; Ganodonts,
164 ; Ground Sloths, 164; Horses, 108, 159,
164; Mammalian foot, 162; Mammalian
tooth, 162; Meadowlarks, 111-112; Titano-
theres, 164 ;-Uintatheres, 163.

Exhibition and Collection, Amer. Mus. Methods,
13, 14, 15, 16, 27, 29, 35, 40-43. 44, 45, 46,
47, 50, 63, 64, 65, 71, 72, 85, 89, 91, 103, 133,
142, 15g-162, 163.

Exhibits, Mounted Groups: birds, 27, 60, 88-90,
102 ; ethnic groups, 127, 135; insects, 29, gI-
93; mammals, 13, 35, 45, 60, 62, 88-go,
133, 135.

Facial paintings, Northwest Coast tribes, 116-123.

Fannin, John, 137.

Farrand, Livingston, 47, 60, 61, 78, 165.

Fauna, New York: bird, 27; mammal, 35 ; insect,
29.

Ferjevary-Mayer, Codex, 158.

Field, Benj. H., 4.

Field Columbian Museum, 16, 26.

Foote, A. E., 18.

Forestry, Department of, 115.

Fossil animals, restorations of, 86, 164.
Fossil camels, 160.

Fossil elephants, 47, 140-142, 160.
Fossil fish, Portheus, 160.

Fossil fishes, collection of, 10.

Fossil horses, 47, 108, 140-142, 150.
Fossil rhinoceroses, 47, I10, 160, 163.
Fossil oreodonts, 160.

Fossil mammals, 85, 162-164.

Fossil Mammals, Hall of, 48, 85, 162.
Fraas, Eberhard, 156, 160.

Fraser River, B. C., 61, 146.

Gaffron, archeological collection, 56.

Gem collection: Sze Tiffany gem collection.

Gendre, Chas. W. le, 18.

Geology, Dept. of, 14, 57, 65, 70, 81, 98, 113, 156.

Collections, Expeditions: See Black Hills,

Hall, Holmes, Hovey, Spang, Trilobites. See

also Collections, Miscellaneous.

Geology, Hall of, 59, 112-114.

Geology of New York State, 58.

Gidley, J. W., 47, 108, 140, 160, 162.

Gilyaks, 9.

Glacial deposits, evidences of man in, 105.

Glyptodonts, 25, 63, 160.

Golds, 9.

Granger, Walter, 47, 143, 159, 162.

Granite, orbicular, 98.

Gratacap, L. P., articles by, 2, 17, 33, 36, 52, 79;
87, I12, 132, 138, 161 ; references to, 81, 95.

Gray, 2.

Green, Dr., 3.

Green, Andrew H., 3, 18.

Gregory, Wi. K.; arficles by,-1,. 5, 7,8; Oy 23; 145
15, 29, 30, 34-35, 40, 45, 46, 49, 50, 56, 62,
63, 64, 91, 93-96, 107-112, 115-125, 129-132,
133-136, 140-145, 145-152.

Ground Sloths, 25, 62, 164.

Guide to ethnological coll., 63.

Guide to local collection of birds, 27.

Guide leaflets, 153.

Haddon, A. C., 156.

Haida, 146, 165.

Hlaines, W-::A:, 4, £7; 18,39, 113:
Halstead, Miss Laura P., 55.
Hall collection, 18, 21, 38, 57, 70.
Hall, James, 18, 21, 57-60.
Hard, Anson W., 97.

171

INDEX

Harrington, M. R., 64, 166.

Havemeyer, H. O., 24, 97.

Haven, George G., 97.

day Os Pe arose

Henry, Joseph, 20.

Hepialid moths, 130-132.

Hermann, Adam, 163.

Hermaphroditism in Lepidoptera, 29.

Heron, Great Blue, 137.

Herrera, A. L., 102.

Hewitt, Abram S., 97, 133.

Hilton, Judge, 36.

Hoffer, Henri, 154.

Hoffman, Eugene A., 15, 98, 100, 139.

Holder, J. B., 18, 114.

Holmes paleontological collection, 70.

House of the Myths, 120.

Hovey, E. O., articles by, 70, 98; references to,
14, 81, 114, 156.

Yirdlitka, A., 45, 102, 111, 166, 167.

Tuastecans, 95.

Hudson Bay Eskimo, 165.

Huichol Indians, 45, 116, 125, 165.

Huntington, C. P., 75, 78.

Huntington Expedition to California, 165.

Huntington, artist, 19, 37.

Hybrid Grouse, 68,

Hyde, Bb. T. Babbitt, 97.

Hyde, Frederick E., 97.

Hyde, Frederick E., jr., 45, 97.

Hyracothere, 109.

Ichthyosaur, 156.

Leguana, 65.

Iguanodont, 47, 65, 142.

Indian art, 118, 126-128, 136, 145; basketry, 9, 61,
75, 76, 78, 147 ; customs, g-10, 78, 116-128,
136, 146-152; deities, 119-128 ; folk-lore, 61,
76, 126, 128; games, 149 ; industries, 9, 61, 63,
75-78, 115-128, 136; kitchen middens, 166;
languages, 75, 76, 78, I19, 146, 166; lodges,
etc., 75; marriages and inheritance, 123, 124,
146; masks and ceremonial dress, 62, 119, 126-
128, 136 ; mythology and traditions, 9-10, 95,
I1g, 125-126, 152, 165 ; physical characteristics,
117, 127; pipes, 136; pottery, 105, 128 ; prop-
erty rights, 61; rock shelters, 166 ; secret so-
cieties, 122; sites in New York, 64, 136; in
Trenton, 105, 166; symbolism, 9, 95, 116, I19-
125, 126-128, 146, 152, 166; weaving, 128, 147.

Invertebrate Zodlogy, Department of, 81, 114.

Invertebrates, Hall of Fossil, 14.

Trish Elk, 86.

Troquois, 64.
Iselin, Adrian, 4, 24.

James, D. Willis, 24, 97.

Jay, John C., 2 > brary of, Os20,2me54e

Jesup, Morris K., I, 4, 14, 17, 34, 52-54, 67, 84, 95,
97, 104, 106, L09, L12, 114, misuse

Jesup, Mrs. Morris K., Expedition to Arapaho In-
dians, 165.

Jesup collection of North Ame1ican woods, 6, 52,
138.

Jesup North Pacific Expedition, g, 10, 30, 43, 46, 47,
60, II5, 116-123, 137, 145, 146, 147, 165.

Jewett, Hugh J., 54; library of, 6, 54.

Jochelson, W., 10, 30, 60, 62, 165.

Jones, Charles C., archzeological collection of, 22.

Jones, William, 165.

iovee2:

‘* Jumbo,” 88.

Jurassic, 47.

Kadiak Bear, 51.

Kaisen, P., 159.

Keays, El. bro:

Kissel, Gustav E., 14, 97.
Klages, mammal and bird-collection of, 156.
Knapp, Jacob, 22.

Knapp, Sheppard, 82.

Knight, Charles R., 26, 85, 164.
Kroeber, A. L., 95, 165.

Kunz, George F., 79.

Kwakiutl Indians, I19, 146.

Land shells, Crooke collection of, 113.

Lanier, Charles, 97.

Laramie, 47.

Laudy, L. C., 50.

Laufer, Berthold, 9, 30, 166.

Lea, Isaac, So.

Lecture Hall, Amer. Mus., 41, 49, 67, Ior.

Lectures, Amer. Mus., 40-43, 46, 49, 67, 68, 72, 73,
96, 102, 153.

Leipziger, H. M., 4o9.

Lepidoptera, 130-132.

Library, The, 5, 6, 20, 21, 34, 35, 38, 39, 54, 55, 92,

733.

Collections, Gifts, etc., Books and Paintings :

See Audubon, Avery, Boas, Brevoort, Carson,

Cotheal, Crooke, Cummings, De Peyster, Ed-

wards, Elliott, Halstead, Indiana State Library,

Jay (21), Jesup (55, 84), Jewett, Loubat (34, 55),

Marcou (55), Morgan (86), Morris, Ohio State

Library, Pyne, Schernikow, Sickles, Stuart,

Vanderbilt, Viele, Wolfe (Miss).

INDEX

Linguistic researches : See Indian languages.
Linnzan society, 96.

Lockwood, Miss E. H., 104.

London, Lecture on, 154.

Long Island, archeology, 64.

Lonsdale, 58.

Loomis, F. B., 47, 145, 159.

Loubat, Duke of, 1, 34, 55, 56, 156, 158.
Loup Fork Beds, 142.

Lumholtz, Carl, 78, 116, 125, 165.
Lydekker, Richard, 133.

Maidu Indians, 76.

Mammalian tooth, evolution, 162.

Mammalogy and Ornithology, Dept. of, references
fomtG127, 31. 35,45, 46, 60, 62, 65, 67, 82, 87,
TOOh1O2. 133.156.

— Collections, Expeditions etc.: See, General
description, 81-90, Antelopes, Ant-eater, Bats,
Cadwalader, Chapman, Elliott, Heron, Hybrid
Grouse, Keays, Maximilian, Meadowlark,
Moas, Monkey, Moose, Musk-Ox, N. Y. Zodl.
Soc., Opossums, Ornithology, Peru, Richard-
son, Rowley, South America (156), Stuart (88),
Stone, *‘ Tip,’ Vedray, Verreaux, von Haast,
White Sheep, Wood-bison.

Man, antiquity of, in North America, 64.

Mangoun, Joseph Y., 65.

Manhattan Square, 18, 20, 36, 38, 39.

Marcon, Jules, library, 6, 55.

Marquand, H. G., 22.

Marsh, George P., 3.

Mastodon, 142, 160.

Mather, Lieutenant, 58.

Matthew, W. D., article by, 24-26 ; references to,
47, 86, 159, 163.

Maximilian collection, 18, 20.

Mayas, 7, 95, 108.

McClure, 58.

McCoy, 58.

Meadowlark, I11.

Medary collection of corals, 21, 114.

Memoirs, Amer. Mus., 26, 70, 71, 115, 145.

Merriam, C. Hart, 168.

Metropolitan Museum of Art, 36.

Mexican Hall. 1, 7,5, 34, 56, .72,.116, 158.

Mexico, archeology, 7; Government of, relations to
Museum archzological work, 1, 56, 107; Mu-
seum explorations in, 106, 116, 125-128, 166.

Michigan, Indian tribes of, Supplement to No 12.

Malis: DD. Oo +97.

Mineralogical Club of New York, 14.

Mineralogy, Dept. of, references to, 14, 79, 81,
II2

Minerals, Bailey collection of, 21, 112; Bement
collection of, 81, 97, 112, 168; Berdell collec-
tion of, 14; Chamberlain collection of, 14;
‘** Copper Queen,” 112. See a/so Hovey, Kissel,
Mineralogical Club, Morgan, Tiffany.

Mitla, Amer. Mus. explorations, 106, 107-109.

Mitchill, 2.

Mixtecans, 7.

Moas, von Haast collection of, 22, 7o.

Mogridge, Mrs. E. S., 88.

Mokis, 45.

Monkeys, Museum collection of, 88.

Moose, Alaskan, 100, IOI.

Moose-Elk, Cervalces, 87.

Morgan, J. Pierpont, 4, 79, 86, 97, 112, 164, 168.

Morosaur, 47, !45, 159.

Morris, Fordham, 82, 98.

Morton, Levi P., 4.

Mosasaurs, 163.

Mosasaurus maximus, 94.

Moths, collections of, 66, 129, 130-132, 139.

Mound Builders, 105.

Mt. Blanco Beds, 47.

Murchison, 58.

Museum of Comparative Zodlogy, Harvard, 2, Ir.

Museum of Zodlogy, Paris, 102.

Musk-Ox, 32, 133.

Myrmecophaga jubata, 62.

Nahuas, 7.

’ Navaho, 167.

Newberry, J. S., to.

New York Aquarium, 60.

New York Geological Survey, 21, 57.

New York, Geology of, 71.

New York Indians, 64, 136, 166.

New York Legislature, 3, 18, 41, 52, 54.

New York Lyceum, 2, 3.

New York Zodlogical Society, gifts from, 13, 23,
62, 65.

Nicholas, F. C., 101, 139.

Nomaretus, 44.

Nootka, 146.

North American Indians, Hall of, 56, 136.

North Pacific tribes, 9, 30, 46, 63, 115-123; rela-
tions to American tribes, 117, 145, 164-166.

Northwest Coast birds, 137.

Northwest Coast tribes, 115-124, 165.

Opossums, 109, II0, 155.
Oregon tribes, 77.

173

INDEX

Ornithology, 100, 153, Supplement to No. rr. See
also Mammalogy.

Osborn, Henry F., articles by, 1, 47, 85, 159-160;
references to, 24, 47, 81, 86, 97, 110, 160, 16r,
164.

Osten-Sacken, Baron R., 18, 115.

Osten-Sacken insect coll., 21.

Ovibos wardt, 133-135.

Oxyena, 110-111.

Pacific tribes, 56.

Paleeozoic strata, N. Y. State, 58.

Palmer, 1. /S., 104.

Pan-American Exposition, lectures on, 153-154,
168.

Paris Exposition, 24, 46, 49, T02.

Patagonia, Princeton Expedition to, 155.

Patagonia tribes, 102.

Patriofelis, 110.

Patterson, J. H., 43.

Peary Arctic expedition, 94.

Peru, 56, 100, 116, 168.

Peruvian Hall, 168.

Peterson, 162.

Petroglyphs, 166.

Phelps, I. N., 4.

Philips, 58.

Photography, 103, 164.

Plains Indians, 56, 148.

Portlock, 58.

Port Washington, archeology, 64.

JHoynveyny JEl5 (C.5 Alo)

Potter, Howard, 4.

Protohippus, 160.

Pterodactyl, 163.

Public Instruction, Dep’t of, 39, 40, 46, 48, 49, 72,
iSO Os LOOwMO2eals ae

Pueblo tribes, 45, 116.

Puget Sound tribes, 60.

Putnam, Frederick W., 82, 106, 167.

Pyne, Percy R., 55, 97, 114.

Python, Regal, 13.

Queen Charlotte Island tribes, 62, 137, 165.
Quillayute, 60.

Rawson, A. L., 18.

Redfield; Wi. G., 2, 3:

INGEC AV Vp itp mly Os

Restorations of fossil animals, 85-87, 164.
Richardson, Jenness, 88, 89.

Rio Grande Pueblos, 45.

Robb, J. Hampden, 97.

Roberts, Marshal O., 4.

Robinson, Coleman T., 18, 115.

Robinson insect collection, 21.

Roosevelt, Theodore, 4, 17.

Rowley J., article by, 16; references to, 88, 89.

Sabre-Tooth Viger, 24, 25.

Saghalin, 9.

Saginaw Valley tribes, Supplement to No. 72.

Salish tribes, 119-125, 146.

Sargent, 52.

Saville, M. H., 1, 56, 82, 95, 106, 158.

Schaus collection of butterflies, 129.

Schaus, William, 129.

Schernikow, Ernest, 133.

Sedgwick, 58.

Seler, 158.

Seton-Thompson, Ernest, 94.

Shells, Crooke collection of, 113 ; Haines collection
of, 113; Jay collection of, 20, 21, 113; La-
marckian classification of, 51.

Shields, G. O., 51.

Shoshone, 165.

Siberia, tribes of northeastern, 165.
Pacific tribes.

Sibley, C. C., 50.

Sickles, Daniel E., 35.

Silurian fossils, 60.

Skinner, Charles R., 49, 72, 104.

Smith, Harlan I., article by, Supplement to No. 12 ;
references to, 46, 47, 82, 166.

Smith, Hi. I, 95, 109; 2505

Somatological exhibit, 167.

Song Sparrows, 138.

South America, Amer. Mus. Coll. from, 100, 109,
116, 156.

South America, fossil mammals, 24.

South American, archzological collection, 56.

Sowerby, 58.

Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Books

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "Natural history"

See other formats